IMAGE  EVALUATrON 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


<     lU    |22 

It  u^  110 


U    III  1.6 


<^ 


V] 


/] 


/. 


^ 


'^I*' 
■* 


'/ 


/A 


Photogrdphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WHT  MAIN  STMIT 
WHSTiRNY    USIO 

(716)  iTi^soa 


S. 


A 


<F 


V 


:\ 


iV 


\ 


4^. 


.'•v. 


^^ 


C^ 


i 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Instituta  for  Historical  Microraproductions 


Institut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  historiquas 


1980 


Tschnieal  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notas  tachniquaa  at  bibliographiquat 


Tha  Inatituta  haa  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  baat 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturaa  of  thia 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  in  tha 
raproduction.  or  which  may  aignificantly  changa 
tha  uaual  mathod  of  filming,  ara  chackad  balow. 


D 


D 


D 


D 
D 


D 


D 


Colourad  covara/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


I     I   Covars  damagad/ 


Couvartura  andommagAa 


Covars  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 
Couvartura  rattaurte  at/ou  palliculAa 


I     I   Covar  titia  misting/ 


La  titra  da  couvartura  manqua 


I     I    Colourad  maps/ 


Cartas  gAographiquas  an  coulaur 

Colourad  Init  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  coulaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noiral 


I     I    Colourad  platas  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planchas  at/ou  illustrations  9n  coulaur 

Bound  with  othar  matarial/ 
RaliA  avac  d'autras  documants 

Tight  binding  may  causa  shadows  or  distortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

La  reliura  sarr6e  paut  causar  oa  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
distortion  la  long  da  la  marga  IntAriaura 

Blank  laavas  addad  during  rastoration  may 
appaar  within  tha  taxt.  Whanavar  possibia,  thasa 
hava  baan  omittad  from  filming/ 
II  sa  paut  qua  cartainas  pagas  blanchas  aJoutAas 
lors  d'una  rastauration  apparaissant  dans  la  taxta, 
mais,  lorsqua  cala  Atait  possibia,  cas  pagas  n'ont 
pas  4tA  filmAas. 

Additional  commants:/ 
Commantairas  supplAmantairas: 


L'Institut  a  microfilmi  la  malllaur  axamplaira 
qu'il  lui  a  AtA  possibia  da  sa  procurar.  Las  details 
da  cat  axamplaira  qui  sont  paut-Atra  uniquas  du 
point  da  vua  bibliographiqua,  qui  pauvant  modifiar 
una  imaga  raproduita,  ou  qui  pauvant  axigar  una 
modification  dans  la  mtthoda  normala  da  filmaga 
sont  indiquAs  ci-daaaous. 


I      I   Colourad  pagas/ 


n 


Pagas  da  coulaur 

Pagas  damagad/ 
Pagas  andommagtes 

Pagas  rastorad  and/oi 

Pagas  rastaurAas  at/ou  palliculAas 

Pagas  discolourad,  stainad  or  foxai 
Pagaa  dicolorAas,  tachattas  ou  piquAas 

Pagas  datachad/ 
Pagas  dttachAas 

Showthrough/ 
Transparanca 

Quality  of  prir 

Quality  intgala  da  I'imprassion 

Includas  supplamantary  matarii 
Comprand  du  material  supplAmantaira 

Only  adition  availabia/ 
Saula  Mition  disponibia 


r~n  Pagas  damagad/ 

I      I  Pagas  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 

I      I  Pagas  discolourad,  stainad  or  foxad/ 

I     I  Pagas  datachad/ 

I      I  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  varias/ 

r~~|  Includas  supplamantary  material/ 

I — I  Only  adition  availabia/ 


Pagas  wholly  or  partially  obscurad  by  arrata 
slips,  tissuas,  ate,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pagas  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  fauillet  d'errata,  una  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  M  fiim^es  A  nouveau  de  fapon  A 
obtanir  la  mailleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  tha  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmA  au  taux  da  reduction  indiqui  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


y 


12X 


16X 


aox 


24X 


aix 


32X 


Tha  copy  filmed  h«r«  ha*  b««n  raproducad  thanka 
to  tha  ganaroalty  of: 

Library  of  tha  Public 
Archivat  of  Canada 


L'axamplaira  filmA  f ut  raproduit  grica  i  la 
g^nAroait*  da: 

La  biblioth^qua  daa  Archivaa 
publiquaa  du  Canada 


Tha  imagaa  appearing  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
poaaibia  conaidaring  tha  condition  and  iagibillty 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  tpacif icationa. 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  covara  ara  filmad 
beginning  with  tha  front  covar  and  ending  on 
tha  iaat  page  with  a  printad  or  iliuatratad  imprea- 
sion,  or  the  beck  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  originel  copiea  ere  filmed  beginning  on  tha 
first  page  with  e  printed  or  iliuittreted  impres- 
sion, end  ending  on  the  lest  pege  with  e  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  imeges  suiventes  ont  4t*  reproduites  evec  le 
plus  grond  soin.  compte  tenu  de  ie  condition  et 
de  le  nettet*  de  I'exemplelre  film*,  et  en 
conformity  evec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmege. 

Lea  exempleires  origineux  dont  la  couverture  en 
pepier  est  imprimis  sent  filmte  en  commenpont 
par  la  premier  plet  et  en  terminent  soit  par  la 
darnlAre  pege  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreasion  ou  d'illustration.  soit  per  le  second 
plet.  selon  le  ces.  Tous  les  autres  exempleires 
origineux  sont  filmAs  en  commenpent  per  la 
pramiAre  pege  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreasion  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminent  par 
la  darnlAre  pege  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shell  contain  the  symbol  — »-  (meening  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  epplies. 


Un  des  symboles  suivents  apparaftra  sur  la 
darnlAre  imege  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
ces:  le  symbols  —^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE  ".  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  cherts,  etc..  mey  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  retios.  Those  too  lerge  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  ere  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hend  corner,  left  to 
right  end  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  ea 
required.  The  following  diegrams  Ulustrata  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  plenches.  tsbieeux.  etc..  peuvent  Atre 
f llmAs  A  des  tsux  de  rMuction  diffArsnts. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atra 
raproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film*  it  psrtir 
de  I'angia  supArieur  geuche.  de  gauche  h  droits, 
et  de  heut  en  bas.  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imagas  nicesseire.  Les  diegremmes  suivents 
illutttrent  la  mAthode. 


1  2  3 


% 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

w 


HMITHHONIAN     :  NHTI  TDTION 

BURBAIJ  OK  KTHNOLOQY:  J.  W.  POWELL,  1)1  RECTOS 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


or  THE 


WAKASHAN  LANGUAGES 


at 


JAMES   CONSTANT! NH    PILI^INO 


WASHINGTON 

aOVERNHBNT  PRINTIKO   OWVICK 
1804 


LINGUISTIC  BIBLIOGRAPHIES  ISSUED  BY  THE  BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 


SmithRonian  iiistltntion— Bnroan  <»f  ethnolojry.  Catalofirno  of  lin- 
giiiMtic  iiiaiiUHcriptM  in  tlic  library  of  tlio  Bur<>au  of  ethiiolof^y.  Hy 
JaineH  0.  Pilliiif;. 

In  Bnreaii  of  etbiinlogy  flnt  annniil  ntpnrt;  liulf-titlit  um  itlMtvn  p.  nTi!),  text  pp. 
66&-677,  WnshinKtoii,  1881,  niyal  »  . 

Imned  separatoly  with  cttver  titln  m  followH: 

Catalopio  I  of  |  linguistic  iiiaiuiMTiptH  |  in  tho  |  library  of  the  Rnr^aii 
of  ethnology  |  by  |  James  (-.  Pilling  |  (Extracted  from  the  tlrHt  annual 
rei>ort  of  the  Bureau  |  of  ethnology)  |  [Vignetti']  | 

WaBhington  |  Government  printing  office  |  1881 

Cover  title  oh  abov<>,  no  inside  title,  half-title  n«  nntler  rntry  next  abovo  p.  563, 
text  pp.  5R5-R77,  roynl  8^^.    One  hun<lr«>(l  ropieH  iiHUiMl. 

Smithsonian  institution — Bureau  of  ethnology  |  J.  W.  Powell  di- 
rector I  Proof-sheets  |  of  a  |  bibliography  |  of  |  the  languages  |  of  the 
I  North  Americun  Indians  |  by  |  James  Constantino  Piliing  |  (Distrib- 
uted only  to  eoUaborators)  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  office  |  188.'i 

Title  venH> blank  1 1.  notice  (iiiguo«l  J.  W.  Towell)  p.  iii,  preface  (November  4, 1R84) 
pp.  r-viii,  introdnction  pp.  ix-x,  liHt  of  iiuthnriticM  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of  lihraricn  re- 
ferred to  by  initialo  pp.  xxxvii-xxxviii,  liNt  of  fiM--HiniileH  pp.  xxxix-xl,  t«xt  pp. 
1-839,  a«lditionH  and  corrections  pp.  Htl-1090,  intlex  of  lanKuuges  and  dialuctH  pp. 
1091-1136,  plates,  4'^.  Arranged  alphabetically  by  name  of  anthor,  tranHlator,  or 
first  word  of  title.  One  hundred  and  ten  copies  printed,  ten  of  them  on  one  side  of 
the  sheet  only. 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology :  J.  W.  Powell,  di- 
rector I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Kskim(»  language  |  by  |  James  (/onstan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Yignett^^]  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  oflBce  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verao  blank  1 1.  preface  (April  20, 1887)  pp.iii-v, 
text  ]»p.  1-109,  chronologic  index  pp.  111-lUi,  8  rac-Hiniiles,  8'^.  An  edition  of  lOU 
copies  wns  issued  in  royal  8^. 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  W.  Powell,  di- 
rector I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Siouan  languages  |  by  |  James  Constan- 
tino Pilling  I  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  office  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  us  above  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  (September  1,  1887) 
pp.  iii-v,  text  pp.  1-^,  chronologic  index  pp.  83-87,  8".    An  edition  of  100  copies 
iwued  in  royal  8". 

Bt 


IV      LINGUISTIC  niHIilOORAPHIRH  HY  THE  BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 


SmitliBoiiittii  iustitiitiuii  |  lttii»uuoretliiiulotjcy:  .I.W.Powvll,  director 
I  Bibliogruphy  |  of  the  |  Iro4|uoi»ii  laiitriuiKUH  |  by  |  JuiuesGouHtautiue 
PilliiiK  I  [Vignettu]  | 
WiiHliiiigton  I  Goveriiiiioiit  priutiiiK  ofllcc  |  18HH 

Cover  title  ait  ubiive,  titli)  im  ut>ov«  vormt  Itltink  1  1.  prefiioe  (Docemlier  15, 1888)  pp. 
iii-vi,  t«>xt  pp.  1-lHC,  mhlontlu  pp.  lMl-18t>,  cbronoloKir  iiidox  pp.  hH~'X6, 9  fnivNlmilcs, 
8".    An  edition  of  100  copieH  wom  iMiieil  in  niyul  8' . 

SmitliHoiiisiii  iiiHtitiitioii  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  .I.W.  Powell,  director 
I  Bibliogmpliy  |  of  the  |  ^luMkhoguuii  luiiguageM  |  by  |  .ItunuH  Coustuu- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 
WiiMhington  |  Government  printing  offiee  |  1889 

Covnr  titlt)  ns  iihove,  title  iih  uliitvo  vufno  hlunl<  1  1.  pri^fiioo  (May  15, 1889)  pp.  iii-v, 
Uixt  pp.  1-108,  olirouulugit!  index  pp.  1(KV-114, 8  .  An  tiditiun  of  l()Ot!opi««  was  Iwued 
in  royal  8". 

Bibliographic  notes  |  on  |  Eliot's  Indian  bible  |  and  |  on  his  other 
tranHiatiouH  and  workH  in  the  |  Indian  languugt^  of  MassachuHettH  | 
£xtra(;t  from  a  "Bibliography  of  the  Algontiuian  languages''  |  [Vig- 
nette] I 

Washington  j  Government  printing  office  j  1890 

(.'over  titlu  aH  above,  title  an  above  vei-so  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-58,  21  fac-nimileH, 
royal  K'-.  r\>rm8  pp.  127-184  of  the  Hiblio^rapliy  of  the  AlKonqnian  languages,  title 
of  which  follows.    Two  linndred  and  tifty  copieH  isaned. 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology :  J.  W.Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  j  of  the  |  Algonqnian  languages  |  by  |  James  Constan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  j 
Washington  |  Government  printing  office  j  1891 

Cover  title  an  above,  titlu  an  above  verHo  blank  1  I.  preface  (Jane  1, 1891)  pp.  iii-iv, 
intro4lnction  p.  v,  index  of  laoguageH  pp.  vii-viii,  liHt  of  facsimiles  ]ip.  ix-x,  text 
pp.  1-510,  addenda  pp.  .'iSl-STS,  chromdogic  index  pp.  577-614, 82  facMimiles,  8^.  An 
edition  of  KM)  copiea  waH  issued  in  royal  8". 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology :  J.  W.Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Athapascan  languages  |  by  |  James  Gonstau- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  j 
Washington  |  G«>vernment  ])rinting  office  |  1892 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  almve  verso  blank  1  1.  [list  of]  linguistic  bibliog- 
raphieH  isnued  by  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  pp.  iii-iv,  preface  (.lane  1!),  1892)  pp 
v-vii,  intro<luction  p.  ix,  index  of  languages  pp.  xi-xii,  list  of  facsimiles  p.  xiii,  text 
pp.  1-112,  addenda  pp.  113-115,  ehronologio  index  pp.  117-125, 4  facsimiles,  8<^.    An 
edition  of  100  copies  was  issued  in  royal  8". 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  W.  Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  (iiinookan  languages  |  (including  the  Chinook 
Jargon)  j  by  |  James  Constantino  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  j 
Washington  |  Government  printing  office  |  1893 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  [list  of]  Ungnistic  bibliog- 
raphies issued  by  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  pp.  iii-iv,  preface  (Marcli  10, 1893)  pp. 
v-viii,  introduction  p.  ix,  index  of  lanj^uages  p.  xi,  list  of  facsimiles  p.  xiii,  text  pp. 
1-76,  ehronologio  index  pp.  77-81, 3  facsimiles,  8".  An  edition  of  100  copies  was  issued 
in  royal  9P. 


LINOtJIBTIC  DiBLIOORAPHIEfl  ItY  THE  niTREAU  OK  ETHNOLOGY.      V 


Smithtwiniaii  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  .I.W.  Powell,  direotor 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Salishun  languageH  |  by  |  .lames  (Jonstantino 
IMlling  I  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  office  j  1898 

Cover  title  um  above,  title  an  nb(ivi>  vcriMt  blank  1  I.  [lint  of]  lingniHtic  bibliog- 
raphit^H  iiwiii<<l  by  the  Kiiroaii  «if  KtliiuiIoKy  )>|>.  iii-iv,  preface  (.liiiie  24,  IK98)  pp. 
v-vi,  ititrtMlnctiou  pp.  vii-vtii,  iiulttx  of  lnnKi>aK«H  PP'  ix-xi,  lintof  faesiiiiib^H  p.  xiii, 
t«xt  ]ip.  1-79,  chranol»((ic*  inilex  pp.  Xl-Mt,  I  i'acaiiiiileH,  N^ .  An  edition  of  1(N>  ropioH 
wiiH  iHiincil  in  royul  K' . 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  \V.  l*o\velI,director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Wakashan  languages  I  by  |  .lameN  Constan* 
tiiie  Pilling  |  [Vignette J  | 
Washington  |  Government  printing  office  |  1804 

Cover tith  an  above,  title  aM  above  verno  blank  1  1.  fliHt  of]  linKuiHtic  bibliog- 
raphies iHMued  by  th<*  Uureiin  of  Ethnology  pp.  iii-v,  preface  (March  !.'>,  IWM)  pp. 
vii-viii,  introduetion  pp.  ix-x,  index  of  lanxnagcs  p.  xi,  liato)'  fucHiniileH  p.  xi,  text 
pp.  1-415,  chronologi4>  index  )>p.  07-70,  2  faeaindleH,  M  .  An  etlitiou  of  1(N)  ropieH  waa 
iHsned  in  royal  H-. 


li 


PRKl  ACE. 


Tliii  tlerivatidii  ol  the  toriii  um>(1  to  iloxignato  tlu^  fuiiiily  which 
(Miibriu'fH  the  Ki'<>*ip  ">'  hiiif;uiiK<'i*  treated  of  in  the  preMeiit  pa)t6r  in 
fVoni  the  Niitka  word  iraukanh,  iiieAiiiiig  //(mm/,  and  when  heani  by 
Captain  Cook  at  Friendly  Cove,  Nootka  B«innil,  waH  ttnpiioRed  to  Ut  tlie 
tribal  name. 

Ah  the  name  of  a  fandly  it  waH  tlrnt  UHed  by  <hillatin,  in  hiH  Synapaui 
of  (he  Indiitn  Trihrn,  pnbliKlied  in  the  TranxaotionR  of  the  American 
Antiqnarian  Society  in  IMH,  bamnl  u|N>n  a  vottabulary  taken  from 
tIewitt'H  Namttire  of  Athenturen  anil  SiifferinffM.  In  tlds  article  he 
);iv(>H,  ii^m  (lalianti,  a  vocabniary  of  the  Maka,  one  of  the  Wakashan 
diaU>ct8,  aH  a  family  of  itHelf,  under  the  name  of  Straits  of  Kuua.  In 
his  later  article,  HuWh  IniHann  of  NorthtreMt  Ameriva,  publi8he<I  in  the 
TrauHactionH of  the  American  Ktlnndo^ictil  Sitciety  in  184H,Mr.<}allatin 
retainH  the  imnn^  Wakash  as  a  family  designation,  using  a  vocabulary 
of  the  Niwiti  as  a  basiH;  but  tw(»  of  its  diale<;tH,  the  Ilailtsa  and  Haelt- 
Kuk,  h(^  includes  under  the  Nans  family.  Indeed,  until  recently  the 
Maka,  Hailtsuk,  and  Kwakiutl  dialcctR  have  not  been  embrace<l  in  the 
Wakashan  family  by  any  writer,  the  llrst  one  to  do  so  lieing  Dr.  Franz 
BotiH,  who  has  made  exttMisive  studies  among  these  northwest  {leopIeH 
and  collecUnl  vmrabularies  of  many  of  them.  Intermediate  writers 
have  used  a  number  of  names  to  designate  thiri  family,  the  princii>al 
ones  adopting  Nootka  an<l  NootkaColumbian. 

The  g(>ographic  distribution  of  the  tribes  forming  this  family,  accord- 
ing to  Miyor  Powell,  in  his  Tnilittn  LUujuiHtie  FamUien  North  of  Mfxico, 
published  in  the  seventh  annual  re|K)rt  uf  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  in 
1801,  is  as  follows: 

TIm>  triboa  of  the  Abt  divmion  of  tliiH  rmiiily  nre  contlneil  chiefly  to  tho  went  coaMt 
of  Vniicoiiver  IhIuihI.  Tliey  raii^o  to  tlw  north  as  fur  »h  Cntxt  Cook,  the  uorthern 
Hido  of  that  ra]io  heinK  oc(>ii)>iiMl  hy  Ilii<>ll7.uk  trilt«N,  uh  wsh  ascertaiued  hy  l>r.  BoaH, 
in  188(1.  On  the  south  they  reiu-hcd  tu  a  little  uhovo  HiNike  lulot,  thut  Inlet  beiiiK 
in  poHHession  of  the  Hoke,  i  Siilinhan  trihe. 

The  iieiKhborhood  of  Cape  Flattery,  Waahington,  In  occupied  hy  the  Makah,  one 
the  WakuHhan  tribes,  yiho  probiihly  wrested  this  outpost  of  the  fauply  flroni  the 
8aIiMh  (Clitllani)  who  next  adjoin  them  on  Puget  Honnd. 

The  boundaries  of  tho  Haleltzuk  divUion  of  this  family  nre  laid  down  nearly  as 
they  appear  on  Tolmie  and  Dawson's  linguistic  map  of  1884.  The  west  side  of  King 
Island  and  Cascade  Inlet  arc  said  by  Dr.  Hoiio  to  be  inhabited  by  Haeltzuk  tribes, 
and  are  colored  accordingly. 


VIII 


I'RKKACE. 


Tlio  iicconi|>aiiyiiif;  |»ii|H'r  cinlKMlii'M  liSl  titular  (MitrioH,  of  whirli  21!0 
relatt^  to  priiitiMl  IxittkH  and  uiticlcM  and  •II  to  nninnsfiiptH.  Of  tlieMc, 
2.(8  have  Imm'u  m'vu  and  dcHc.rihcd  by  the  roni|»il<>r,  LMA  of  th«>  printM 
and  2'{  of  the  nninuHrHptM;  h*avin((  an  dt^ivcd  IVoni  outHidc  HourcoH  r» 
itt'  the  priiitH  and  H  of  the  iiianuw^riptM. 

In  addition  to  th<'M4>,  thvro  are  ^iveu  in  full  a  nuinlN>r  of  enf(rave<l 
tithw,  eU'.,  all  of  which  havi*  been  Hoen  and  dcMcrilHMl  by  the  ronipiliM'; 
whihi  in  the  not(>H  nickition  in  nuide  of  'St  printed  and  nuinuNcript  woi-Icm, 
of  which  14  have  b(>eii  neon  and  deHcribiHl  by  the  writer. 

So  far  aM  ]M»HHible,  in  reading  the  proof  of  thiH  paper  eonipnriHon  hun 
been  nnide  direct  with  the  ImhiIch  and  articleH  theinNelveH.  In  thin  work 
aeeeHM  waH  had  to  the  public  and  private  libraricH  of  thiH  city,  and  Mr. 
WillMirforce  EanieH,  librarian  of  the  licnox  Library,  New  York,  hiw* 
kindly  performed  the  Hume  labor  reH|)ecting  iHMikM  in  his  own  and  the 
I^enox  library. 

In  the  course  of  the  work  every  facility  liaH  been  pivon  by  Mt^jor  .1. 
W.  Powell,  Director  of  the  Ibuean;  and,  iih  is  the  (uihc  with  all  tlu^ 
pH'vioUH  paperHof  the  HericH,  Mr.  I*.  C.  VVarnnin  Iuih  contributed  Ium 
valuable  Bervices. 


VVahhinijton,  1).  ( '.,  Maroh  in,  IS'H. 


INTUolHTCTIoN. 


fn  tlH^  roiii|iilatioii  of  thJM  scries  of  ratalo^riH's  tlii>  aim  \\n  Ih>«>ii  to 
liicludf  ill  ra<li  hililio^tapliy  cvfiytliiiiK.  |»i-iiitc(l  or  in  iii.ti'  I'lipt,  rrlat- 
iii^  to  the  family  of  laii^Miap's  to  \vhi<li  it  Ih  (l('vot«'«l:  Ixx  ks,  pamph- 
lets, articles  in  iiiaKii>'<iii<'s,  tia^-ts,  serials,  etc.,  and  sue!,  reviews  and 
annoitiicements  of  publications  as  seemed  worthy  of  luitice. 

The  (Uctioiiary  plan  has  been  followed  to  its  extreme  litn  t.  tiie  sub- 
jtM't  ami  trib;  '  -i  h-xes,  refercm-es  to  libraries,  ct»-.,  bciiitj  i.icbnied  in 
one  alphabetic  series.  The  primary  arr:iii;i;emcnt  is  sil|ihabetic  by 
authm>,  translators  of  works  into  thu  native  Ian^ua;;(  s  bein^'  treated  as 
authors,  irmlcreach  author  the  arrangement  is,  llrst,by  printe<l  work-;, 
and  second,  by  manuscripts,  each  ;;roup  bein;;  );ivcn  chronologically; 
and  in  the  case  of  printe<l  ImioUs  eu<-li  work  is  tbilowcd  through  its 
various  editions  before  the  next  in  «'hronoIoj;i«'  order  is  taken  up. 

AnonyiiHMisly  printed  works  are  entered  under  the  name  of  the  author, 
when  known,  and  undci-  the  lirst  word  of  the  title  not  an  article  or 
]u-eiH)sition  when  n«»t  known.  A  cross  reference  is  ^^iven  from  the  lirst 
wonls  of  anonymous  titles  when  entered  under  an  author,  ami  from  the 
tlrst  wordHofall  titles  in  the  Indian  laiiKua^es.  whether  anonymous  or 
not.  .Manuscripts  art;  entered  under  the  autlim'  when  known,  under 
the  dialect  to  whit'li  tln-y  refer  when  he  is  m>t  known. 

Kacli  author's  n-une,  with  his  title,  etc.,  is  entered  in  full  but  onco, 
i.  e.,  in  its  alphaU'tii;  order.  ICvery  other  mention  of  him  is  by  sur- 
imiiie  and  initials  only,  except  in  those  ran^  cases  when  two  persons  of 
the  same  surname  have  also  the  same  initials. 

All  titular  matter,  inclu«lin;;  cross  refi'rence  th»'ret<»,  is  in  brevier;  sill 
collations,  descriptions,  not;;s,  and  inde.x  matter  in  ni»npareil. 

Ill  detailing  contents  and  in  adding  notes  respecting  contents,  tho 
H) Hilling  of  proper  names  used  in  the  |mrticular  work  itself  has  been 
followed,  and  so  far  as  i>ossible  the  language  of  the  ivsfHH'tive  writers 
is  given.  In  the  index  entries  of  the  tribal  names  U.a  compiler  hat* 
adopted  that  8{ielliiig  which  seemed  to  him  the  best. 

As  a  general  rule  initial  capitals  have  been  used  in  titular  mutter  in 
only  two  cases:  tlrst,  fur  proper  names;  and  second,  when  the  word 


i 


*  INTRODlTCrriON. 

actually  »p|H»rK  «„  th«  titl«  pag.,  with  »„  initial  capital  and  with  the 
i^mamder  m  small  capitalnor  lowor.ca«e letters.  I„  inving  .tl^  in  JJe 
i^""*^"*"'  *'"  "'^^'^  •"  ''''  "^  «^  ""  H«b«tintivts  have  Ca 

HfZS*"  ^'T  '"■?  «':^«»  "^■^^"••»'«  »<'t  «<HM,  hy  the  rompiler  the  fact  is 
Btoted  or  the  entry  iK  followed  by  an  asterisk  within  curves,  Td  i 
either  cttse  the  authority  U  usually  given.  ^-urves,  ana  m 


I 


INDEX  OF  LANGUAGES. 


Aht.    8w5  Tokoaat. 

Hcllnbellii.    Hev  llailtstik. 

Cape  FIatt4>ry  liidiaiiH.    8<t>  Maka. 

(;)ao«|iiat.    8ce  Klaitkwat. 

Coqiiiltli.    Set;  KMakiittl. 

Fiica  StraitH  lii<liaiiH.    Sm^  Maka. 

IlailtHuk 27 

llaimtck  Harlxir  liuliaiiH.    See  Klattkwat. 

Ka^utl.    8e<'  Kwakiutl. 

Kill);  (}corge  Stiuiid  Indians.    See  Niitka. 

Klaokwat .T8 

Kwaklool.     S(>o  Kwakiutl. 

Kwakiutl .* 39 

lA'kwiIto(| 42 

Maka 45 

Millbaiik  Soiiiid  IiidiaiiH.    8(>o  llailtKtik. 

Nitiiiat 45 

Niwiti 4a 

Niitka  . .   40 

<^a};utl.    Sw  Kwakiutl. 
(^iioqmds.    See  Kwakiutl. 

8eba8a 50 

Seshat 57 

Tahkaht.    Seo  Tokoaat. 
Tla<M|uatcli.    See  Klaokwat. 

Tokoaat. .     59 

Ucalta.    StH»  Uksviilta. 

Ukwulta 01 

Vancouver  Island  Indians.    8(m>  Kutka. 

Wakasliau 62 

VVikenak 0;J 

Yokiiltat.    Seti  ''kwulta. 
Yukulta.    See  I'kwiilta. 


LIST  OF  FACSIMILES. 


Tith'page of  Hall's  (^a-gutl  translation  of  Matthew 

Title-page  of  New  Y«»rk  |18H»t|  edition  of  tfewitt's  Narrative. 


30 
35 


i^ 


I 
.tt 


birli()(;raphy  of  thh  wakashan  languages. 


By  .Iames  v.  Pillin(J. 


(An  MHl«>rii«k  within  iiiircntlinrn'M  inilivtatvit  tlia'<  tliu  <'i>tii|iili<r  Iiuh  Mimii  mi  copy  of  tliu  work  referriMl  to.> 

A. 


Adelung(.)ohiiini('liriHto]>h)  [iiinl  Vater 
{.}.  S.)].  Mithridiitos  |  odtr  |  iillp'- 
nu'iiio  Sprufhcnkiitidt!  iiiit  |  di-iii  Vatt-r 
I'liscr  Ills  Spriichproho  |  in  boy  iialii-  { 
riliifhmi(lfi-tS|iracli('niiii<l  Miiiitlartt'ii. 
I  von  I  Joliaun  Cliiistoph  Adflim-i.  | 
Chnrfiirstl.  SiichsisclHMi  Hofratli  inxl 
Oher-nil>lii)tlu-kar.  |  [Two  lines  (piola- 
tlon.]  I  Krst.T[-Vi<Tt.Tl  Tbcil.  1 

Merlin,  in  tliT  Vossisclu-n  Hni-lihan<l- 
lunK,  I  l«0tj[-l«17]. 

4  voli>.  (vol.  ;i  in  tlirtT  parlH).  8^. 
•  Niinii'nilM  l--:l  of  tlir  Nntkii  (I'roni  ('ook, 
Dixon. anil  niinilioliltt.  vol.  :i.  iinrt  II,  p.  21.').— 
Voriil>iiIni\  (II!  wonN  from  Cook)  of  tlii> 
Xntka,  vol.  :i,  imrl  :i.  p. '.'1."i.  -XunicnilH  1-liiof 
tlio  liin;!Mn)!e  s|:iikrii  at  Kint;  (ipor^o  Soiiiiil 
(from  I'ortloi-U  and  Dixon  i,  vol. :!,  jiart  i'.  p. -1.5. 

Vopiet  xren:  .VHtor,  lliint'roft,  UritiHli  Mn- 
fipum,  Hurrnii  of  I''lliaolo);.v,  ('ougrt*NH.  KamrH, 
Trumlmll,  Watklnson. 

PrifRil  by  Triilincr  (IK.Vi).  no.  ."id:!,  l!.  \tt*. 
Sold  nt  tlio  Ki»r!i(T  Hale.  no.  17.  for  H. ;  anotlirr 
oopy,  no.  20«'.'.  for  Klji.  .\t  llio  Field  .talc,  no.  1(1 
it  l)n>\iglit  til.**"*;  at  till"  S<niii>r  Half,  no. ".».  ♦.'!'. 
Lpfloro  (•''""•I"'"'"'"  it.  iio.'J04'J.  .lO  fr.  At  thn 
IMiiart  salr.  no.  VVi'i.  it  Hold  for  lT)  fr.  and  at  the 
Murphy  hiiIo.  no.  24.  a  lialf-vulf.  niurUh'-fduid 
copy  liniujf  III  ti- 
Aht.     S<M>  Tokoaat. 


Alcala-aaliano     ( I  >. 
Oaliano  (1>.  Alcalii). 


DiuniHio).      St^o 


Anderson  (Al<-xan(l*>r  Canllicld).  Notes 
oiitlio  Indian  trilics  of  liritiHli  Xortli- 
AiiHTitia,  and  tli*^  iiortliweHt  roiiHt. 
Coiiiinnnicatfd  to  (ieo.  (iihbH,  cs<|.  Ity 
Alex.  ('.  Andt!f8on.  <'n<|.,  iateof  the  lion. 


Anderson  (A.  (\)  — Continiu-d. 

!I.  M.  Co.  And  read  lielore  the  New  York 
llistoriial  Society,  November,  IM'2. 

In  HiHtorical  Mnirar.im',  tirHt  HcricH. vol.7, pp. 
7.1  8!,  Now  York  and  London.  I««:J.  am.  i^. 
(KainoH.) 

Inrlilili'HadiHriiHHionof  tlio  littiltiiiH.rraltas, 
IlailtHn,  and  ('<H|iiiltli. 

.\  iiinuh  iiianuMrript  of  thi.t  artirlr,  arrom- 
pauii-d  liy  a  li'ttiT  from  Mr.  .Vndi-rHon  to  Dr. 
(tililiH  from  (lathlanict,  Wanli.  T\..  datwl 
NoMMiilii-r.  l»r)7.  is  in  thi*  library  of  thf  Hiirran 
of  rtliiiolouv. 

Anderson  (NYilliain).  [VocalmlarieHand 
nninerals  of  the  lan>;iiaKe  uf  Nootkaor 
Kinjj  (leorge  Sonnd.] 

In  Oook  (J.)  and  King  (J.).  VoyaK<-H  to  the 
I'aritti- Orcan.  vol.2,  pp.  XI5- XIC.  and  vol.:i.  pp. 
r>4(»-.">4n,  Loudon,  1781.  4"^. 

Short  viH'aliulary  (.'i  wordn)  of  tlii'  NiHitka, 
vol.  2,  p.  Xt5.— N'nmrralH  1-10,  v<d.  2,  ]>.  Xlfi.— 
Vocabulary  (2.'>0  wordn  and  plirasi-a).  vol.  3.  pp. 
.'i4O-.'.40. 

Ki'printcd  in  tliu  varionn  iilitionM  of  Cook 
(.r.)  and  King  (J.) :  aUo  in  whole  or  in  part  ia 

Buachmann  (-1.  V.  E.),  Diti  Viilkrr  und 
Spracbcn  Neii-Mcxiro'H, 

rieurier.  ((".  I*.  ('.),  Voyage  aiitoiirdii  niondc. 

Fry  (K.),  Panto(rraphia. 

Kerr  (H.),  (Jenoral  history  and  colh'i'tion  of 
voyagi-H. 

La  Harpo  (J.  V.  ilc),  Abrcnc  dc  rhiBtoiri>. 

An  «trong(A.  N.)  Oreuon :  i  compriHinK 
a  I  brief  history  siud  full  de.scri|)tioii  | 
of  the  territories  of  |  Oregon  and  AN'ash- 
iiiKtun,  I  oinbracing  the  |  eiticH,  towns, 
rivers,  bays,  |  harbors,  coasts,  nioiin- 
tains,  valleys,   |  prairies   -.nd    plains; 

1 


W  AK- 


I 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


'iii 


Armstrong  (A.  N.)  — (.'ontinmul. 
tof^ollicr  \vitlir<>niarkft  |  iipnn  tlu* Hocial 
|)ii8itioii,  proiliu-tioiiH,  n'MonrrcH,  ami  | 
|iroH|u>ctH<if  till)  country,  n  diiMeitatioii 
npiin  I  till)  Hiinato,  and  a  fnll  tlc8rri|i- 
tionof  I  the  Imlinii  tribi'Kof  tlio  I'arilic 
I  Hlopn,  tlii'ir  iiianiii'rH,  etc.  |  Inti-r- 
B]ierHeil  witli  |  iii(-idi>ntH  of  travi-l  anil 
nilvonturo.  |  By  A.  N.  AnnHtronn,  |  for 
tlirco  yearn  a  mivorninent  siirvfiyor  iu 
Oregou. I 

Chiran"!  I  l>"'>HHlie«l  l»y  ChaK,  Scott 
&.  CO.  I  1857. 

Title  venjofopyright  1  l.ropyof  <'orrc»iM)nrt- 
•ncn  pp.  lil-iv,  imlex  pp.  v-vi,  text  |>p.  7-147,12^. 

Vocabnlary  <U  wonls)  of  tbe  Nootka  lan- 
guage, pp.  146-147. 


Armstrong  (A.  N.)--Continued. 

f'opit*  »ftH  :  Aiilor,  nnntoii  Athmia>iini,  Con- 
grea*. 

Aator :  This  word  following'  a  titloor  within  pareo- 
thfitea  after  a  note  iiiilicat«H  that  a  copy  Oi  the 
work  referred  to  liaH  be«>n  H<i>n  liy  the  compiler 
in  the  Aator  Library.  New  Vork  City. 

Anthoritiea : 

See  DulVw86  (K.) 
Field  (T.  W.) 
Liidewig  (H.R.I 
M'LeaiiM) 
PlUincM.C.) 
Pott  iA.F.) 
Sah.n  (•!.) 
Triiin'.Mill  (.1.  n.) 
Vater(.1.S.) 


B. 


Baohiller  y  Morales  (Antonio).  Antig- 
Uedadea  Americanos.  |  NoticiuM  |  quo 
tuvicron  los  Europeos  do  la  Ami^rica  | 
i(ntc8  del  desciihrimiento  |  do  Cristo- 
bal Colon,  I  rccogidas  |  por  A.  Bachiller 
y  Morales,  i  Individuo  corro.sponsal  de 
mdrito  d«  la  Acadcmia  Arijneolrtgiio- 
Matritcn-  |  ho,  do  mi^rito  do  la  Kcal 
Sociedad  Economica  do  la  llabana,  y 
corrosponsal  |  de  la  do  Puerto-Rico  &c. 
I  [Picture.]  1 

Habana.  |  Oficina    do!    Faro    IndiiN- 
trinl,  Cnlledol  ()l»i»]»o  num.  !t.  |  1845. 

Cover  titU-  1  1.  pi>.  1-134,  1  1.  map,  sm.  4°. 
Word  fni  hierro  (inm)  in  ii  imnilM-r  of  Aiiut. 
lean  lanK'iiagrs.  nnioii);  ihrm  tlii>  Xiitka,  ]i.  100. 
Copies  Kfen :  A  Htor. 

Balbi  (Adricn).  Atlan  |  othnographique 
dii  globe,  i  on  clasaificatiou  dcs  peiijiles 
I  aiK'ions  et  inodonios  |  d'aprcs  lonrw 
laiigncs,  I  prdcdd<^  |  d'lin  discours  sur 
I'ntiliti^  et  I'iinportanco  de  lYtudo  des 
langiie.HappliqiK^o  i\  ]>luHioiirN branches 
dps  cotiiiuissanccH  Iniinniiios;  d'lin 
aper^tt  |  siir  los  iiioycuH  gra]diiques  eui- 
idoyi^s  ])ar  los  dillerons  i>enplos  do  la 
toiTo;  d'lin  cotip-d'ipil  sur  rhistoire  |  do 
la  laiigiio  slave,  ct  sur  lu  niarcho  pro- 
gressive do  la  civilisation  (  et  de  la  lit- 
ti^ratiiro  en  Russie,  |  avec  environ  sept 
cents  vocabiilaircs  des  princi  jtau.'.  idi- 
onicscoiiniis,  etsnivi  |  ilntable:iii  phy- 
sique, nioiiil  ctpoIitii|tie  I  ilosciu(|  par- 
ties dii  nioiide,  |  IX'did  |  h  S.  M.  I'Eni- 
pereiir  Alexandre; ' par  Adrien  Balbi,  | 
ancien    profcssour  de  geographic,  do 


Balbi  (A.) — Continued, 
physique  et  do  mathdiiiatiquos,  |  inem- 
bro  corrospondant  de  I'Athi^ni'e  de  Tre- 
visp,  etc.  etc.  |  [Design.]  | 

A    Paris,  |  Chez     Roy    ©t    (Jravier, 
libraires,  Qiiai  des  Angnstins,  K"55.  | 
M.DCCC.XXVI  [1826].  |  Imprinii?  cbez 
Paul  Renouard,  rue  Garencicre,  N"  5. 
F.-S.-G. 

Hair-titli*  1 1.  title  verao  blank  1  I.  dnliration 
2  11.  table Hyno|>liqiie  1  1.  ti>xt  plates  i>xli  (Mingle 
and  double),  t.ible  pliitrs  xlii-xlvi.  additiona 
plates  xlvii-xlix.  errata  1  p.  folio. 

t,aiiKiieR  do  la  cMv  oecidentale  du  I'AniAr- 
iqtiedu  Xonl.  plate  xxxv,  Includes,  under  no. 
84(1,  the  Wakimh  o  Vootka,  with  a  brief  dis- 
ruHsion  u|m>:i  that  Iniignuge. —  Tableau  poly- 
glotte  des  InngiieH  americalnes,  'plate  xli, 
incl tides  a  vorab  iilsrj- of  Uic  Xootka or  Wakash . 

Copies  lern :  Astor,  lirit iith  Museum,  Con- 
gresH,  Rames.  Powell,  Watkinsoji. 

Bancroft:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parent  hoses  after  a  ni)t«  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  t«>  has  been  seen  by  the 
compiler  in  the  library  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Banrroft, 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe).    The  |  native 
races  |  of  |  the    Pacific    states  |  of  | 
North    America.  (  By  |  Hubert    Howo 
Bancroft.  Volume  I.  |  Wild  tribes[-V. 
Priniitivo  history].  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  com- 
pany. I  1874 [-1876]. 

."V  vols,  maps  and  plat«s,  8".  Vol.  I.  Wild 
trilx'H;  n.  Civilized  nations;  III.  Mvtbifand 
languages;  IV.  Autii|uities!  V.  Primitive  his- 
tory. 

Simie  copies  of  vol.  1  are  dated  1875.  (Eamea, 
Lenox.) 


WAKA8HAN   LANGUAGES. 


Bancroft,  (H.  II.) — Continued. 

I'erftiinal  iimuoiinn  nf  t.lii>  Nann,  Hailtna,  an<l 
SehaHaR,  vol.  'I,  p.  60fl.  — \  few  HenfcnofK  (from 
Dunn),  p.  (V)7.— A  ft-w  '•  wonlw  in  roninin:i  "  of 
tli«  HailUa  anil  Ht-lai'iNiIa.  p.  0()7.— Tli<<  NiMitkit 
langiiagn  of  VanfOiiver  iHlanil.  a  ({pnvral  <liH- 
aiifwion  Willi  i-xaniploH,  pp. 60(Mi||. 

Copim  arm :  Antor,  Ilanrroft,  Hrinton,  Uritish 
'MiiHCuni,  Itiiri'aii  of  Ktlinoliicy.  Con^rrHr^, 
Kain<-H,  Lenox,  Powell. 

The  I  niitivfi  r;u'c8  |  of  |  f lie   I'licidr 

stall's  I  of  I  North  AnuMi<a.  |  \\y  |  IIii- 
hert  Howe  Hanrroft.  Volume  I.  |  Wild 
tribeMt-V.  Priniitivi-  history].  | 

Author's  Copy.  |  .Sau  Fram-isco.  1H74 
[-1876]. 

.1  voln.  8^.  Similar,  exeept  on  titlepa^e,  lo 
edition  tllli-il  iiliove.  Ono  liiinilnMl  ('o;iieH 
ioHtleil. 

l.inifiiiMtierontentNaHUmlertitlenext  alM)ve. 

Citiiiei  trrn  :  nanrroft.  KritiHli  MilHeiim.Coii- 
jjreHrt. 

In  iiililition  to  tlir>  above  tlin  work  Iihh  lH>cn 
iHHiieil  with  the  liiiprintof  I.oiitimaiiH, London: 
Maixonneiive.  I'aris:  and  lirm'kliaus,  Leipzig; 
nono  of  whieli  have  V  Heen. 

iHHued  alMo  with  titlepaK)"*  as  followit: 

Tlio  works  I  of  I  HiiliiTt  Mowt^  Hiin- 

croft.  I  Volmiio  I[-V].  |  The  native 
ra««e.  ]  Vol.  I.  Wild  trilK's[-V.  Priini- 
tiv«!  history].  | 

San  Frtmrisro :  |  A.  \..  Itamroft  iV 
company,  imhlisiu-rs.  |  IK82. 

.I  vols.  H''.  Thia  wM'ieM  will  inrlude  the  II  ia- 
torv  of  (.'entral  America,  Hi.ntory  of  Mexico, 
«t<'.,  each  with  itx  own  B.vatom  of  niinilieriiiK 
anil  also  iniinliereil  cousecntively  in  the  Heriea. 

Of  these  works  there  havo  been  ]iiililiHheil 
vols.  1-:19.  The  opening  parat;rapli  of  vol.  :i9 
(IH'.tO)  gives  the  foUowinu  iiiforination:  "This 
voUime  closes  the  narrative  portion  of  my  his- 
torical series;  there  yet  n^mains  to  he  com- 
pleted the  hiographical  srition." 

Ctpift  leen :  Itancroft,  llnlish  Miiseuni, 
Ilitreaii  of  Ktlinoloj;y,  Congress. 

Bartlett  (.)ohii  Kiissoll).  Ninii<  rals  of 
tho  .M  language. 

Maniisiri'it,  1  page,  folio;  in  the  library  of 
the  hiireati  of  Kthnology. 

Inclndes  the  nni.ierals  l-'JO,  30,  40,  .'io.  fill,  70, 
80.  90,  100. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Makah  lanniiajtf. 

Manuscript,  C  leaves,  folio,  written  on  one 
side  only;  in  the  library  of  the  Kurenu  of  Eth- 
uolopy. 

('ontains  IHO  words,  rworded  on  one  of  the 
forma  issncd  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Ripiivalents  of  nearly  all  tho  words  are  jjivpu. 

.lohn  UiisHell  Rartlett,  author,  btirn  in  Prov- 
i.;ence,  1{.  I.,  '2.1  Oct.,  1805.  died  there  28  May, 
If-SO.  He  was  eilucated  foramercantilecireer, 
entered  the  banking  busineaii  at  an  early  age, 


Bartlett  (J.  R.)  — Continued. 

and  was  foraix  yearn  cashier  of  theiilolie  (tank 
in  Providence.  His  natural  Iwot  app<-ars  to 
have  '•.fH'w  in  the  direction  of  nclenceand  Ixdlea- 
Irttres,  for  he  was  pnimineiit  in  founding  the 
Pmvidcnce  atliena'um  and  was  an  active  mem- 
la-rof  the  KrankllnsiM'iety.  In  IrCITlieenKaKetl 
in  biisincHs  with  a  New  York  house,  but  wua 
not  successful,  and  enterinl  the  lHNik'ini|H>rting 
trade  under  the  style  of  Bartlett  tc  Welfonl. 
He  became  a  menilter  and  was  for  aeveral  year* 
corres|ioi,dinK  accn'tary  of  the  New  York  hia- 
torical  giN'lety.and  was  a  incmlier  of  the  Amer- 
ican ethuo;!ra|i|iical  siH'iely.  In  I8.'hi  Pn>sident 
Taylor  ap]M>lnted  lilm  one  of  the  comininsioueni 
til  lix  tho  boundary  between  tho  tJnited  Slat«a 
and  Mexico  under  the  treaty  of  <iiiailaliiU|M) 
Hidalgo.  This  servicemtciipied  him  until  18.*>.1, 
when  ho  was  obliged  to  leave  the  work  Incom- 
plete, owing  to  tho  failure  of  the  approiirialioii. 
He  lii'came  sii'retary  of  state  for  UliiMb-  Island 
in  May,  18,'>.\  and  held  the  ollice  until  \*r>.  \\n 
bad  chargeof  the  John  Carter  Itrown  library  In 
Proviilonce  for  several  years,  and  prepared  a 
foiir-volumo  catalogue  of  it.  of  which  one  hun- 
dred copies  were  printed  in  the  highest  style  of 
the  art, —  ippleton'*  Ci/rlup.  nf  A  m.  Iliiij. 

Bates  (Henry  Walton).  Staiifonl's  |  com- 
peiKliiiin  of  ^i-o)rra]»hy  and  travel  | 
bu.sedon  Helhvald's*  Die  Krdu  iind  ihre 
Volker'i  Central  Anieriea  the  West  In- 
•lies  I  and  South  America  |  Edited  and 
extciiilcd  I  By  H.  W.  Itatea,  |  assistaiit- 
sefi'etary  of  the  Royal  );eo<rraphical 
society;  |  author  of  'Tlu^  naturalist  on 
the  river  Aint'.zons'  |  With  |  ethnolog- 
ical append  ix  by  A.  H.  Keaue,  H.  A.  | 
Maps  and  illustrations  | 

London  \  Kdward  Stanford,  .'>5,  Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  187H 

Half-title  verso  blank  I  I.  title  verso  blank  1 
1.  prefaco  pp.  v-vi, contents  pp.  vil  xvi.  list  of 
illustrations  pp.  xvii-xvlii.  list  of  maps  p.  xix, 
text  pp.  1-441,  ap|>endix  pp.  H:i-5(i].  index  pp. 
50:i-.")7l,maps,  8". 

Keane  (A.  II.).  Kthnography  ami  Philology 
of  .Xincrica,  pp.  44:t  .Wl. 

i'npim  nrrii  :  Uritish  Museum.  ('ongreMa, 
Kaiiies,  (ieiiIo;iicaI  Survey,  National  Museum. 

Stanftird's  |  com)iendium  of  jjeoj^ra- 

phy  and  travel  |  based  on  Hellwiild's 
'Die  F<rde  iiiid  ihre  Viilkir' |  Central 
America  |  the  West  Indies  and  |  South 
America  |  Kditeiland  extetuled  |  Hy  H. 
W.  Bates.  |  .\uthor  of  [&c.  two  lines] 
I  With  I  ethnological  appendix  by  A. 
H.  Keane,  M.  A.J.  |  Maps  and  illustra- 
tions I  Second  and  revised  edition.  | 

Lonihin  |  Kdward  Stanford,. ^Wi, Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  1882. 

Half-title  versu  blank  1  1.  title  venu  blank  X 


HIULIOUKAIMIY    OF   THE 


Bateo  (H.  W.)  — Coiitiuncd. 

1.  |lri'fiH«   |i|l,  V-Vt,rOllt<-lltM  pp.  vll-xvi,  lint  of 

illiiM(rHtloiii)  pp.  xvil'Zvill.  IIhI  (if  tiiapH  p.  xix, 
tt'Xt  p]).  t  441,  iipi)fii<lix  p|i.  443-.'>01.  IikI'.-x  pp. 
Sftl  STI.iiiiipii.K^, 

l.liiuiiiatic  jirtirif  UH  iinilpr  litlx  next  nliovo. 

Copirt  xrH) !  lirltinli  Miim-iiiii,  Iliirvtiril. 

HtanfonrH  |  <-oinpi>iiiliniii  of  ><<'(>yra- 

phy  iind  travt-l  |  I)iikc<I  dii  IIi-IIwiiM'h 
'l)io  Knlii  iiikI  ilirc  Villkfi'  |  (Vntral 
Aiiiurica  |  tbo  WcHt  Indii-H  |  and  Soatli 
AiiKTica  I  Kditfd  and  cxtcudcd  |  liyil. 
\V.  Kates,  ».sHiHtuiit-H«'<Totai-y  (At. two 
HiiohJ  With  I  etlinological  apiiiriidix  l>v 
A.ll.  Konno,  M.A.I.  |  Majm  and  illiiH- 
tratioiiH  I  Tliird  edition  | 

London  |  Kdwanl  Stanford,  .*i5,Chur- 
luH  ffoM,  8.  \V.  I  1885 

Kali' title  viTHi)  Itliink  I  l.titli  vimn  Wlaiik  I 
1.  pri-l'ai!«  p|i.  v-vi.  ruiiti'iit.s  pp.  vil  xvi.  lixt  of 
UliiNti'aliniiN  pp.  xvii-wiii,  liNt  of  iiiapH  p.  xix. 
text  pp.  1-441.  appuiiilix  p]i.  44;i-5tll.  inilfx  |)p. 
."Mil  ."iTI.  tnapH,  8  . 
I  JiiKiiiHtii'artirlunHiiiiilor  lit  loM  next  above. 

CopifHieen:  (i<-<iloi;iral  .Survey. 

Beach  (Wiiliani  Wallan-).  The  |  Indian 
iniNi-t'llany  ;  containing  l'ii]ii>r.s  on  tlit> 
HiHtory,  Anticinitios,  Arts,  I..iinjj;iiau«!H. 
Kfli^ioiiH.  Tr.-iditioiiH  and  .Sn]H-rstitionH 
|of  I  thf  Aint'iicun  iiliorinincs;  |  witli  | 
Desi-riptions  of  their  DoineHtit*  Lifo, 
ManiK^rs.CuHtoins,  Traits. Amii8<MiiciitN 
and  Kxploits;  |  travels  and  advcntnroN 
in  t\w  Intlian  country;  |  IncidiMits  of 
Border  Warfare;  MisHionarv  delations, 
ete.  I  Kdited  l.y  W.  W.  Heaeh.  | 

AHiany:  |  J.MnnHcll,82  ."^tat^i  street. 
I  1877. 

Titio  verwi  lilanl<  1  1.  <lr<lic-ati<in  voritii  lilanl< 
1  l.ailv<'rli.icim-iit  vi'r«i>  Idank  I  l.t'onti'iiLs  pp. 
vii  viii,  toxt  pp.  l)-477.  errata  1  p.  iiiilex  pp.  4711- 
490,  K  \ 

Oatschet  (A.  S.).  Iixtiaii  lanKimRim  of  tlic 
I'acitir  states  and  teriitorle.s,  pp. 41(1-447. 

fo/ziVirKfcK  .•  Astor,  llriiiton,  Itritisli  Museum, 
ColtpreHs.  Kauies,  (i<'olo;iii'al  .Survey,  Massa- 
cliusetts  Ilistoriial  Soeiet.v,  l'illiii):,WiH<'ousin 
Hi.stoi'ieal  S<Kiety. 

Priced  liy  I.eelere.  IHVS  eataloguo.  no. '.>nr>:i,  •.Ml 
fr.;  llie  Murpliy  eopy.  no.  1117,  lu-ouglit  .'fl.'J.'i; 
prireil  liy  Clarke  \-  en.  ISXtl  eatalo^ue.  no.  6'J71, 
$:i..'>U,aiiil  liy  l.ittletleia.  Xov.  1887.  no.  .'til  in. 

Bellabella.    .S'e  Hailtsuk. 

BerghauB  (/>r.  Keinrieh).  AllKeineincr 
I  ctIinogra]diis('her  .\tlns  |  oder  |  .\tlas 
der  Viillier-Kunde.  |  Kiin^  Saniinliin>j  | 
von  neiln/eiin  Karten,  |  anf  deiieii  di(>. 
nindie  Mitte desnuiinxi^linten.Ialirliiiti- 
derta    atatt     liudeado  |  geugraphisciie 


Berghaufi  (II.)  — Continued. 
I      N'erbreitiiii);  alter,  naeh  ihrer  Sprach- 
vorwandtsi'liaft  >;eord-  |  neten,  N'iilkiT 
I      des  Krd!ia]|s,  iitid  ilire  Vertlieiliiiijr  in 
I      die  Hoii'he  nnd  .staateti  |  iler  alien  wic 
derneiien  Welt  al»jtel>ildet  nnd  verftinn- 
lielit  worilen  ist.  |  Kin  Vi>rKiieh  |  von  | 
\y  Ileinricli  l(er;;lianH.  | 

VerlaK  ^o»  •Insttis  IN'rtheit  in  (iotha. 
I  1853. 

Title  of  tile  serieH  (l»r.  Heiiirieli  l<er|;liaUH' 
pliysjkiiliwlier  .Xtlas,  ete, (verso  1, 1  rertulilank. 
title  as  aliove  verso  lilank  1  1.  text  pp.  l-tW.  \9 
maps,  folio. 

I'l-aiisiiioutaine  Orupiie  IreatH  of  the  hnliilat 
ami  liuifuistir  relations  of  tlie  peopli's  of  tlio 
nortlnvi'Hl  eoant.  niiiciiii;  tlieiii  llie  Wakasli  and 
its  irilial  divisions,  p.  .VI.  Map  no.  17  is  entitled 
"  Ktlino;:rapliiHelie  Kartl^  von  Nonlaiiierika," 
\a4'h  von  .\lli.  tiallatin.  .'..  vun  HiiiDboUlt, 
t'lavi;;ero,  llervas.  Hale,  Isliester,  ete. 
Ciijiieii  iiecii :  Murvan  of  Klliiiolotcy. 

Bergholtz  fCnstaf  Fredrik).  Tli«  honrs 
Prayer  |  in  the  |  IM'in<'i|i:il    Lano;na){eB, 
DiahM'ts  and  |  Versionsoftlie  World,  | 
printed   in  |  Type  .•iinl   Vernactilar><  of 
the  I  lijllen-nt  .Nations,  |  eonipiled  and 
pnlilishiMl  hv  I  (i.  I'.  lier^holt/.  | 
Chicago.  Illinois.  |  ISH-l. 
Title  verso  ic>pyrii;lit   I  I.  eonlunts  pp.  :U7, 
prefaee  p.  <l,  text  pp.  1 1   •.IKI.  12'. 

The  Lord's  prayer  in  m  nunilierof  Aiiicrieaii 
lanifuap's,  amoni;  tlieiii  the  (jiiKUtl  Ifruni  l(all), 
|i.  UR. 

Cnjiift  leeii :  Con(jre.ss 
'  Bible: 

Maltliew        Kwakiiitl        See  Hall  (  A.. I.) 
.lolin  Kwakiutl  Hall  i  A.  J.) 

Bible  passa)!es : 

KwaklutI  See  liritisli. 

Kwakiiitl  Cillierl  (  -land  KivinKtnn(— ). 

Bleukinsop  ((it^orije  i.  Stse  DaTnrsou  ((J. 
M.) 

Boa«:  This  word  f4illowin;;a  tith-urwithin|>an>i)- 
tlieses  after  a  note  indieales  that  the  louipilpr 
has  seen  a  copy  ol'tlie  work  referred  to  lieloii);. 
inji  to  the  lilirary  »l'  Dr.  Kran/.  UoaK 

BoaB(/>/'.  Kranx).  (>n  certain  solids  and 
dances  of  the  Kwakiiitl  of  Itritish 
Coliimhia.     [Si^^neil  Fran/.  IWmih.  | 

In  .loiirnal  of  .\ni.  Folklore,  vol.  1,  pp.  4!)- 
ra,  Moston  and  New  York,  IHM.  H\    (I'illiii;:.) 

Soii;;h  willi  niiisie,  verses  willi  interlinear 
1''inKlisli  translatiiui.  (iropur  naincH,  mythic 
tl'iniN,  I  te. 

I'octry    and   music   of   some   North 


.Viiiericnn  tribes. 

In  the  SwisH  Chms.  vol. 'J,  pp.  140-148,  N'u'V 
York,  IKSS.  »m.4".    (Pilling.) 

A  8011);.  with  niusie.  of  the  |  Wakaokau] 
IndianHof  llritiHli  Colunihia.  p.  148. 


WAKASHAV   LANGUAGES. 


Boas(F.)  —  Contiinu-il.  i 

Tlio    IiKliiiim  of    ItritiHli  ('(iliiiiibiii.  ' 

Hy  I>r.  Frail/.  IJohh. 

Ill  rii|iiilurS«-li!iin>  Moiitlily.  vol.  :r.',  |i|>,  tl'.'M-  , 
03«,  XfW  YoiU,  1»W8,  8  \     (IMIHiik.) 

A  fi-w  Kwakiiitl  ti-rnis  |iiiHaiiii.  { 

!>!)•  Mylliolo^iwdi-r  iiiiril-w«>Ht-iiiniM'- 

iktitiiMclK'ii  KiiHti'iiviilkiT. 

Ill  (lliiliiiH.  vol.  .VI,  J>|..  121   127,  l.Vi-ir.7,  •J!ll>-   j 
:iir.',  :ii."i-:il'.);  vol.  .'>4,  i>)i.  10- U,  l(r»iio>«'liwt)iK. 
IMA,  4  '.    (( tiMilujjii'ul  .Siiivtry.) 

TfriiiH  of  tliK  iiiilivi'  liinuiiut;fH  of  tlic  luirlli- 
west  I'oimt  III'  ItritiHli  .Viiii-rini,  iiK'lliililii:  al'rw 
ol'tliit  Kwnkiiitl,  Willi  iiii-iiuiiigH,  |ia.HHiiii. 

TlinkonH«s<it'th«  Kwakiiitl  Iniliaim, 

liritiHh  Coliiinliin.     l(y  I>r.  Fran/  ItiiaH. 

Ill  Nutiiiiml  MiiNiuiii  rrof.  lor  18H8,  |i|i.  1<.)7- 
L'lJ,  WiiHliiiiKtc.ii,  1«X!I,  H  .     (I'illiliK) 

Kwiikiiitl  tcriiiM,  witli  iiiruniii;;it,  |inHHiiii, 

'I'liH   liiiliaiis  of    liritiHh   C(>liiinhia. 

|{y  Fiiiii/,  lioaH.  I'li.l).  (I'reHfiiU'd  liy 
Dr.  T.  Sloiry  limit.  May  :«),  I««8.) 

ill  Uoyul  So<\  III'  Uiiiiailn,  TriiiiH.  vol.  U,  tn-c- 
tiiiii-.>,  |>|i.  47-57,  Moulri'ul.  188U.  4  .    (Pilling.) 

A  Hliort  vocalmlary  (18  worilM)  of  tlio  Wili'- 
^  iMik.  hIiowIii);  iitliiiiticM  wllli  Hit-  ltili|iil^i.  |i. 
4».  — Kwakiiitl  and  Wik'r  iiok  leniiH.  |i|i.  .'1:1  .'i.V 

i'ri-liiiiiiiary  notes  <in  tiic  Iiiiliaiisof 

liritiHli  Ciiliiiiiltia. 

Ill  r.iitixli  Ass.  Ailv. Sci.  rciiort  of  tin-  llfty- 
viKlitli  ini'i-tiiii:,  iip.  Zl.t--H2.   Luiiiloii.  IHgll,  8'.    ^ 
(I it'olouiial  Survey.)  ' 

Kwakiiitl  and  II«ilt8iik  ttiriiis,  pii.  2:(8-23l).       | 

IxHiied  al.su  an  foUowH : 

Pruliiiiiiiary  notes  ou  tlio  Iniliaus  of 

Uritisli  Coliiiiiliia. 

In  lirltiHli  A»«.  Adv.  Sol.  foiirtli  rfport  of  tliu 
vuliiliiitlri'  .  .  .  apjiuiiiti'd  for  tliu  |>iir|Hisii 
of  iuvttHtiualiiiK  anil  inildiHliin;;  rt'purtM  on  tlut 
.  .  .  tiiirtliwi-xti-rii  trilx-Hof  till' Diiiiijiiioiiof 
Cuuudu.  |i|i. 4-10  [London,  I8H1)|,  H\  (Kmiiioh, 
JMlliiiK  ) 

Lin;:ii ist ir  routrntit uh under  t itiv next  above, 
pp.  7-8. 

I'irst  (iiMU'ral  l{c])ort  on  tin)  Indians 

of  lirltisli  ColiinilMa.  liy  iJr.  Frun/ 
lioas.  I 

III  Uritisli  As8.  Adv.  S<M.  report  of  tlii<  llfty' 
iiiiilli  iiicetiiijj,  pp.  801-89:1.  London,  181)0,  8\ 
((iei>lo<>ii'al  Siirvi-y.) 

Tlio  Kwakiiitl.  witlialiHt  of  diaU'cIs,  toti'inn. 
tiTiiis,  and  i-nililuiiis,  pp.  827-S2'.l.   -Naiin-s,  with   1 
iiii'aniiiKH.  oftim  Kwakiiitl  ^fi'oups,  p.84!l. 

Ih.siiciI  al.so  km  I'uIIiiwk: 

First  (JeniTal  K'cport  on  tho  Indians  , 

of  Itritisli  Columbia.  Hy  Dr.  Fraitz 
lioas. 

In  Hriti.ili  Ahh.  Adv.  Sri.  flHli  re|>ort  of  the 
coiuiiiilti't'  .  .  .  ap|Miiiitcd  for  tiir  piir|iuMO 
uf  iuveHiigatinic  and  publidhiiig  reiKirt*  on  tli« 


Boas  (F. )  — Continuod. 

.     .     .     niirtliwmli'ni  trilH'Hof  llie  IKiniiuion  of 
t'jiniida,  pp.  .'•-»;.  London  [1MM|  8       (rilling.) 
Liii^fiilsiitrontrutMax  iiudertitleni'xtiilMive, 
pp.  :il-;i:i.  .'1:1. 

Sfrond     (ieiK'ral      Koport    on     the 

Indians  of  It-.-tisJi  ('oliiinltia.  liy  Dr. 
Fran/,  iioas. 

In  Itritisli    .Vss.  .\dv.  Sri.  n'lMirt  of  tlw  nil- 

ticlli    I tiiiji;.  pp.   .'ill'J-TI,').     London,    IMUI,  8'. 

((it'olo;;iral  .'^iirvrv.) 

'I'liK  NiHitka  ( pp.  ru<'_'-)l04)  ini'liideH  tlie  follow- 
inu:  .V  list  of  tliK  trilii'M  and  tlirir  lialiitiit.  |i. 
,'i8.'l.— NaiiiDS,  Willi  mraniliKs,  of  tin-  HeptM  of 
till)  dillrrt'iit   Noiitka  trilii'H.  p.  TiXI.   -Naiiii-Hof 

tllO  cjliffH  of    tlltlHI'plH,    pjl.  :>S.'>-."lM7.     -SoDlIS    HUt 

to  iniihir.  witli  ti'iiUHlatioii,  ami  many  NiHitka 
tt'riiis  paitHJiii,  pp.  .'188-11114. 

The  Kwakiiitl  (pp.  Illl4-6:i2)  <n<-lild(<M:  LiHtof 
trilirs,  tlifir  ui'nti's,  lialiitat.  ptc,  pp. tlo4  <'i07.  - 
Social  oi';;aiii/.al ion.  willi  many  ti'riii.s  paN.siin, 
pp.  ()0'<-lll4.  .Si'ori't  Horii'tii's,  willi  lists,  hoiich 
with  interlinear  translations,  mid  many  terniM 
pasHiiii.  pp.  (114-IKrj. 

Kuakiiitl  lin^iiiiHties  (Kwakiiitl  and  IV  Ut- 
Hiik  dialeelH)  ineliides:  (.'omparutivo  voealiiilu- 
ries,  numerals,  •tniiiiioatle  notes  on  nouns, 
adji'i'tives,  priinoiius,  verlts  with  <'on,|iii;atioiis, 
formation  of  worils,  ete..  pp.  )itiH-ti78.— t'onipar- 
ison  lietweeii  tile  Kwakiiitl  and  N'lHitka  luii- 
auam-..  pp.  liT'>  li"!). 

Couiparativit  voeahiilary  of  ei);ht('in  Inn- 
liiiiiKes  spoken  in  Itrltish  i.'oliiniliia,  pp.  1102- 
71.'),  ineliides  three  dialiH'ts  of  tho  Kwakiiitl- 
NiKitka,  viz,  lleiltHiik,  Kwakiiitl,  N'oolka- 
Td'eeiath. 

IsHiied  also  as  follows  : 

S»>cond     (ifiicral      l{«'port    on     tho 

Indians  of  liritish  (.'oltiiiibia.  liy  Dr. 
Fran/.  Itoas. 

In  Itriti.-ili  .\ss.  .\dv.  .Sei.  sixth  report  on  the 
nortliwostern  trilns  of  (!aiiada.  pp.  lo  lli:i.  Lon- 
don [lx:il|,  8  .    (I'illini:.) 

Lin;;iiistie  eonteiitsiis  under  title  next  uhovo, 
pp.  :ii.  :iJ,  :i:i.  :i5.  a<W2, ."ii-Vi,  X  «2,«2-80,  io;i-ii«, 
117-127,140  lli:i. 

Vocabulary    of   the    Kwakiiitl    In- 
dians,    liy  l>r.  Frail/  Iioas. 

In  .\lllerieail  I'llilosopli.Soe.  I'l'iK'.  vol.  :il,  pp. 
.14  82.  riiiladelpliiu,  180:1,  8'^.  ((ieol»<;ieal  Sur- 
vey.) 

(ieneral  aecount  of  the  Kwakiiitl  aii<'i  tiieir 
laiii;iia;:e,  pp.  :t4  :i.'i.  —  Voeahiilarv.  alplialieli- 
eally  arran;;(d.  pp.  :H)-82. 

[Lingiiistie  iiiatoriiil  relating  to  the 

Kwi:,kiiitl  lan){iia<;r.  I  (') 

Manuseript.  227  paf^es,  4  '.  in  iHiHHcsHion  of 
itrt  author,  wlio  writes  iiii>,  Deeemlier,  18.11, 
eoneernlnK  it,  UH  follows:  (.'ulleeted  at  fhicaKo 
during  the  World'H  (.'oliiniliian  Kx|Nisitioii  and 
V  I'lirMcd  in  a  blank  h<M>k.  The  hook  .  oiitaiuii 
solids  and  li>;;eiids.  with  Nxieal  and  ;;raTUiuat- 
ieal  explauutioua,  vuvubiilurloH,  and  grainiuat- 


6 


filBLlOOUAFIIY   OP  THE 


Boas  (F.)  —  <  'ontinned. 

W-hI  iiiit«H.    Tliv  I'^intPoU  limy  Ih<  iIi'mtIInmI  hh 

rolliiWH: 

1.  Kwaklutl  trilMi: 

Thirtettii     old      HoiigH    IwluiiKiliK     t<>    tin- 

TiM'tiiurku  oprirniiiiilal. 
Tblrtyonii  mmgn  iil'  THetMiiekit  iIhikth. 
Ki(l*-<-iiiMinK»li('loU);iijgtuT*<*(MiiekainiiMLM. 
TlirtM)  I'otlalHli  Hoii((H. 
Tw<iM<>iif{N  i'roii  triulltliiiiH. 
Fiv«  Hbnman'H  hhii^h. 
TlinM)  l.ttiiluxn  H<)iii;i4. 
T»i>  iiruytsFH  l4)  tlio  Hiin. 

'riiri'«  lllVK  MIIIIKM. 

Two  iiiorniii);  •<oiikm. 
Two  rliililri-n'H  Huiif(H. 
'.>.  NiiiikUh  trilH-: 

Kivi-  Hiiii);i<  or  THutHiiuku  ilaiicen. 
:i.  KiMkiiiKitriliu: 
<tni<  Mill);  III'  Twtmu-ku  dauce. 

4.  Nnwetto  Iriltf: 

Kiiiir  oltl  Hoii^rH  liuloii){iiig  to  I  Ik-  TmitHanka 

I'unMiiouial. 
Klnvi-ii  mini;'*  <>!'  Ti«>tHU<tka  iIuiu'Ph, 
Niii't  HongH  ol'  Nniiloow  <laii(;i-a. 
Tliret!  war  HongH. 

5.  Trailitioiia: 
(^'ii'nigilak. 

Mink  aiitl  the  wolveit. 
Mink  ami  tliv  hum. 
Miiik'H  liiirial. 
Mink  aiitl  ott«r. 

KlK'kllHXU'lH-. 

OnriiXlalaiH'. 

NiimaHi'nxullH. 

S«''nia«'. 

Tilt)  ile«r  anil  Iiih  mtn. 

Vocahiilai-yof  tlie  Nootka dialect.  (*) 

Mnniisrript,  42  iiagt-M,  t'ulio,  in  ihimhchsIoii 
of  itM  author,  who  iutbrma  mo  it  oouHiHtH  ol° 
ahoiit  1,400  woiiIh. 

Franz  lioax  wiiahoru  iu  Miudon,AVo8ti>lialia, 
(rurniany,  .Inly  'J,  IHJH.  From  1877  to  1HH2  lie 
att<m<ic<l  tho  iiiiivi*r»!ti»H  or  llciilcllicrg,  Ikiiiu, 
ami  KitO.  TIk!  yoar  1882  ht>  Hpcnt  in  Bt'rliii,  pre- 
paring for  an  Arctic  voyage,  anil  miih-d  .lime, 
i8H:i,  to  C'liinberlamI  Sound,  liaHin  hand,  t^avl•l' 
illginthatr(•gionuntil  Sopti-inlior,  1884,  n-turu- 
ingviaSt.  .luhim,  Xinvronndland,  to  Kttw  York. 
Tin-  wintor  of  I88t-'H5  Im  H])ont  in  Washing- 
t4in,  pn-paring  tho  reHults  of  hiw  jonriK'y  for 
pnldicjitioii  and  in  atiidying  iu  tliu  National 
Miiicnni.  From  1885  to  188C  Ur.  Itoaa  was  an 
UHHiHtant  iu  tlioKoyal  Ethnographical  Mummni 
of  Berlin  and  doccnt  of  geography  at  thu  I'lii- 
versityof  Ucrlin.  Inthe  wiiiUrof  188:>-'80  lie 
Journeyed  to  liritiah  Columbia,  under  tliu 
aiiHiiices  of  the  Itritisli  AHHociatioii  for  tlie 
Advancemi-nt  of  Sviencp,  for  the  ]iiir|M)8e  of 
Htudying  the  Indians.  During  1880-88  Ur. 
Boas  was  assistant  editor  of  Science,  in  New 
York,  and  from  1888  to  1802  decent  of  autliro- 
ptdogy  at  Clark  ITiiiversity,  Worcester,  Mass. 
During  these  years  he  niiule  ru|ieate4l  joiirueys 
tu  the  Paeittc-  uwwt,  with  the  object  of  oun- 


Boas  ( F. ) — (Jnntinnnil. 

tiniiiiig  bis  reMeari'hui*  among  the  Indians.    In 
1881  Kiel  gave  liiiii  the  degree  of  IMi.  D. 

Dr.  Boas's  principal  writings  are:  ItafHn 
I.and, (iotlia..riistiisIVrtheH.  188.'):  TlieCentral 
Ksk iiiio( in  t heOt li  Annual  l(e|Mirt of  t he  Ktireau 
of  Kthnobigy);  Ue|iorts  t:>  the  British  .Vsaisria- 
tbtu  for  the  Advaneeiiient  of  Seicncn  on  tlio 
Indiana  of  IlritiHli  ColiimUiu.  1888-IH92:  Volka- 
sageii  iius  Britisch  Cidumliien.  Verb,  der  Uoa. 
nir  .\iitlii'o|Hdogie,  Kthnoloub)  uiul  Crge- 
sebicbtein  Berlin,  l8Ui. 

Bo>ton  AlhenaMini :  Thene  words  following n  title 
or  within  ]>arentheseHal'ter  a  n4itu  indicate  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  bus  Iweii  ,  een  by 
ibe  compilt  r  ill  the  library  of  that  institution, 
itoslon,  MiisH. 

Boiton  l'ulili<':  These  words  following  n  title  or 
wilbiii  parenthescH  att<'r  a  note  inilicale  that  il 
copy  of  the  work  referred  to  Iiiim  been  seen  by 
the  eiiiii|iiler  in  tliiit  library.  BoMton.  Mass. 

Boulet  (l{<T.  J<>iiii-ltuptiNtu),('(/i^»-.    .See 

Youth's. 
Bourgoiiig   (Jean   Fruiivnis).     Helution 

irnii  voyiigu  rt'-cunt  <1i-h  K8|iaKi)ul.s  Hiir 

IcH  coteH  iiiiril-iiiii^st  (Ic  rAinoi'iqui!  »ep- 

tuiitrioiialu,  1702. 

Ill  Ai-chives  I.itteraires  de  I'Kurope,  vol.2, 

4)|i.  .'i4-8!>.  I'ariH.  18()4.  8  .    (British  Museum.) 
N'lininrals  1-10  of  the  KKketeii,   Niitka.  and 

Kiiinsien  (from  Humboldt),  pp.78.  79,  87. 

Brabant  (/I'ec.  A.  .1.)  [LiiigiiiHtic  iiiato- 
rial  ill  and  relatin;^  t«>  tli«)  Ne.skwiat  or 
Niitka  laiifjiiiige.] 

Maiiuici'ipt  ill  possession  of  itsanlhor,  who 
writes  me  from  tlie  NeHi|iiat  mi.'t.sioii,  British 
t'oiumbia,  under  date  of  December  14.  188.'i,  as 
folb.ws : 

"  I  had  s]H-nt  about  three  inontliB  of  the  suiu- 
iiicr  of  1874  with  Bight  Uev.  Bislio])  Seghei-s 
nmoiig  tliu  natives  of  this  coast,  wbeii  liie  pre- 
late concluded  to  establish  a  mission  at  Ues- 
<(iiiat,  the  entrance  to  .N'ootka  Sound,  ami  com- 
missioned me  to  take  charge  of  it  in  May,  187.'i. 
You  iiii|uii'(ialMiut  my  work  <>u  the  language.  I 
give  you  the  information  you  ask  fur  witliiuiieh 
pleiisiire, 

'-.\s  I  had  no  liooks  that  I  could  consult,  and 
intact  I  have  up  to  this  day  seen  nothing  about 
the  language  worth  consulting,  I  si'lectcil  two 
IndiaiiH  who  knew  a  few  wordsof  ('hiuook.aiid 
with  the  help  of  tbe.Iargon  Is-gaii  to  collect  a 
number  of  familiar  words  and  expressions. 
Aft<'r  a  while  I  noticed  that  these  |)Cople  when 
speaking  observed  certain  rules  and  forms,  and 
so  I  set  to  work  and  marked  down  anything  iu 
that  line  I  could  notice.  Of  course  as  time  and 
iiiy  knowli^tlge  of  the  language  advanced  the 
task  was  rendered  iiiiich  more  easy ;  and  Hiially 
I  put  my  notes  a  little  in  shape,  not  with  tlie 
idea  of  having  luiythiiig  piibtisbed,  but  for  my 
own  s.,*!sfaction  and  for  tlie  use  of  any  of  our 
priests   \rho,    being   stationed   among    tb<M« 


WAKA8HAN  LANOUAOES. 


In 


Brabant  (A.  J.)  —  t'ontiuuetl. 

IiiiliaiiH.  luuy  f»fl  a  ilrMire  t<)  iik(>  my  iiotfiR  t« 
titcUitat«  for  tlu'iiiM^lvoH  the  ntiiily  of  tlif  litu- 
fpiage.  I  hav»  followiHl  tlin  iinlur  Keut^rally 
xlnpted  iu  the  writluK  «f  a  xraminar,  lieniiinlUK 
with  tbe  nouns,  thilr  geartttr,  nunilM>r,  i-U.: 
then  tli«  Hiyf«livt»,  (luKnHMt  of  compnrlHou, 
diminutivxH,  tlu>  nuiuKralH:  next  coni«  tbe  pro- 
nimns,  followctl  l»y  the  verbn,  with  tlieir  dlfliT- 
ent  forma  of  coiOuKatioii.  Thin  part  in  proiHT 
totliu  H(>n<|iiluts.  Mowai-halH.  iinil  Makcht-liitH, 
thu  allix  HllKhtly  ilifTi^rinK  Iu  the  laiigiiHgo  of 
tbx  other  trilHMi.  I  havf  only  a  nhort  chapter 
about  the  lulverhH;  but  I  have  oiiUw-twl  Hewriil 
huniln'tl  iimxfs  an<l  preflxea  whhh  phiy  an 
ini|Mirtuut  role  in  the  iitc  of  the  lunguuge.  Thene 
art-  amply  expluini'tl  l)y  exanipk-H. 

-WhileteachinKHchiMil  I  trauHlutedourulaiiH 
book.  Lrarnini/  to  uprll,  to  read,  to  uiritt,  and  tu 
e<>uii,oiie,  by  J.  A.  Jiuolm,  A.  M.,  prinvipiil  of 
the  Kentucky  Institution  for  the  Education  of 
Deaf  MuteH. 

"  Itishop  SoBhers  in  1874  translated  some  of 
tbe(;uthoIic  prayorH,  hut  under  very  unfiivor- 
alile  circuiiiHtnuceH.  A  few  years  later  I  waH 
instructed  hy  IiIm  HUCceMsor  to  overhaul  them 
and  put  them  in  their  prtiHcnt  nhape.  I  triina- 
lHt4-d  the  Hmall  Chinmik  <'alechiHm  of  ItiHliop 
Demurs,  atterwanli*  HeleetiiiK  the  principal 
partH  ami  putting  it  into  a  more  succinct  form 
for  the  use  of  adulta. 

"Kn  pattant,  I  agree  with  you  that  the  name 
of  tbe  language  of  this  coant  ouglit  to  reniiiin 
theNutka  language;  the  term  Aht,  which  has 
l)een  ailopted  lately  by  certain  i)artieK,  iN'iiig  u 
uselesH  inuovathm.  i^alculated  to  cauHe  coufu- 
aion,  beHidi!H  not  conveying  the  Hound  or  the 
meaning  which  it  U  intended  to  convey. 

"  I  may  add  tliat  the  word  Nutkn  is  the  fro 
<|Uontative  of  Nutkshitl.  which  means  tu  go 
round  (French  /aire  le  tour  de),  i.  *.,  Xutka 
Island,  a  word  that  would  likely  have  been  use<l 
by  the  natives  upon  the  white  men  asking, 
through  signs,  t!ie  name  of  Nutka  Sound  or 
Ixland.  Ihe  term  useil  for  over  a  century 
ought  tu  rttmaln." 

Thn  Lord's  prayuriu  tho  Nestjiiiator 

Nootka language. 

"  Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.  It  is  a  copy  written  on  tlie  hack  of 
aletter  dated  Septemlier  19, 1880,  from  the  Kev. 
J.  B.  Bimlet,  Sehome,  Wash.  In  a  xuhHe^iuent 
letter  Father  Boulet  informs  me  that  "  it  was 
04i]>ied  flrom  a  copy  I  have  in  my  poHsession, 
written  by  the  Kev.  A.  J.  Brabant,  a  miHsionary 
on  tho  west  coast  of  Vanc<mver  Island.  In  all 
probability  tbe  reverend  gentleman  is  himself 
tbe  translator,  aa  be  bas  been  on  tbat  coast  for 
twenty  years." 

Briuley  (George).    See  Trumbull  (J.  H. ) 

Brinton:  This  wonl  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  aft<T  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  iM^en  seen  by  tbe  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 


Brlutou  (/>r.  Daniel  CiarriHun).  The 
AiiK-rican  KuCf:  |  A  LingiiiHtic  ClaHHi- 
tication  ami  Ktliiii>gra]ilii(>  |  DeHrrip- 
tion  of  the  Native  TribeH  of  |  North 
and  .South  Auterica.  |  Hy  |  Daiiitd  i\. 
Brinton,  A.  .M.,  M.  D.,  |  Professor  [&e. 
ten  lines.]  | 

New  York :  |  N.  D.  C.  Hmlges,  Pub- 
lisher, I  47  Lafayette  Plate.  |  I«JM. 

Title  verso  copyright  noth'e  1  1.  dedica- 
tion verso  blank  I  1.  prel'nee  pp.  ix-xii,  con- 
Unls  pp.  xiii-xvi,  text  pp.  17-;U2,  linguislU) 
appendix  pp.  XM-^UU,  additiouH  and  corrections 
pp.  •lOr.-.ttW,  index  of  authois  pp.  :i6«-;t7:t.  index 
of  suli,ieirts  pp.  :n4-;i9L',  8". 

Linguistic  classiiieation  of  the  Xorth  I'aciHc 
st4>ckM  (pp.  1U8-1UII)  includes  tlie  KwakiiMitl  or 
Ilaeltzukiun  (Heilt/.uk.  Kwakiiitl.  (^uaislu), 
and  Nutkn  or  Wakushuii  (Aht,  Nimlku, 
Wakash),  p.  108. 

Oopim  Men  :  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Eamea, 
rilling. 

DanielGarrisim  Brinton,  ethnologist,  iMtrn  in 
(Jiu'ster  County,  Pa.,  May   l;i,  18;t7.    He  was 
grailuate«l  at  Yale  in  18,')8  and  at  the  Jetl'er»on 
Medical  ( 'olhfge  in  1801,  after  which  he  spent  a 
y(<ar  in  Europe  in  study  and  in  travel.    On  his 
return  he  ontered  the  army,  in  .Vugust,  I8«'.'.  as 
acting  assistant  surgeon.    In  February  of  tlie 
following  year  he  was  commissioneil  surgeim 
and  served  as  surgeon  in  (ihief  of  llie  sec^ind 
division,  eleventh  corps.    Hewaspn  oiitat  Ihe 
battles  of   (JliauceUorsvllle,  (iettysburg,   and 
other  engagenu'nlH,  and  was  appointed  medical 
director  of  his  corps  in  OetolH-r,  18(i.'t.    In  con- 
soquenceof  tt  sunstroke  received  simui  after  tho 
battle  of   Gettysburg  he  was  disi|nalitie<l  for 
active  service,  and  in  tlie  autumn  of  that  ywir  he 
became  superintendent  of  hosjiitals  at  Quiticy 
and  .Springlield,  111.,  until  August,  18U,'i,  when, 
the  civil  wor  having  ch>sed,  he  was  brevetted 
lieutenant-colonel  and  tlischargiNl.      lie  then 
settled  in  IMiiliulelphin,  where  he  b<'Came  editor 
of  Tbe   Medical  and    Surgical   H<'|Hirt«r,  and 
also  of  the  <iiiurterly  (Compendium  of  Medical 
Science.    Dr.    Brinton   has    likitwise   been    a 
constant  contriliutor  to  other  medical  .journals, 
chiefly  on    iiueslions  of   public  medicine  and 
liygiene,  and   has  edited  several  volumes  on 
therapeutics  and  diagnosis,  especially  the  pop- 
ular series  known  as  Napheys's  MiNlern  Ther- 
apeutics,   which    has    passed   through    many 
editions.    In  the  medical  controversies  of  tbe 
day,  he  has  always  taken  the  positiiui  that  med- 
ical science  should  be  base<l  on  the  results  of 
clinical  observation  rat  her  than  ori  physiological 
experimenta.    He  has  liocome  prominent  as  a 
student  and  a  writer  on  American  ethnology, 
h^s  work  in  this  dire(^tion  beginning  while  he 
wasastudent  in  college.  Thewint«!rof  I856-'.17, 
silent  in  Florida,  supplied  him  with  nuiteriul 
for  his  first  publishetl  lHH)k  on  the  subject.     In 
I8l>4  he  was  a|)pointeil  professor  of  ethnology 
and  archieohigy  in  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Philadelphia.    For  some  years  be  bma 


niRLIOORAPHY   OF   THE 


'  I 


Brinton  (D.G.)  —  ContliiKMl. 

Ih-<>ii  itrttiiliU'iit  ol°  tlii>  Niinilaiiiiitli'  anil  Anti- 
qiiftrian  S<Mli>t.vor  l>lilliMl)<l|iliiH.  hihI  in  IWMl  In- 
wan  finctwl   vlo«t'|ir(<iililt<nt  of  tlii-   Anwrlriiii 
Aawiclallon  for  tli*'  Ail vnii<-i>intMit »!'  S<-li<ni'<',  to 
|>n<iilileuvi<rtli«Hi'rtioiMiii  Miilliro|Mili)|r.V'  I'or 
ItiK  tli«  HHliii*  year  lin  wax  nwanlnl  llin  iiimIiiI 
»r  tliv  S««l<tU-   Aiiitrlruiiir  ilr  Kniiii'i'  lor  lii* 
"ninni^ruiiH  ami   li'HriU'il  workH  on  Aiiirriiati 
«lliiiiiluK,V,"U<'iliK  tlii'HrHt  iiHllvi- 1(1°  till'  I'liiliMl 
Slali'N  that  liaN  lH«t|i  no  lioiinri'ij.     In  IMMTi  tlii' 
Ainxrii'an  |inlilliilu<r«  of  tin-  li'iiiniKruiililr  Kii 
rVRtopHMlin  rei|ii<<Htoil  him  to  ixlil  tlir  llrMi  vol 
iitiip.  tonintriltiiti' toit  tlioarliili-Noii  "Aiitliro 
|Milo)(.v"iinil  "  Kllinolot;y,"  anil  to  ri'vlxr  thai  on 
'•  Kthliouraphy.'hy  I'roloMMOrlii'ilanil.ol'StraH 
liiirK.     Ilu  alHoi'ontrililitiil  to  llir  m'ronil  Vol 
niut-  ol'tlinnanii'  work  an  <<MHa,v  on  tin-  "  I'ri'tiiH 
toric  Ari-liH>oUi;:y  of  ImiIIi  IIi'iiiiH|ilirn-N.  "     Ih'. 
lirintitM  liHH  I'NtaliliHlicil  a  liliniry  anil  |iiiIiIIhIi- 
in|{  hoiiHit  of  altoriKiiiiil  AniiTii'iin  llli'iiitiiri', 
forth)'  |Mir|Mmi' III'  pluriiiu  uilliin  Ihr  n-arli  ol 
Hi'liolarH  aiillirntir  inatiTialH  lor  Ihr  Htiiily  of 
the  laiiuiiiiKi''*  aiiilriiltiirr  of  llii'nalivi'  rari'H  of 
Anirrii'H.  Karliworkiitthi-|iriMliii-ttonof  nativi- 
niiiiilH  anil  i^  priiiti'il  in  thi'   ori|;iiial.    Thr 
MiTii'H.  most  of  whirh  wprc  eililril  liy  Dr.  Ilriiilon 
hiniHi'ir,  inrluili<  Tlin  Maya  I'liroiiirluH  (I'liila 
il<-l|>hia.   IHirJl:   Till-   lriM|iiiilM   Itmik   of    KIIih 
(lriM»):  Thu  (iiit'Kiii'Uri':  A  Ijonii'ily  llalh'l    in 
tliu  Kahiiatl  Spaniitli    DlaliTt    of    NiriiraKiia 
(IMCI);  A  Mttfrntion   Li-uimiiI  of  tin- Oei-k  In 
iliuuH  (IH84);  Till'  Li'inipi-  anil  Thoir  LckpiiiN 
(IH85);  Tho  Annals  of  the  ('uki'hli|iiiil>«  (IKMfi): 
|Ancii>nl    Kahuatl    I'ovtry   (IH»*7)t    liitf  Vwla 
AInl•ri<^anllH  (I89ii)|.  Ui-Miili'H  piililiNliin);  niinii>r 
oiiH  papvm  III'  liiiH  ronlriliiitfil  valiialilr  ri-|iorlH 
on  IiIm  pxaiiinations  of  inniiinls,  NlnOllirapN, 
nM'k  InitrriptionH,  anil  nthi-r  aiitii|uiti(>K.    il«  ih 
tlu'aiithnrof  Tin*  Floriilian  I'riiiiiHiila  r  It.-<  Lit 
urary  HiHiory,  Iniliaii  TrilM>H,  aim  Antii|iiitii-i4 
(I'htluil«l|ihia,  \W>»):    fho  Mytlm  of  thr  Ki>w 
World:    A   Tn-itiMi-  on  tlio   SyiiilioliHtn    and 
MytholoKy  of  tho  Ki-d  Kari>  of  AmorifU  (Xi>w 
York,  ItXIH) ;  Till'  Ib'liKioul*  Si'iiliinvnt :  A  (Con- 
tribution to  th«  Si'ii'iii'K  anil    I'liilimophy  of 
Kelieion  <I87«);    Anioiiian   Horo    MytliH:    A 
Study  in  tin-  Kallvi'  K«(li(sion«  of  tlii'  Wi'Htirn 
Continent    (riiiladi'lpliia.    IHH2):     Aliori|;inal 
Ainprivnn    AutliorH   and    tlioir    I'roiliirtions. 
K«|M<*dally  Uiohk    in    thi>   NiitivK    liUnuuaf;<'H 
(IHKI)  and  A  (irainnmr  of  thi>  Cakrliiqiii'l  Lnn- 
Kuage  oi'{i\MU3mii\&(l6iM).—AppMoii'»('yclop. 
vfAm.Iiiog. 
Britiah  and  Foreign  Bible  Society :  Theae  words 
following  a  title  or  within  panrntlieHea  aftei'  a 
note  indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  has  Iteen 
seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  that  inMli- 
tution,  140  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London,  Eng. 

Biitiah  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 
Bnanr.  on  loanaa.  rj.  3tt  ct.  l(i.  \  U^pniiiibi 
iiepeio40BiciiimenHaronncaniii,|  n34aiiRiiix'b  ; 
Be.iHKoApnTaiicRnMi  h  Hnm-TpanHhiMi  |  OnfiiP- 
HcKiiwi  o6mccTBOMi.  \  [Deflign  iiu«1  one  line 
quotation.]  | 


Britlah  ami    Foreign    liiltlf    Ko<>iety.— 
Coiitinu«'«l. 
lii>'i«rtHii  aJN  (ipnTancnaro  ii  iinnriiiiiiiiini 

■HfVjeHrK'il'd  I  il6ll|pl'TU,  I  >    rH.lli<i«*pi«    11    Ph- 

BHHrTona  (Limited), 5:{,  Ct.  iliKonc'k  CKieprfc, 
.1itH.|ii1>.  I  ISMA. 

lAtrral  traimtiitioH  :  The  goa|M)l  by  John,  3d 

cliaptiT.  Dllh  viTHe.  |  Sainplen  i  of  the  trauala. 

lionaof  thu  holy  Hcrlptun-.  |  piibliNlied  ;  by  the 

liritiHli  •ml  foreign  |  hilile  Hoi-iuty.  |  [Denlgn.] 

I  "  (iiHl'H  woni  I'lidiiri'th  forever."  I 

Printed  for  the  ItritiNli  and  foreign  bible  | 
HiHiety.  I  :it  tiillHrt  \  KivlngtonN  (Uinited). 
't'l.  .St.flohn'K  S<|iiari'.  London,  t  IriM.'i. 

1'rinli'd  roviTH  (lilli-  at  aliove  on  fmnl  one 
verM)  i|uolatioii  and  noteM),  coutenta  pp.  5-7, 
text  pp.0  tlH,  in  . 

Malilicw  \l,  'id.  in  the  Ku-gutl  (Vancouver 
lalanil),  no.  Ii)7.  p.  :ui. 

Voiiiet  tei  n  :    Tilling. 

TheearlirriMMiieMof  this  work,  tit  leg  of  which 
will  liel'oiiiid  In  the  liibliograpln  of  the  Algon- 
i|iiiun  LauguaguM.  contain  no  Wakaalian  mute- 
rial. 

Kv.  8t.  .lob.  Jii.  Ifi.  I  in  tlen  meiHten 

tier  S|iriiclien  iiutl  Diiilccte  in  welvliuii 
<li<<  I  ItritiHolie  und  AiiHliiudiHchc  liiliel- 
geseilReliuft  |  dielieilige  Selirift  driickt 
mid  verlireitet.  |  [Dexigii  and  one  line 
<iaotutloii.J  I  Verinelirte  Aiitlago.  | 

London :  BritiNche  uiid  AuHliindlHcbe 
liibelgeHellHehiit't,  |  146  Queen  Victoria 
Street.  K.  C.  |  ISJC.. 

Tille  as  aliovi' on  cover  reverno  a  qiiotAtlon, 
rontentH  pp.  1-4,  texi  |.'>.  •>-^^^  (verso  of  p.  (IT 
uoteH),  remarks.  ottleerH.  ageiiciea.  etc.  :i  'I.  i(|o, 

LingiiiHtir  rontentH  ait  under  title  next  aliove, 
no.  '.18,  p.  5-.'. 

Copien  leeii :  I'illing, 

In  IIiIh  I'dition  and  in  thoxo  titUtd  below  the 
langiingi'H  are  arranged  alplialH-tically. 

St..luiiu  in.  Hi,  Jtc.  I  Spo«iiiien8  |  do 

ill  traduction  de  cc  pasHage  daiiH  la  plii- 
part  I  d(*H  IniigiieH  ot  dialectcH  |  dans 
leB(]ii(4H  la  I  So<'i<^ti^  Bililique  Britan- 
ni(|ue  ot  IIStrang«>re  |  u  iiiiprim(]  ou  mis 
en  circulation  le8  Huintea  t^criturea.  | 
[DcHigii  and  one  line  i|Uotatioi>  J  | 

Londrea:  |  Soci<'t(^  biblique  britan- 
ni(|iie  et  ('trangere,  |  14(5,  (jueen  Vic- 
toria Street,  K.  C.  |  1«8.'>. 

Title  on  rover  oh  aliova  reverse  i|iintation, 
conlents  pp.  1-4,  text  pp.  5-(i7  (verao  of  p.  07 
ohaervatloiiH),  reniarka  eti\  :i  II.  10°. 

LingiiiMt  ic  I'lmtentH  aa  under  t  itie  next  above. 

Vopiet  Ktfn  :  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Soci- 
ety. Pilling. 

'■  St.  .John  iii.  16,  &c,  |  in  most  of  the  | 

languageH  and  dialectH  |  in  which  the  | 
British  and  foreign  bible  society  |  has 


Ii- 


WAKA»HAN    LANGUAGES. 


9 


Britisb  iiihI  Korninn  \\i\Av  Sorioty —("!«!. 
printed  or  linultitftl  tli«  Imly  Hcrip- 
tiireM.  I  (nt*Hi){ii  iiihI  oiii'  liiH<  i|n<)tii 
tioii.)  I  KnliirKcil  olitioii.  | 

LotitliMi:  I  tlut  HritiHh  uml  fori-iuii 
IiIIiIk  MiH'iut.v,  I  I  Ml,  (/imeii  Vi<  loriii 
Stn«'f,  l.oiiiliin,  K.  C.  I  IXK".. 

Tillf    IIM    IIIhIVI'    VITNII    l|lllllHti)lll     mill     llOlt x. 

I'linlfntN  |i|i.  ;i-4,  text  PI"  •"•  m.  ii'imirkM  i-l"'. 
\<-r<«i  |i.<l7  untl  two  liillim  inu  II.  Hi 

l.iliKillxllr  roiiti'lilH  im  iiiiilir  tilliH  iiUiVf. 

roftiet  irrn  :  lirllNIl  ulxl  K<irt'i|(ll  l*<l>l<' ^'"'l 
flN,  KiiiiifK.  I'illin:;.  \Vrllrhli'>. 

SiiiH'riipicH.  iillii'rwiHi'  iiiii'lialiKt'il,  an-  iliiliil 
IKriH.     lIMIIIiiu) 

St.  John  iii.  Hi.  Ac.  |  innkONt  iif  tliu  | 

liinKnii);«>*»>nl<liitle«rtM  |  in  wliidi  the  | 
KritiHh  and  r<>rt>it{n  liiltli*  Mocittty  |  hiiH 
piintcil  or  <-ircuhit«Ml    thd  lioly   mTip- 
tureH.  [|i!-Hit;n  uml  «>n*-  lin<<(|iuitiiti<)n.  | 
I  Knhii'Kvil  iMlitiun.  | 

London:  |  the  Itritish  and  r<ir<M{rn 
liililc  sorii^ly.  I  lit),  (/ntM-n  Virtoriii 
Strt'Bt,  London,  K.C.  j  18«8. 

Kri>iitia|iJH<'i'  (I'lU'  siiiiili'  »(  tlio  Qiichu'h  t<-\t) 
I  I.  titlu  iiH  almv)^  vi-rxii  t|iiiitalioii  anil  inili^. 
cuiitfiitH  pi>.  a-4.  le\l  pp.  .'>-n7,  n'marks  <■{>■. 
viTHO  p.  U7  anil  Iwu  fiillowiii):  II.  Di  . 

l.iiiKiilMtlo  CDiitt'iils  »H  iiikIiT  litli'H  alHivi*. 

Ciiiiirt  i^cA  :  KaiimH.  Pilling.  Wfllfxli'y. 

St.  .lohniii.  IH,  &r.  |  in  numtol'thi*  | 

liin<i;nagi'Handdialei't.s  |  inwliiih  tli<^  | 
ItritiNh  and  foreign  liil>l<-  Hociuty  |  Iimh 
printed  or  cirt-iilat'-d   tliu  holy  Hcrip- 
tnrcH.  i  [IK'Hignand  one  line  (|Uoti)tion.  | 
I  Knlar^ed  edition.  | 

London:  I  the  liritiHh  and  t<>r<'i<rn 
liilde  8o(!iety,  |  MB  t/ni-en  Victoria 
Street.  Loinlon,  K.C.  |  lSS!t. 

'I'itli'  iiH  alHivv  vcrmi  iii>trM  rlc.  1  I.  rniiti'lits 
pp.  :t-4,  text  pp.  i)-K:i.  JKHlicii-al  HkWcli  t-lc.  'J  11. 

10°. 

LiiiKiiiHtic  I'linli-iitH  a*  niiilt!!-  lilli'H  alioviv 
III).  l.'iO,  p.  4H. 

t'liiiirn  nem  :   KaiMi'H.  I'illiiia,  Wi-lli  »ln\ . 

8i>iiii-  riipii'S  nil'  ilatt-il  imtll.     (IMlliiiu.) 

St.  J<din  iii.lli.&c.  |  in  niimtorthe  | 

lan^inip'Hand  diuleets  {  in  whii-h  the  { 
MritiNli  ami  foreigu  hilile  society  {  hii.s 
printed   or  circnlated   the  holy  si  rip- 
tnres.  lUcsijrn  andon<-linei|nolalion.J 
I  With  an  appendix  «^l"  new  versionN.  | 

London:  I  the  Hritish  :ind  foreign 
hiblu  Hoeicty.  {  14(i  (jneen  Victoria 
Street,  Lond<in,  K.C.  |  1893. 

(Jdvcr  title,  title  an  alHivi*  vitho  not«>R  etc.  I 
1.  text  pp.  5-8U.  liMt  of  atlilitluiiH  |i.  84.  appcnili  v- 
of  new  viT»i<ili«  pp.  S-VHt).  roluplimi  vcrmi 
piotiiru  1  I.  Hketcli  of  tlie  HU«'ii-ly  1  I. 


BrltUhand  Foreign  lUhIc  S.m  lety— ftiL 

l.liiKiliHtIr  ritlitrlllNUit  iiihIit  lill«<  liexlaliove. 
t'ofiitt  irrn:  KflmeK,  I'llling. 

British  MiiMmni:  'riii"<i' «'i>rili<l'i>lliiwiii|{n  llllrnr 
within  pati>nlhi'«-<«  alter  a  miln  inillialt-  lliiil  a 
riipy  iif  tin-  wiirk  nl'frml  to  lia«  Immh  m-cn  by 
till'  I'liiiipilt'r  in  tlie  lllinir>  <>f  tliat  ln»lliiiiii>ii. 
Liiiiiliin.  Knit. 

Brown  :  TIiIh  wuimI  rollowlntt  a  title  nr  within  pa 
ri'iillii'Hi's  atti  r  a  note  itiillnali-x  that  a  •  "py  of 
till-  wiirk  relerreil  to  ha*  lieen  ••cen  l>v  the  in  ii 
pll'i'  iu  till-  lilirary  of  the  late  .Inlin  Carter 
llriiwn.  i*r<i\  iilenee.  IC  I. 

Bulmeri  /'r.  rhoniaHSanderHon).rhiiuNik 
Jargon  |  ^raininar    himI      dietionitry  | 
•  otn)iiled  by  |  T.  H.  Itnliner.  M.I).,C.M., 
l'\  .s.  .\..  Loinlon.  Siir);eon-.\i-eonehunr, 
KoyalCoilt'Ke ol'  SnrjjtotiiM,  lOn^land.  | 
.\nllior  ot°  |«.Vc.  tour  I i Ilea.  I  ( ' ) 

MaiiiiHirlpI  ill  poxneiiHion  iil'  itn  aiithiir.  .Salt 
Lake  City,  I'tah.  ulm  t'liriilHlii  il  me  the  aluive 
transi'iipt  nf  the  title  pa^ie.  ami  u  111)  unite  nie, 
Oi  toller.  IMlM.eiiiiierniii;;  il  aalollowx:  ''Ixliall 
iHHiie  it  on  Hall  Htypeuriter.  anil  theiiiliiplirate 
I'lipli'M  u  illi  aiiothei  4|M'i'ial  inaeliine.  :iiiil  iiHe 
varioiiN  t\  |H'H  on  the  maeliine,  tenting  the  iisea 
III'  eaeh.  .  .  .  Fifty  liajteil  will  Im-  ilevoteil 
to  the  origin  <>r  the  laii^iia){e  from  all  siiiir.'.'it. 
K\niiipleH  of  hyiiiii"  froiii  varhnix  lantrnauea 
will  1m'  Klveii.  ' 

C'ontaiiiH  many  woniri  of  Wakashan  urittin, 
Hoiiie  of  which  are  ho  inillcateil. 

(!hinook  .larKon  lan^iiaKe.  {  I'art  IL 

I  [Two  lines  Chinook  .lar^on.)  |  To  lie 
completed  in  1\  parts.  |  Compiled  Ity 
I  T.  S.  Ilnlnier,  .XL  !>.,  C.  M..  F.  S.  A.  S.". 
A.,  London.  |  .\ld\  iWHisted  liy  |  Kev'd 
M.  Kells,  l>.  !>..  and  Kev'd  IN  re  N.  L. 
St.  Oiifjf.  (  formerly  tni8sionary  to  the 
I  Vakaiiia  Imlians). 

ManiiHcripl :  title  im  almve  vermi  lilank  I  I. 
text  II.  1-124.  4  .     In  |!»H!teHHlnn  of  Dr.  Itnliner. 

CoinpariHon  of  lan^iiaueM  (2U  wonlH  anil 
pliniHCRl  ill  TlaiM|iiati'h  anil  NiNitka.  with  tlm 
Ciiliimliiaii  amM'hinook.ll.*!:!)  «t4.-  WakaHhaii 

MOI'll"  pllHHilll. 

The  Cheo-Chinook    laiijjnase  |  or  | 

Chinook .InrKoii.  |  In  |  IX  parts.  |  I'.irt 
III.  I  Knglish-Chinook  dictionary.  | 
l"ir.sl  edition.  |  Uy  T.  S.  linlmer,  ahly 
assistetl  by  |  the  Uevil.  M.  Hells,  It.  I).. 
&•  the  Kevd.  I'cie  .Siint  ()nj;e.  both  mis- 
sionaries to  the  Indiitns  in  Washington 
iV  Oregon  states. 

MaiiiiHrript :  title  verso  hlniik  I  I.  |in<rnee 
verHO  lilunk  1  I.  H|iei'iul  note  for  reailerH  verwt 
lilank  11."  meniort  twKiiidetlie  rcailer"  2 II.  text 
alphulietieully  arrani;efl  liy  Kn);liHli  worilH  II. 
t  Isn,  wiitti  umii  one  Hiileonly.  folio  In  iiosses- 
aiun  of  itH  aiitlior,  who  kiiiilly  louutMl  it  tuiuu 


10 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE 


h 


BtUnMr  (T.  8. )  —  Continiiml. 

fiir  •isanilnailoii.  In  liU  "  mnniiMi"  th«  •iithtir 
Klvmnllatof  Irtlam  iim<(I  lulndl<-iit«llii<orlKiii 
orthitrMpmtlvH  word*  O,  X,  t,  K,  >',  <'A,  Yak., 
Cblnook.  Nootka,  Indian, Knglliih.  Kn-nih. Chi 
lialla,  and  YakaDiH;  and  a  aMMind  hat<>r  iwr- 
Mina  rnini  wbiiin  Dm  wonl*  were  ulitalnetl  and 
lut'alltlmi  In  wlilrli  tlii-y  were  uaed. 

"In  my  Milei'liiin  of  the  t«rni  dhtt-Chinook 
I  merely  intend  lucunvey  tuatiidi^nta  that  II 
liaa  It*  prinoliMtl  origin  intliedld  urUriuinul 
ChiuiMik  lan|{iiHK«;  and  althonuli  It  riintalUH 
many  other  Indian  wonla  aa  well  bn  Kreniliaihl 
Knglixh,  y)-t  it  t'luUH  forth  rroniitaniotlitTHNnn 
hyhrid,  and  an  aiich  haa  lN<en  bred  and  uoiiriahetl 
aaa niiralinK fnini  the  parenl  aU'ni.  I  thfrafurK 
(l)'Miiruatf  it  iia  ii  chtt  or  new  ( 'liintMik  -  the  woni 
i-Am  being  u  Juruou  word  tor  lattlii.jutt  now, 
new  " 

[ ]  Chinook  .InrKoti  ilictioiiary.     I'art 

III.  Cliiiiuok-KiigliHli. 

ManiiM-ri|it|  121  Ii-uvi'h  fulni,  written  on  one 
aide  only,  IntentiM-rm-d  with  4U  liiiink  li-iive« 
iuaertwl  for  lulditiona  and  rorreciioua.  In 
poaaeaMlon  of  itH  antlior. 

ThedlctionHr.v  mMMiplfa  106  Iuhvoh,  and  many 
of thi<  wonla  nre  followed  l>y  their  oi|uivulcnlK 
luthelanunaKeH  from  which  they  arederive<l, 
and  the  aiilhorily  thi>refor.  A|i|ieml<'d  to  the 
diftionary  are  thf  following:  Original  Indian 
naniea  of  town  hIIch,  riverw.  nioiintainH,  etc.,  in 
the  WfMtMru  iiartH  of  the  Stat4i  of  WaHhiugtou : 
8kokomiHh,2  11.:  Cheniakniii,  I^wor  CblhaliM, 
Diiwaniiah,  II.;  Chiumik,  2  II. :  niiMcelluni-oua,  2 
11.— NanieHof  varionH  plai-ea  in  tho  Khuniith 
and  ModiM'.  countrieH,  3  II.— CamidnK  iilavim 
and  other  lo<'alltiea  around  the  UpiH^  Klamath 
Lake,  A II. 
[ ]  Appendix  to  Kiiliiier's  Chinook- 
Jargon  grumuiur  and  diet  ioiiitry. 

ManiiHcripl ;  11. 1-70,  4°;  in  poatM^aiou  of  its 
author. 

(^ontaina  a  numlier  of  wonla  of  Wakoahan 
origin,  aonie  of  which  are  ao  indicatcil. 

[ ]  Part  II  I  of  I  Hiilmer'H  Appendix  | 

to  the'^Chee-Chiuook  |  Qrainiiiiir  and 
Dictionary. 

Manuarript;  57  II.  4°;  in  poaaoaaion  of  ita 
author. 

Wakaahan  wonla  paaaini. 
[ ]  The  CliriHtian    prayers  |  in  Chin- 
ook [Jargon]. 

Manuacript;  61  II.  4°;  in  poaaesaion  of  ita 
author. 

Prayera  in  Chinook  Jargon,  II.  1-5.— Leaaona 
l-17in  Chinook  Jargon,  with  Eugliah  liuadiugx, 
II.  0-23.— Liat  of  special  worda  adopted  by 
Fathera  Blancbet  and  Denier^  in  connection 
with  the  aervice  of  the  niuxx,  II.  24-25.— Trana" 
lation  of  the  Chinook  prayerw  into  Enicliah,  II. 

28-38 Copy  of  a  aemmn  preached  by  Rev.  Ur. 

Kella  to  the  Indiana  at  Watlawalla.  with  inter- 
linear Kngliahtranalation,  ll.:i9-4e.  -Of  the97 
word8nacd,4eareof  ChiniMik  oriuiu,  17NiMitka, 
3   Seliah,    23   EngUab,    2  Jurguu,    and   0   in 


BaliiMr(r.  8.)  — Continaed. 

French.' —A rtlclva  of  faith  of  the  rongrega- 
tioual  ohnn-h  at  Hkokonilab,  Waahlnglon.  ill 
Uui  Jargon  with  interlinear  Kugllab  Iranal*. 
tlon.  II.  47  53.  -Oration  in  Chinook  Jargon  with 

Interlinear    KnvliKh    trauVlatlou.    II.   53-54 

I'rayera  (oI)imI  in  KngllMli  blank  verac,  II  55- 
56:  theiiame  in  Jargon  witti  interlinear  Knglliih 
traualatlon,ll..'V7m. 

In  addition  tothealMive|Hi|H<r*,  I>r.  Itnlnieria 
alao  the  author  of  u  nunilH'r  cif  urtlcleM  up|NMir> 
lug  ill  Father  Le.Ieune'a  Kamliiopi  H'm/'a,  >/- v. 

I  am  lndebl<<<l  to  |tr.  Kuliner  for  the  iiolea 
U|Htn  which  Ih  baami  li.e  ritllowinu  account: 

'riiiiniUHSanderHon  Itulmer  waHltornIn  IKM.iu 
YorkHliire,  Kngland.  He  woiiediicauid  at  Prea- 
ton  grammar  achiad,  .StokeHley.  and  »t  Newton 
under  Itrow.  waa  advanced  under  Ituv.  ('.  Cator 
and  l.oni  ItercHfonrHmiiiat  Stok«Hley,Hndafler- 
wanU  wax  i<<liiiitt«d  a  pupil  of  the  Vork  and 
Ui|Min  di<N-eMun  cullege.  He  wiw  ap|Miint«<l  prin- 
eipal  of  iHincaMter  unbiii  atzriculturat  Mchmda, 
but  atKMi  alter  emigrated  t4i  Ncw.^'ork.  Ther« 
he  t<H>k  charge,  aa  head  niaater,  of  lieneral 
Ilanilltiin'M  free  achiMd:  thence  he  went  to 
rp|H<rCanadauuil  waaap|M>int4Mlonuofthepn»- 
feHHora  in  I.' AHitomption  Jeituit  t'idlege.  From 
there  he  went  to  Kuiih  Meilical  College  and  Liiid 
rniverMlty,  Chicago;  thence  to  the  lto4de  Nor- 
male.  Montreal :  thence  to  Torento  ITniveraity, 
meilical  department.  Later  he  contiuumi  hia 
Htudiea  in  the  ficole  de  M ^-decine  and  Mcliill 
rniveniity,  Montreal,  and  graduated  in  intMli- 
cine  at  Victoria  Uni  veraity .  In  1M08  he  oroaaed 
to  London,  whence  he  procee<le<l  to  New  'Aon- 
land,  and  woa  ap|>oint<><l  HU|Htrinteiulenl  of 
iliiurantine  at  Wellington.  In  Taamauia  and 
Aiiatraliuhe  held  ai.iiilar  iMMitiona.  HIh  lie.ilth 
failing,  he  went  to  Kgypt,  and  later  returned  to 
Knglaiul.  The  RngllHh  climate  not  agreeim; 
with  him.  he  tmik  a  tour  of  thii  MtHliterrantMlu 
porta.  Kt^tiirniug  to  London,  the  KuHHiuii 
grippe Htta<'k«<d  him,  au<l  he  waa  warneil  to. seek 
a  new  climate.  Ho  returniMl  to  Miinlreul.  en 
rente  for  the  Kocky  Mountuina,  where  heaouglil 
Indian  aociety  for  a  couaitlerable  time.  Fiiuliug 
winter  dlMaatmua  to  him,  he  proceeded  to  IT  tali 
in  aearch  of  health.  For  the  laat  two  yenrahu 
haa  iMwn  engaged  in  writing  up  hia  (Miiuook 
hooka,  iv.  well  ax  completing  hia  Egyptian  Ititea 
and  Ceremoniua,  in  which  he  haa  been  aHMinteil 
by  English  Egyptologmta.  Dr.  Kuliner  in  a 
member  of  aeTeral  aocietien  in  England  and 
Aineri<!a  and  the  author  of  u  nuiulicr  of  works 
on  medical  and  scientific  aiibJectN. 

Bureau  of  Ethnology :  'I'lioge  wonla  following  a 

'       title  or  within  pnrentluotes  aft«r  a  note  indicate 

thata<;opy  of  the  work  referred  t4>  Iiok  Inwu  aeeu 

by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 

Ethnology,  Waahingtou,  D.  C. 

Buaohinann(JohauuCarl  Ednnrd).  Die 
Vtilker  uud  Sprauheu  Neu-Mexico's 
uud  dcr  WcHtsoite  de8  britisehen  Nord- 
aiuerika'a,  durgestellt  von  Hm.  Biisch- 
mauu. 


WAKA8HAN   LANOUAOR8. 


11 


Die 
ico's 
ford- 
isch- 


Busohmann  (J.  C.  K.)  — ConiiniMKl. 

Ill  KiiiilKllt'liti  AkMtl.  iliT  WiNN.  (II  ll«*rliii, 
AltliitiKlluiiKcn,  HUH  ilfiii  Jnlirv  IHAT,  |i|i.  'jmt- 
414,  lli>rliii,  iK'iM,  4'. 

VarlNit  pululiraa  itel  Idloiua  quo  n«i  ImbUt'ii  U 
IkMtoS.  ilflCmialiln  Fiicitdioiu  AlntUOnlluiiil 
loolii<l«a  a  vmialiiilary  of  'J7  woril*  iif  Fiira 
Ktriuwu  anil  9  wonla  of  Niitka,  p,  :l°J4.  Kunlu' 
(ieorga-Siinil,  Quailni'  mill  Vancouver'  tiiM'l 
(pp.  ai-V^LV)  Ini'lmleH:  NiiiiicnUa  l-luof  KIdk 
OiNirgn  Siiiiiul,  I'liiiipnreil  »itli  thiiiM*  <if  I'rlniT 
William  Hoiiiiit  anil  Norfulk  (Sitka)  Stmml  (all 
fniin  DUiini,  p.  .T.>«>.- Trllial  illvlNlona.  refer- 
vuvtfn  to  oiitlioritirx,  i<tr.,  pp.  IfJ?-:!'.*!). 

Niitkn,  uvniTiil  ilimiiiMlon  and  ri'fereiii'eM  to 
aiitliorilieii,  pp.  :rjU-:i:i5.— Kmitka  .Suiinil  vnrah- 
illiiry  (iiboiit  Iil4  wnriU,  I'rniii  Ilnlr).  pp.  XIO 
337.  -Noolka  viH'abulniy  (about  'SM  wonU, 
pbra««'»,  Hiiiliiii'MonilH,  fniiii  AiiderHou),pp.3:i7 
:i41.  — Nootkn  voriibiilHry  (I2ii  wonlH,  phraMet. 
BUil  niinmriilM,  I'ruin  Jewett),  pp.  34l-:i4:i.- 
NiHilka  viHittbiilury  (4U0  woriln,  Iroiii  Alrala- 
Oaliano),  pp.  343-347.— .SiilmtantlTM.  pronoiinM, 
goOKrupliir  uanicn,  «i>'.,  pp.  :i47-:i4e.— Alplinliet- 
IhcIiii  Vur7.«-icbiiiiiiu  il<<r  Nntku-Wlirter  (I'roiu 
CiHik,  Halo,  .Icwi-tt,  iinil  AluaU-ttollauo),  pp. 
a.Vt-^lM.  SubHianlivf'ii,  iul|ectivi>it,  anil  vfrlm, 
alpbab<<tlrally  arrnnjceil  by  KuulUb  wonla  (rroiii 
Hnlu,  Cook,  J«wi-tt,  anil  Alcala-Oa'taiin),  pp. 
35S-3B7.— lieiKTal  illHriiNHliin  ou  tli«  I'nn^goinK, 
with  exoinpleH,  pp.  .'tS7-3e;i.-(ii>ni'rnl  dUciia- 
hIoii  of  theNiMitka  and  Tlaoi|uatoh,  with  exam- 
pl«H,  pp.  3(J:i  ''Vi  ^  Vm-abulory  (31  wordH)  of  the 
Nootka  (fn  liah>,  Cook,  anil  Alcula-Callunu, 
anil  of  thi'  riaiH|iiatch,  pp.  3ir>-.'iaO.— Coinparl. 
H*n  of  Nnotkn  wnnlh  with  tlioxo  of  the  llaelt- 
7.iik,  llalltHa,  Kakiniii,  llaldab,  Cora,  Cahila. 
IViM'Kuana,  uiiil  A/.tvk,  pp.  ;i6ft-,'l71.— Vocahii. 
Iiiry  (71)  wiinlH)  iil'  thu  TlaiN|iiatcli  (alpbalH't- 
li'ally  arrangi'd  by  Kn<;liah  wonU)  oonipareil 
with  tlioRt<  lit'  thu  Kawltcht'D,  Noosilalniii, 
Si|iiallyaiiiii«h,  and  pseudoChlnook  (Catblan- 
oonO.  pp.  37.'>-;i77.- Niiiuiiralx  1-100,  ]ironouna, 
•diectivea,  ami  phras»H  of  tlio  ahiivroaniml 
Ian);iia){e8,  pp.  3V-:i78.— (ieneral  diHoiiHMion  of 
thitminie,  p.  370.— N'uini>raU  1-lUof  thu  Halltsii, 

andof  thelndluusof  Flt/.hiif-h  Sound,  p.  .'181 

Gtiuoral  diHoiiSHiouof  the  IlailtHa,  |ip.  llSIUtSTi.— 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  aiibHtiintlvoH, 
adjectlvcg,  and  adverlm  (13U  words,  alphabet- 
ically arranged  by  EngliHh  wohIh)  of  thii 
Hailtziik  (from  Tolniio),  Hailtr^a  (frnni  Half), 
•nd  Oellai'hoola,  pp.  385-388.— Xiinierals  l-lliO 
of  the  aarae,  pp.  388-:i89.— Pronb:inH,  adverbs, 

and  InterJectionM  of  the  aanie,  p.  389 (ii>neral 

dlHciianlon  and  analogiea  of  the  same,  p.  39U. 

iHHiieil  aepaiatvly  with  tltlf -page  aa  foUuwH : 

Dio    Viilker    iiiiil     Hprucheii  |  Neu- 

Mexico'H  I  mid  |  dcr  WentHoite  |  ties  | 
britischeii  Norditincriku'H  |  durge  -tilt 
I  voii  I  .loll.  Carl  Ed.  Riischinanii.  |  iih 
don  Abhandliiugen  dor  Koiiigl.  A1  >de- 
iiii«  der  WisseuscUufteu  |  y.\i  Berlin 
1857.  I 


BtMohnuuin  (J.C.K.)  — ('oiitiiiiittd. 

llfrliii  I  <!«Nlnii'kt  in  dxr  liiirbdrtick- 
nroi  der  KiiiiiKl.  Akudoniir  dur  WiMiwn- 
H«li»n<-n  I  INr>8.  I  In  ConimiMion  Ixi  K. 
iMhiiinlvr'H  ViTliiKM-ltiH'lilniiidluiiK. 

<'i>vi>r  tub'  Ha  alMivr,  Mlh'  «it  uImivh  v«rao 
null-  I  1.  t<<xt  pp.  '.>iu  40v.  liilmllN  ('lM<r»lrht 
pp.  4ii.'>  413.  Vi-rlH'KM-riiiiKcii  p.  414,  4  . 

I.iligiilittl<-riiiit<'nt«ai<iiiid)Ttitb'iitixl  kImivk. 

r»;iiM«rr»;  .Viitor.CuMiinHiii,  KainiHi.  IMIIIuk, 
Triiiiibiill. 

Thii  copy  at  Ihn  Kixclicr  nmIc,  raluli>Kiit<  nii. 
L'7U,  brought  I4«. ;  iil  IIk-  Kli-hl  mill-,  catalogiio 
no.  2:i.'i.  7.%  I'cntx:  pric'|.<l  by  I,<i'li>n'.  IM7H,  no, 
.'Mil'.',  IJ  fr.  and  by  I'rilbnir.  1i«ic.>,  V<t 

l)i«  S|Miri>n  il<>rii/tvkiHi'lien  .'<|iriirlie 

iin  niinllirluMi  Mexiro  mid  liiili<<n>u 
iiiiiorikiuilMchi-n  Nordi-n.  /iiKJcirliriiin 
MnstiTiingdiT  Viilkui  uiiil  !^|>riii'lii-nil«M 
niirdllfhun  MuxiroV  nnd  ilt<r  Wi-HtMvito 
Nordaineriku'H  vim  (•iiitdiilitxant  iin 
Ilia  7.mn  KiHiniMT.  Vim  Joli.  ('lui  Kd. 
HiiHcliiiiuiiii. 

In  Kiiiilgliihe  Akwl.  ilir  iVIhh.  /ii  IU>rlln, 
Abhandliinccn,  an*  ib-iii  .laliri>  Im.'i4,  /ui'ltcr 
Supp  .|lanil,pp.l-8<')(furiiiKtiii<wholfVoliiiiic), 
IWrlin,  1h:>H,  4"". 

Puoplc  and  ii]M«<'h  of  I'liurt  N<>iiiid.  Kiiia 
StraltH,  :'tr.,  iiicluili>it  tht>  Wakaiihau  uiiil  ItM 
illviaionM,  p.  A7I. 

IhhiukI  Ht-paratcly  with  titb>-|HiKi'  an  foUowa: 

Die  I  SpmnidiTaxtukiHi-hi'iiSiiMiilie 

I  iiii  iiiir(lli<-li«-ii  MfXMM)  I  mid  liiiliervn 
iiuierikaniHrlu-n  Nordon.  |  /iikIi'Ii'Ii  | 
einit  MiiNtermi);  dor  Viilker  iiiid  S|ira- 
cht^n  I  di'8  iiiirdliiiieii  Mi-xii-n's  |  nnd 
derWcHtm-itoXorilaim-rikii'H  |  vimliiia- 
daliixaia  iiii  IiIn  znin  KlHineer.  |  Von  | 
.loll.  Curl  Kd.  BiiHcliinanii.  | 

Hinlin.  |  (iodrni-kt  In  ilcr  Hiiriidritik- 
vri'i  derKoiii)^].  Akadeniie  di-r  Wimmmi- 
Hihuften.  I  185S). 

Half-title  vumo  bliuik  I  I.  general  title  of  the 
HerieMverao  blank  1  I.  title  am  ulmveverHo blank 
1  1.  abKekiirtzle  IiihaltH-fberHirlit  pp.  vli-xli, 
text  pp.  1-713,  Kinlultun;;  in  ilaM  KeographUi'liu 
KegUter  pp.  714-718,  geo^^raphUi'be  Ki-ulMter 
pp.  7IH-8K'i,verniiMrliteNachwoiHiiugeu  pp.8IS- 
8i8,  VorbeHHeriingen  p.  819.  4°, 

LinKiiiHtir  conti-ntM  aa  under  title  next  almve. 

Copien  nefii :  Aator.  Krintoii,  KaiiicH,  MaUon. 
neuve.  Pilling,  Quarit«;h,  Smithiiouian,  Trum- 
bull. 

rubliahed  at  20  Marka.  An  uncut  half-mo- 
rmteo  copy  wan  aold  at  the  Fiacher  Hale,  cata- 
logue no.  'JOB,  to  (juaritch,  tor  °.>I.  1 U. ;  the  latter 
pricea  two  copiea,  cotalogiin  no.  12552,  one  21. 2x. 
the  other  21.  I0«.  t  the  Pinart  copy,  catalogue  no. 
178,  brought  Bfr.;  KiM-hler,  catalogue  no.  440, 
prircH  it  13  M.  50  pf. ;  priced  again  by  <juaritcii, 
uo.  30037. 21. 


12 


lilBLIOGKAPHY    OF   THE 


( 


Campbell  ( AVr.  Jolin).  Orif;iii  of  tlit- 
iiliorigini'H  of  ('iinail:i.  A  papiT  i'<>ii<l 
ItcCoro  til''  Hiii'it'l.v.  17th  DimtihIm-i-, 
IKW),  by  I'rol".  J.  Caiiii.lMll,  M.  A. 

Ill  iJik'Ihm'  I, it.  mill  Kint.  S<H'.  TruiiH.  HOHHioii 
Ihm:i  IMHI,  |i|i.  tll-it:i,  anil  a|i|>i-iiilix  pp.  ixxxiv. 
l^ii.liiT,  1»C  11".    (I'illiiit'.) 

'I'Ik^  lli'Mt  purl  III'  tliiH  pn|ii-r  in  an  alloiiipt  to 
kIiiiw  ri'Hriiililaiii'i'M  Im'I\m'<'ii  vai'ioii.x  lamilirN 
1(1'  IJHi  Ni'W  \Vi>rM.  ami  liotwrni  llnsc  anil 
varioim  pi'oplrn  ol'  llm  Olil  Wnrlil. 

Coiiiparativi'  viiialmlan  (7(i  worils)  iiC  the 
Hailtziikli  anil  Malay- I'ol.MiiHijn  lainilii-!),  pp. 
xxvi-xxvlil.  (.'iiniparativc  \.M'al)n1ar.v  (70 
wonlH)  of  lliu  Noiitka  anil  Malav-I'olynoHian 
laii(;iui;;rH,  pp.  \xix-xx\i. 

IxHiD'il  Hi'paratrly  witli  titli-.|ia;!i' ax  rcilliiwM: 

Orijiin  |  of  llio  |  ■iliorijfiiH'M  (if  Caii- 

ada.  I  AjtaiKT  n-ail  hi-fiirrtlm  liiturary 
anil  historical sorifty,  |  (/iioImt,  |  by  | 
prof.  .1.  Camiilicll.   M.  A.,  |  (of  Mon- 
tn-al, )  I  l)<^li^<j"<^ '•'^"'■'■■■•l  «1p  riiistitii- 
tioii  Ethuo)rra|)hi(|iio  dr  Paris.  | 

</H(ih«ic:  I  printed  at  tlui  "  .Morniiiir 
chronich>"omc«.  |  \HH1. 

(/'iivor  tltlo  as  aliovf.  tillo  no  aliovi-  vitsu 
lilaiik  t  I.  iliMlii'atiiiM  vitsh  IiI  ink  I  1.  ti'\t  pp. 
l-:i:i,  anil  ap]MmiUx  pp.  i-xxxiv,  k  .  Twcnly-tlvo 
riipii'H  printi'il. 

I.inulli^<ti('^llnt^nt^<aH  iinilurtitli-  iirxl  aliiivr. 

<'Ojiii:i  sri'ii  :   \\"«>lli'slc\ . 

Canadian  Indian.  Vol.1.  Ortober,  18;h». 
No.  I  [-Vol.  I.  S«'pt<«inbir,  ISitl.  No.  12]. 
I  Thu  I  ('anadiaii  |  Iiuliaii  |  Kilitors  | 
rev.  E.  K.Wilson  |  II.  H.  Small.  |  IMib- 
lishcil  nndor  the  .Vusjiiccs  of  |  t\\v  Cana- 
dian Indian  Rrsisin-hal  ['if]  |  Society 
;i'onteuts  I  [tVc.  double  colnnins,  each 
eijjht  lines.]  |  Single  Copies,  20  cents. 
Annnal  Sub.scripti«n.  $2.00.  | 

I'rintedand  rnblished  by.Jno.  Rntli- 
erford,  Owen  Sound, ()ntario  [Canada]. 
[18}M)-1W)1.] 

I'i  niinilicrs:  cnvi-r  til  In  hh  aliovo,  text  pp.  1- 
:t5(i.  .'< '.  A  t'ontiniiatiiiii  III'  (tiir  KniTstlJIiilcliin.    [ 
titli' and  riillatioii  III' wliirli  will  In- t'oinid  In  tlic   I 
l!lliliii);ra|iliy   <il'   tlii>    .MLi<>iii|iiiaii   lan<:iiaK<'x. 
The    pnliliratiiin    was    Hn.s|ii'iiili'il    with     tlio 
(Nvi'U'tli  niiinliiT.  wit  lit  111- intent  inn  111' i-rsutiiiii;;  ; 
it  in  ■laniiary.  I8'.I2.    Tlic  woril  "  Itcsciinlial  " 
iin  till' fovi'r  of  tlir  lirHt  nninlii'r  was  rliaiiKi'il 
to  ■  ■  Ucsrarch  "  in  llu'  t'oUnwiny  iiiinilirrH. 

Wilson  (K.  F.),  .V  I'liinpaiativc  vocalmlary, 
vol.  I,  pp.  104-107. 

Copies  leeii  :  Kiuni'K,  I'lllin^,  \VulU>HU>y. 
Oape  Flattery  Indiani.    Src  Maka. 
Catechiim : 

Nutka  S'lii  iirabant  (A..I.) 


Catlin  ((leorfje ).  North  and  South  Amer- 
ican Indians.  |  CataloKne  |  descripliM) 
:iihI  iiistriiitive  {  of  |  Catlin's  {  Indian 
CartooitN.  I  I'ortraits,  types,  anil  ens- 
tonis.  I  000  painlinj^s  ii.  oil.  |  with  | 
20.INMI  full  length  tiKiires  |  illiistr.il  iiij; 
their  \arioiis  frames,  reli;;ions  ci-re- 
niouicH,  and  |  other  customs,  |  and  |  27 
canvas  paintin^fs  |  of  |  Lasalle's  dis- 
covcrii's.  I 

New  York  :  |  Itakcr  A:  (imlwin,  Print- 
ers, I  Print  iii;;-hoiise  s«|nare,  |  1X71. 

Aliriil^i'tl  titli-  Oh  oovi-r.  title  uit  alaivu  verHO 
lilank  1  I.  i'i'inark.s  vrrso  niitf  I  I.  trxt  pp.  .'i-ifj, 
ri-rtiflralfs  pp.  !»:i  lilt.  K   , 

I'l'iipt'i' naiiii's  w  itii  Kn;:lisli  si;:niti<iilioiis  in 
a  niinihi'i'  nl'  .Vnirriian  )an^iiat;i's,  aiming  tlirui 
a  t'i'w  ol'tlic  Klali  oip'ialit.  ]i.:iO. 

Cii/iifx  sffii  :  .\stor,  Congress.  Kainrs,  \V«>lli>i|. 
li'y.Wisriin.-iii  Hi.stiii'iral  Socioty. 

(iiMii}:''  t'atlin,  painter,  Imiiii  in  Wilkrslianv, 
I'a.,  ill  17!Mi;  ilii'il  In  iIiTsry  City,  N..).,  Itercni- 
l>i'i'.':i.  1S7'-'.  Ilrstinlii'dlawal  l.iti  litiil.l.Conn., 
lint  alter  n  few  years'  practice  went  In  I'liila- 
ilelpliia  iiiiil  tiinieil  his  atteiilinn  to  ilrawint; 
anil  painliii;;.  .\s  an  artist  he  was  entirely  self, 
taiinht.  In  l«:!i:  lie  went  tiitlie  Kar  We.st  anil 
spent  I'iKhl  years  aniiin;;  the  liiiliaiisof  Vellow- 
stoiie  Kiver,  Inilian  'I'evrilory.  .\vk:insiis,  anil 
Floriila.  painting  a  iiniiiiie  nerie.s  nf  Inilian  por- 
tniils  anil  pletiiivs.  wliieli  attraeteit  niiieh 
atteiitiiin.  on  tlieir  exiiihition.  IhiIIi  in  this 
eonntry  and  in  Kiirope.  .Vinun;;  these  were  470 
full  length  piirtrails  of  a  lai'<;e  niiniher  of 
pietnre.sillustrative<if  Indian  life  and  i  iistnniH, 
most  of  whieh  are  now  preserved  in  tin) 
Nntiniiat  Miiseinn,  Washin-jtnn.  In  IS'c'  IS."i7 
Mr.  Catlin  tra\  eh'd  in  Suiilli  and  Central 
.\nierie.i.  after  w  hieli  he  lived  in  Knriipe  until 
1871.  when  111)  retiinieil  tn  the  I'liiied  SL-itea. 
tine  hnndied  and  t wentv-six  of  his  drawinj;s 
illiistr.iti)  eiif  Indian  life  were  at  the  I'liihidel- 
phia  oxpiisitiiin  lit  IHTli.  lie  was  the  author  of 
Xotes  of  Kli;hf  Years  in  i'.iirope  (New  York, 
184.');  Manners.  Ciistunis.  ;ind  Cnnilition  of  thu 
North  Ainerieaii  Indians  ( l.iindnn.  18.'i7):  The 
Oreathof  I.ife.  or  Mai  Kespiration  (N'ow  York, 
1801);  and  Okeepa:  A  Keliiiinns  (Jerennmy, 
,ind  otiier  CnstoniH  of  the  ^l.iiiilans  (l.iiinlun, 
18li7).     .ipjilfldii'n  Ciirli'ii.  !•/  Am.  Iliiiii. 

Chamberlain  (Alexander  I'rancis).  The 
Eskimo  race  and  l:i*inna{;e.  Their 
ori);in  and  relationa.  Ity  A.  F.  Cham- 
lierliiin,  i(.  A. 

III  Canadian  Inst.  rroc.  tliinl  aeries,  vol.6, 
pp.  201-;tn7,  Toronto.  18811. 8°. 

(!oniparativi)  Indian  voealinlaries.  pp.  :I18- 
ll'i'J.  eontnin  words  in  Kwakiool  and  Alit  (from 
Tolniieand  Dhwhoii,  ami  Hale). 


WAKASHAN   LANOrAOES. 


13 


Chamberlain  ( A.  V. )  —  ('oiitiiiiit>ii. 

Ali'xiinilrr  Kriimis  CliiiiiilH'i'biiii  was  liorii  iit 
K<>iiniiif;l«>ll.  N'orl'iilk.  Kniriaiiil.  •Iniiiiarv  1'J. 
IWVi,  ami  i'ainc  lo  Now  YtirU  with  liH  |>an'iilH 
in  ISTd.  ri-ii!ii\  ill);  witli  tln'iii  tu  Cinaila  in  1H7I. 
H«  iiiatririilali'il  rriiiii  tin'  ('olli'^:iati'  Institiil)', 
I'olcrlKtro,  Onlaiiii.  into  (In-  Univi-rsily  "I' 
Toronto  in  IHS'J.  fioni  wliii  h  institution  lie 
^radiiattMl  Willi  liiinorxin  nmili  rn  l:in!;iia;:i'Mauil 
«>tlinolo|;y  in  l»<Kli.  I''ii>ni  1KS7  lo  1K9II  lir  was 
ffUow  in  iniHlcni  lanuiia<;i's  in  t'nivcrsitv  ('kI- 
lejjf.  Toronto, anil  in  ISHU  ii'icivnl  tlir  ilt'^m- 
of  M.  A.  from  Iiis  alma  nialrr.  In  I'^Jlii  lii>  was 
appointcil  fi'Uiiw  in  Miilliro|iiilo!:y  in  Clark  t'ni 
vi'rsity,  Woni'Hti'r.  Mass..  wlirrt'  lir  m  rii|ilril 
liimselC  with  Htuilics  in  tin-  Al;;iin<|uian  Ian 
KnaKi'santl  tliP  pliysiral  anMiro|Milii!;y  of  AiiiiT- 
i<-n.  Iii'Innc,  IRim.  In'  wnit  lo  liritixli  Coliiin- 
Ilia,  wlicrr.  until  tlii>  t'ollowlni;  Orlolirr.  lir  was 
iMijiauril  in  stuilyitiji  tlic  Kooti-nay  Imlians 
iniilrr  tin-  anspicoH  of  tin-  Itrilisli  AsMiiinlion 
for  till'  Ailvanri'inriit  of  Siicni  o.  A  siiniinary 
of  till'  ri'snlts  of  tlirsi'  inv!'sfi;;atliiiis  ajiMrars 
in  tlir  |>roi'i'ii1in<;s  of  llii'  aHsoriatiim  fir  IS!)'.'. 
A  (lirtionary  ami  grammar  of  tin-  Kuotrnay 
lantina^i'.  to!i<'tlier  with  a  rnllcclion  of  Irxtit  of 
niytlis.  nr<>  also  l)"in;;  prorcfilnl  with.  In  !.■<!>■.' 
Sir.  Chainlii-rlaiii  nriivril  from  Clark  Vnivrr 
sity  thr  (U'srcc  of  I'll.  I),  in  aiithroixilogy,  his 
thisi,slM'ing:"Thi'  I<ans".im'oftlii'Mississaj;iis 
ofSkiipoit:  .\  contrilMitioii  tothii  Linpiislir.s 
of  tlio  AlyonUian  Tiilii's  of  ("aiiada."  emhoily- 
inj;  tlip  rt'snl'-i  oi'  his  iiivfsti.v-ations  of  tluw 
Indians. 

Mr.  Chainlii  ilaln.  wluiso  atti-ntion  was.rarly 
in  lift',  dirri'iril  In  philolnjiii'  and  I'lhiiolo^ic 
studies,  has  contriliufi'd  to  thr  srii-nti lie  jour- 
nals of  Amorira.  fioui  time  to  linic  articles  on 
Bnh.ji'fts  conniM  ted  with  liiij;nisties  ami  folk- 
lore, espieially  of  the  .Vli;iimnii;in  trihes.  Ho 
has  also  heen  ■.  .i«a^eil  in  the  stinly  of  the  Low- 
liennau  and  Kreneh  raiia.Uaii  dialiets.  Ihc 
resullsof  whiili  will  short  !>  ;'|ipi»i .  Mr.  I'ham- 
lirrlain  is  a  momlierof  .several  id  the  learned 
Boeieties  of  Annrira  and  Cinaila  and  fellow  of 
the  Aiueriean  Assoeiatiou  tor  the  Advanee- 
nient  of  .Seienee. 

In  18it2  he  wa  >  appointed  h  iiure'-  in  aiilhrn- 
l>olo;;y  at  ('lark  I'nivi isity. 

Claoqnat,    See  Klaokwat. 

Claret  de Fleurieti  (('.  V. )   Sec  Flewrieu 

(C.r.c.) 

Classical.     Tlic  |  claM.sioiil  Journal;  |  tor 
S(«|itfiiilit'riiuil  I)cpeiii)ier  I  1811.  I  Vol. 
IV.  I  [Two    liiii's    <niot:itioii  ill  Circok 
aii<l  a  iiioiioeri-Miiniiiiti)'  <lt'vi('(>.]  { 

L<»iiiloii:  I  priiit«<l    l»y  .\.  J.  Valpy,  | 
Took's  eonrt,  Cliaiiecry  lauc;  |  sold  liv 
I  Slierwooil,  Nt'dy,  |  and  .loneti,  I'utff- 
iiOMtiT  row;  I  and  all  other  ItookMolliTN. 

[mi.] 

Tillfl  vorso  lilank  1  I.  eontents  (of  no.  rii)  pp. 
iii-iv,  text  pp.  I  .VJfi,  index  pp.  .VJ7-5;i7.  vorso  p. 
637  colophou  ^-ivinj;  <l«to  1811,  8'^. 


Clasrjical  —  Coiitiinu'd. 

A  chnrt  of  ten  nnnierals  in  two  hiindnMl 
tnntinps  (pp.  lO.V  ll'.n.  imlndes  a  ininilH>r  of 
.Vmeriean  lanunajios.  anion);  them  the  Nntka 
Sound  (from  Uixon),  p.  241 :  Cook.  \ol.'J.  p.  ;i:ifi; 
and  HiimlMilill'g  Travels,  vol.  l>.  p.  :i(l!l.  p.  11,'<. 

<  Vi;ii<'\- .' ci  (I  .■  ( 'on;;resii. 

Congress:  This  word  fidlowiii);  a  tith*  or  within 
parenlheyes  after  a  note  indiealis  thataiopy 
ef  the  work  ri'feri'ed  to  has  heen  seen  liy  the 
-nnipiler  in  ihe  Library  of  Conuress, Washing 
ton.  I).  C. 

Cook  ( ( iiptiiiii  .laiiii>M)  mid  King  (J.)  A 
I  v(>y:io;i'  |  to  lln'  |  I'acilic  ocean.  | 
riidtTtakcii,  I  liy  tlio  rniiiiiiaiid  of  IiIh 
iiiaji'st.x .  I  lor  iiiakin^  |  Diseovorii's  in 
flic  Northern  lleiiii.siilurt'.  |  rerl'itrmcd 
iindi-r  the  Direction  of  Captains  Cook, 
CIcrke,  ami  (tore,  |  in  llin  Maji'sty's 
Sliips  the  Kesolntton  and  Discovery; 
in  the  Years  177(i,  1777,  1778.  1770,  and 
1781).  I  In  three  vcdnnies.  |  \'ol.  I.  and 
II.  written  l>y  Captain  .lames  Cook, 
F.  K.  8.  I  V<d.  III.  hy  Captain  .lames 
Kills  I-L.  I),  nnd  V.  K.  S.  |  I'lil.lished 
by  Order  of  the  Lords  ( 'ommissionersof 
tlie  Adiniraltv.  |  [Vitriictte.]  |  Vol.  I 
[-111].  I 

London:  I  ))iiiited  for  f  J.  Nieol,  lunik- 
Heller  to  his   majesty,  in  th»<  |  Strand; 
and     T.     Cadell,     in      the     .Strand.  | 
M.DCC.  LXXXIV  [17S11. 

:>  Mils.  4^.  maps  ami  plates,  and  atlas,  folio. 

Anderson  (W.i,  Voeahiilarles  ami  iiiimeraU 
of  tlui  Nootka  lanniuice,  vol. '-'.  pp.  Hiri.  liiili:  vol. 
;i,  ;,ii.  .")1(»  ,"i4li. 

CopieK  nee II :  Itriiish  Mnsenm,  Coiij;ress, 
I  itMilo^ical  Survey. 

A   I   voyao;<'   |   to    the  |   I'aeiHe, 

oeean.  |  Uinlertakeii,  |  liy  theeoinmand 
of  lii.s  majesty.  |  for  makinfj  |  Discov- 
eries in  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  |  To 
determine  |  The  Tosit ion  and  I'xteiitof 
tile  West  Side  of  North  .\meriea;  |  its 
Disianeo  from  .\sia;  .-ind  the  I'ractiea- 
liility  of  a  |  Northern  I'assaoo  to 
I'nroiio.  I  rerformed  nndi-r  the  direc- 
tion of  I  Captains  Cook,  Clerke,  and 
(iore.  I  ill  his  m.ijesty's  .Ships  the  Reso- 
lution ami  Disioxcry.  |  In  the  Years 
177ti,  1777,  1778,  l77!l.aMd  1780. 1  In  three 
volumes.  I  \ol.  I  and  II  written  liy 
Cajitaiii  .lames  Cook,  I'.  K.  S.  |  Vol.  Ill 
liy  Captain  .lames  Kin^,  1. 1..  D.  and  l'\ 
li,  S.  I  Illustrated  with  .Maps  and 
Charts  from  the  Ori^rjnal  Drawings 
made  by  Lieut.  Henry  Roberts,  |  under 
the   Direction  of  Captain  Cook;  and 


14 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Cook  (J.)  and  King  (J.)  —  Continued, 
■with  »  great  Variety  of  Portraits  of 
Permins,  ViewH  |  of  I'Iih'ch,  and  Histor- 
ical KepreaentationH  of  Itonmrkubln 
Incident!),  drawn  1)y  Mr.  |  WehWer 
during  the  Voyage,  anil  engraved  l»y 
the  most  eniiiietit  ArtiHts.  |  Pnbli.slied 
by  Order  of  th«!  Lords  ConiniiHsionorH 
of  the  Admiralty,  |  Vol.  I[-III1.  | 

London:  |  printed  by  W.  and  A. 
Rtrahan :  for  G.  Nicol,  hookHeller  to  Iuh 
majesty,  in  the  Strand;  |  andT. Cadell, 
in  the  Strand:  |  MDCCLXXXIV[17K4]. 

:t  voIr.  ina])R  and  plntes,  4<^,  ami  atliiR.  fulio. 

Lingnifttic  i-onteiitMaa  uiidur  titluiioxt  abovi', 
vol.  %  |i|i.  :i3r>,  3.16,  vol.  ;i,  pp.  512~r>46. 

Oopiet  tren:  Antor,  ISanrroft,  Itritish 
MiiHonm,  (ireely,  Uarvard,  Lf.nnx. WatkiiiHoii. 

A  I  voyage   |   to    the  |    I'acitiir 

ocean,  j  Undertaken,  |  by  the  coinniand 
of  his  majesty,  for  making  |  Discov- 
eries in  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  |  'I'o 
determine  |  The  Position  and  Kxtontof 
the  West  Side  of  North  America :  |  its 
Distance  from  Asia;  and  the  Practica- 
bility of  a  I  Northern  Passage  to 
Enrope.  |  Performed  under  the  direc- 
tion 1  of  ('aptaius  (look,  Clcrkc,  nnd 
Gore,  I  In  his  majesty's  Ships  tiie  Res- 
olution and  Discovery.  (  In  the  Years 
1776, 1777, 1778, 1779,  and  17X0.  In  tlucc 
volumes.  |  Vol.  J  and  II  written  by 
Captain  James  Cook,  F.  K.  S.  |  Vol.  Ill 
by  Captain  .lames  King,  LL.  D.  and  V. 
R.  8.  I  Illustrated  with  Ma'ps  iuid 
Charts,  from  the  Original  Drawiiig.s 
made  by  Lieut.  |  Henry  Kolterts,  under 
the  Direction  of  Captain  Cook.  |  Pul)- 
liahed  by  Order  of  tlic  Lords  Couuuis- 
sioucrs     of     the     Admiralty.    |  Vol. 

i[-ni].  I 

Dublin :  Printed  for  H.  Chambcrlaine, 
W.  Watson,  Potts,  Williams,  |  Cross, 
[&c.  six  lines.]  |  M,DCC.LXXXIV 
[1784]. 

3  vols.  niapH  and  plat«H.  8°. 

LinKiiixt  it' contents .18  imdcrtitlcHiibovo.  vol. 
2,  pp.  33.'),  .136,  vol.3,  pp. 042-04 ii. 

Copie*  seen :  ItoHton  Athenii'iini.  Kritish 
MuHi-ura,  CongrcHg,  Uarvtird. 

A   I  voyage   |   to   the  |    Pacitic 

ocean;  |  Undertaken  by  Commautl  of 
his  majesty,  |  for  making  |  discoveries 
I  in  the  northern  hemisphere:  |  Per- 
formed under  the  l>irecti<m  of  |  Cap- 
tains Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  |  In  the 
Years  1776,  1777, 1778. 1779,  and  1780.  | 


Cook  (.J.)  and  King  (.J.)  — Continned. 
Heing  n  copious,  comprehensive,  and 
satisfactory  abridgment  of  the  |  voy- 
age I  written  by  |  Captain. lames  Cook, 

F.  R.  S.  I  and  |  Captain  .lames  King, 
LL.  1).  and  F.  R.  S.  |  Illustrated  with 
Cuts.  I  In  four  volumes.  |  V<d.  I[-IV]. 
I  [Monogram.]  | 

London :  printed  for  .John  Stockdale, 
Scratclierd,  and  Wliitaker,  .lohn  Field- 
ing, ami  .John  Manly.  I  MDCCLXXXIV 
[1784]. 

4  voIh.  platCH,  K  '. 

lirict' rcmarka  on  Die  language  of  the  Indians 
of  Nntka  Sound,  including  a  fi"v  rxamplxH. 
vol.  2,  pp.  274-27.'>. 

Cnpieii  seen  :  liancrol't.  BritiHli  Mum-uin,  Har- 
vard. 

A  I  voyage  |  to    tlie  |   Pacific 

occiiii.  I  riiilertakeii,  |  by  the  command 
of  his  majesty,  |  for  making  |  Discov- 
eries in  the  Nortiiern  Hemisphere.  ( 
Performed  nndcr  tlio  Direction  of 
Cajttaius  Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  |  in 
His  Majesty's  Ships  the  Resolution  and 
Discovery ;  in  the  Years  1776, 1777, 1778, 
1779,and  1780.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol. 
I.  and  II.  written  by  Captain  .lames 
Cook,  F.  K.  S.  I  Vol.  III.  by  Captain 
.lames  King,  LL.  D.  and  F.  R.  S.  |  Pnl»- 
lisliedby  the  Order  of  thi^  Lords  Com- 
missioners of  the  /  miralty.  j  The 
second  edition.  |  [Portrait  of  Cook.] 
I  Vol.  I[-I11]. 

Limdon:  |  printed  byH.Hnghs,  |  for 
<i.  Nicol  bookseller  to  his  majesty,  in 
the  Strand;  |  and  T.  Cadell,  in  the 
Stiand.  I  M.  DCC.  LX XXV [1785]. 

3  voIh.  maps  and  plates,  4*^,  and  atlas  folio. 

This  t'dition  contains  "<V  dufcncc  of  the 
arginniMits  ailvancod  in  tlM>  Introduction  to 
Captain  Cook's  liist  voyage."  wliicli  doe.s  not 
appear  in  tlie  earlior  editions. 

Anderson  (\V.),  Vocabularies  and  numerals 
of  the  Nootka  language,  vol.2,  pp.  .3:)S,  3:i6,  vol. 
3,  pp.  ,")40- 346. 

Copifn  seen  :  Pritish  Museum,  Leaox. 

Troisieme  ^  oyage  |  do  Cook,  | 


ou  I  Voyage  a  I'ocean  Paciliquo,  | 
ord(mne  parle  Koi  d'Aiiglcterro,  (  Pour 
fairedcs  Dccouvertes  dans  r  Hemisphere 
Nord,  I  i)onr  determiner  la  position  & 
I'dtendue  de  la  ("ote-Oucst  de  |  I'Amd- 
rique  Septentrionale,  sa  distance  I'Asie, 
I  &rosoiidre  la  (piestion  du  passiige  an 
Nord.  I  Exi<cnt<^  sous  la  direction  des 
Capitaiues  Cook,  Clerke  «t  Gore,  I  sur 


li^ 


WAKA8HAN    LANGUAGES. 


16 


iic'tion  to 


Cook  (J.)  and  King  (.1.)  —  (^'"ntinuod. 
le«  Vai8Sf>;iiix  la  Rosolutiiu  &  la 
Dj^cohvoi  t«v  on  1776,  1777,  1778,  1779  & 
1780.  I  Tradnit  de  I'Anglnis  piir  M. 
D[emeniiier].  |  Oiivrage  cnrichi  [&c. 
fivo  linen.]  |  Tome  ^ireiiiicr  [-<iim- 
trii'iiie].  I  [PictiireB.]  | 

A  PariH,  |  HAtel  de  Thou,   rne  dos 
Portevins.  |  M.  DCC.LXXXV[1785].  | 
Avec  approbation  et  privilege  dn  roi. 

4V0U.40. 

LingulMticcont«'nt8nHuii(l«Ttitl<>n(>xt  above. 
vol.,1.  pp.  lo:t,  105,  l.".7-158. 

Copies  leen  :  .\Htor.  Kritixli  MiiHunm. 

Troisirmo   voyage  |  de  Cook  | 

on  I  voyagr    a    I'ocenn      Pacifujno,  | 
ordonnd  jmr  1«  roi  d'Angleterre,  |  pour 
faire    [&c,   seven   lines.]  |  Tradiiit  de 
lAnglois,  par  M.  n[emennier].  |  Tome 
premier  [-quatrieme].  |  [Scroll.]  | 

A    Paris,  |  Hfltel  de  Tlu  u,  rne  doH 
Portevins.  |   M.DCC.  LXXXV[178.-.].  | 
.^vee  approbation  et  privilege  du  roi. 

4  vols.  80. 

LinKuiHtircontentHasuniU'rtitleHDPxtabovi', 
vol.;i.  pp.126,  129,  101-192. 

CnpieM  seen :  British  MuHeiiin. 

A  I  voyage  to  the  Pacific  ocean 

I  Undertaken  |  by  command  of  hi.s 
majesty  for  making  |  discoveries  in  the 
uortlierii  liemisphere  |  Performed  | 
nniler  the  direction  of  cai)tains  Cook, 
Gierke  and  Gore  |  In  thi>  Years  177t>,  7, 
X,  !>  and  80.  |  In  fonr  voIniiieM,  Vcdume 
1".'[-IV?].  I  [Design.]  | 

Perth.  I  Printedby  R.Morrison.  Jnn'. 
for  R.  Moriistm  &  son.  |  178.')[-?]. 

4  ( .')  v<il8. 16°.    I  liavc  8i>oii  the  first  viiliimo 
only;  son  title  next  lielow. 
Copies  xeen:  ItritiHli  MiiHciini. 

A  I  voyage   |    to    the   |   Pacific 

ocean;  |  Undertaken  by  cominan<l  of 
his  majesty.  |  for  making  discoveries 
in  the  |  nortliern  hemisphere.  |  Per- 
formed under  the  direction  of  I  captains 
Cook,  Gierke,  and  (iore,  |  In  the  Years, 
1776,  7,  8,  i),  and  80.  |  Compiled  from 
the  various  accounts  of  that  |  voyage 
hitherto  published.  |  In  four  voluinen. 
I  The  second  edition.  |  Vol.  [If-] IV.  | 
Embellished  witli  copper-plates.  | 

Perth.  I  Printed  by  R.  Morrison, 
jnnr,  |  for  R.  Morrison  and  son,  J. 
Lockington,  Lon-  |  don;  and  .1.  Hinns, 
Leeds.  |  1787. 

4  ( f)  toIh.  16°.  1  liiive  goen  no  copy  of  tlie 
limt  volume.    It  may  lie  pouihle  that  it  is  a 


Cook  (.1.)  and  King  (.1.^  —Continued, 
continuation  of  the  net  of  whicli  the  title  of 
the  flrst  volume  in  given  next  above. 

Brief  remark 8  ami  a  few  examples  in  tht  lan- 
guage of  the  Indiana  of  Xootka  Sound,  vol.  2, 
pp.  2.11-2:17. 

Ctipietseen:  British  MiiHeum. 

Der  Capitain    .Jacob  ('ook's  | 

dritte  |  Entdeckungu-Reiae  |  weleho 
derselbe  |  aus  Bescbe  nnd  Kostcn  der 
Oroskbrittanis<-lien  Regierung  |  in  das 
Mtille  Meer  |  nnd  nach  dem  Nordpol 
hinanf  |  unternommen  |  nnd  mit  don 
Sehiffeii  Resolution  un<l  Df'^covery  | 
wiihrend  <1  sr  .lahre  1776  bis  1780  |  [&c, 
fivo  lines.]  |  Ans  dem  Englischeu  iiber- 
setzt  I  von  Georg  Forstor  |  [&c.  fi"e 
lines.]  I  Krst©r[-Zweiter  Band].  | 

Berlin  |  bei  Hawde  nnd  Spener.  1787 
[-1788]. 

2  vols.:  4  p.  II.  pp.  i-xvi,  1-504,  2  II.;  V  p.  11. 
l-.')n2,  maps  and  plates,  4°. 

A  brief  discussion,  witli  a  few  examples,  of 
tlie  language  of  the  Indians  of  Notitka  Sound, 
vol.  2,  pji.  .W,  CO. 

Copies  teen  :  British  Museum. 

There  is  an  edition:  Captain  ('ook's  three 
voyages,  Boston,  1795-1797,  2  voIb.,  lt^^  which 
contains  no  linguistic  material. 

nyTeuiwrBie     Bb    ctBepiibil)    rnxilt 

oKonnh,  110  noBcrtiilH)  Kopani  rcoprifl  III 
■ipe.inplHToe,  ,\.\n  nnpeCii.ieiiiii  mMoHiCHlH 
.iniia,uiux'i>  BeperiiBi  DiBepiioU  AiirpiiKH, 
pn.K-TOflriifl  nnoll  on,  Aiiii,  h  bii,'imoh<ii(k-th 
rliBopiiarn  npoxo,j;»  ii.ti,  Tii\uro  bb 
Ar.iaiiTH'KVhiit  OKCiiH'h,  nuj'b  iia'ia.ibCTBOM'h 
RiniiTniioBi  KVKn,  K.iepKa  ii  mpji,  na 
i'y,(axi>PtM0.iR)i|iH  ii  .lurKOBPpH,  Bi>  n[)O40.iH<PHic 
1770,  77,  7«,  7!)  H  1780  ro.joBb.  Ob  Aiir.i. 
r.  .lorrnii'fc  roieniiiurBi-KyTy.HiBh. 

CaiiKTncTepfiypn.  1805  a  1810.  (") 

■MM.  2im  pii.  4°.    10  cliartfl, 

7'i-(i)i*/nNH/i.— Voyace  to  tlie  Nortli  I'acilic 
Oieiiii.  undertaken  liy  ilirectioii  of  Kiiigdeorgo 
III,  to  determine  the  situation  of  tlie  nesteru 
sliores  of  Nortli  America,  their  distances  •roiii 
.Vsia  and  the  possibility  of  a  northern  passage 
t'rcini  (lie  raeitic  to  the  .\tlant!o  ocean,  under 
the  direction  of  captains  Conk,  Gierke,  andttoro 
in  the  ships  Ke.soliition  and  Discover.y  during 
the  years  1776.  "7, 7H.  TO  and  1780.  (TrauslattMl) 
I'roin  tlii^  Knglisli  by  Mons.  Loggin  (loleuit- 
Hhotl'Kutuzoll'. 

.St.  Petersburg,  1805  and  1810. 

Title  from  Sokololl"8  Bildiography  in  the 
.Tournal  of  the  Kiisslan  Navy  Department,  vol. 
8,  p.  411,  St.  retersburg,  18.i(l,  8°. 

There  is  an  edition  in  English :  Philadelphia, 
De  Silver.  1818,  2  vids,  8°,  wliii'h  t'ontains  no 
linguistics,     (llanerol't.  Leuox.) 


16 


BIHLIO(JRAPnY    OF    THE 


Cook  (.1.)  mid  Bling  (J.)  — <^'""t''""*'l' 

A  voyago  to  tlio  I'iicific  ocoiiii, 

uiMler4iik«>ii  liy  tlio  |  ('oiiiiiiiiiid  itf  his 
majesty,  for  making  <Us<ov«!ii<s  |  in 
tliu  iiortlKTii  h(;iiiis|)linrc;  todcttu'iiiino 
till?  I  position  and  cxttuit  of  tlio  west 
side  of  Noitli  |  Ainorioii,  it«  distamo 
from  AHia,  and  tli<i  jirai-  |  ticaliility  of 
a  nortburu  ])aHsa;j;(!  to  l^iirope.  |  Per- 
formed H.ider  direetion  of  CaptainH  | 
Cook.  Clerke,  and  (Sore,  in  Ins  niajesty'H 
Nlii|»H  I  tliti  K'osolution  and  Discovery, 
in  tlio  years  |  1770,  1777,  177K,  177!),  &, 

1780. 

Ill  Kerr  (li./.  A  ki'iidhiI  liiHloryaiiilrnlli'rliiiii 
of  vnviigi'H,  vol.  15,  pp.  114-514.  viil  l(i.  mill  vol. 
I",  pp.  1-311,  Kiliiiliiirjiii,  lHll-l-<Ui,  17  vols. 
I'olio.     (Congress,  I.rMox.) 

Anderson  (W.),  N'oi'iiliiiliirirs  unci  iiuiiii'nilH 
of  till)  Nootkil  lilll-llliijie.  vol.  !(i,  pp.  'J.5.">-2.'>7. 
vol.  17,  pp.  30il-:!(M). 

Ki'printi'd  in  tlie  latci' oilitioii  ol' Kerr  ( ii.). 
(ieiienil  liiHlnry  aiiil  lollnlioii  of  voyii(;os. 
I,oii<1on,  1R24.  IH  voIh.  8\  in  llie  saiiio  volmiicn 
anil  paKi'H- 

Tlii'ir  IM  an  cilitioii  of  tlio  "Voyages  iiroiiiid 
tlio  voildpiTfoniii'd  liy  Captain (Jisik."  liostnn, 
WliitiiUrr,  1S'J«,  2  vols. «',  of  which  I  havcfcccn 
lint,  tho  lirst  voliinii',  anil  which  may  contain 
tho  Wakashan  liii;;iiis(ic.s.     (('on^rc.ss  ) 

Tlie  voyafies  of  |  ea|itaiii  .laini's 

Cook.  I  Illiistriited  Avitii  |  nia]>s  and 
nnnieroiiH  enj^ravinj^s  on  wood.  |  Witli 
An  Anpeiidix,  |  liiviiia:  an  aeconnt  of 
till'  present  eondition  of  tlie  Sontli  Hca 
islands,  «.Ve.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  \'iil. 
I[-II].  I  [Portrait  of  Capt.  Cook.]  | 

London:  |  William  ."^iiiitli,  li:{.  Fleet 
street  |  MDCCCXLII[1KI21. 

Engraved   HtU' :    'I'lic  |  Ihrco    voyajjcs  |  of  | 
rajitHin     ■lames      I'ook.l  IPiclnro     of     ship 
Kudeavour,  with  inscrijitiun.]  | 


Cook  (.1.)  and  King  C.F.)  —  Continued. 
I.oiiilon:  I  William  .Smith,  113,  Fleet  ittreet. 

I  1812. 
2  vols. :  Portrait  of  ('apt.  Cook  I  I.  cngravml 
title  vorso  hlaiik  1  I.  litlo  vcmo  names  of  jirliit- 
ITS  1  I.  contents  |ip.  v-viii,  list  of  illiiHtrations 
pp.  i.<L  xii,  life  of  Captain  .laiiics  Cook,  pp.  xiii- 
XX,  map,  introduction  |>p.  1-2.  text  jtp.  3-59(1; 
map,  litio  viTso  naiiies  of  iiriiitcrs  I  I.  con- 
tents pp.  v-xi,  ni;ip.  half-title  verso  lilaiik  1  1, 
text  pp.  3-,").'>(I,  aplieiidix  pp.  5.')7-61!>,  colophon 
p.  102(1|,  royal  «  . 

l.ini;uistie  contents  as  under  titles  alHivc, 
vol.2,  pp.  2(H),  ,551 -553. 

Ciijiies  seen :  Kames. 

The  voyafjes  of  |  eajitain  .lamos 

Cook  I  round    tlie    world,  |  illimtrated 
with  I  niajm  and  nnmerons  en<;ravin<rs 
j  on  wood    and    steel.  |  Vol.   I[-II].  | 
[I'ortr.iitof  Caiit.  Cook.]  | 

.lolin  Tallis  A:  eompany,  London  and 
New-York.     [1H,->L'?J 

Knijrarcil    title:  Tho  |    three   voyafjes  1  of  | 
captain  Cixdt.  {  round   the  world.  |  [rictiireof 
the  ship  Kndenvour  with  inscription.!  |     ^ 

ilolin  Tallis  Si,  company,  London  i^-  New 
York. 

2  vols. :  portrait  of  capt.  Cook  1  I.  fii(f raved 
title  verso  lilaiik  1  I,  portrait  of  S.r  iTosepli 
Itanks  I  I.  seven  doiililu  pa^o  maps,  half  title 
verso  blank  1  I.  title  \erso  hiank  1  I.  contents 
|ip.  v-viii,  list  of  illustrations  pp.  ix-xii,  life 
of  vn])\.  Cook  pp.  xiii-xx,  i  lit  roil  net  Ion  pp.  1-2, 
text  jip.  3, 50(1;  tliree  doiihle  )paKe  maps,  two 
eniiraviiiKs.  two  double  )(iijiii  maps,  half  title 
verso  blank  1  I.  title  \  erso  lilanU  I  1.  Iialflltle 
verso  blank  1  I.  ((intents  pp.  v-xi.  text  pp.  3- 
,5.50,  royal  8  . 

Liniriiistic  contents  as  under  tiths  above, 
vol.2,  jip.  2no,  .551   55:1. 

Cnpieg  teen  :  A-<tor,  Lenox. 

Thore  is  an  edition  of  Cook's  Vovajjes,  I'hil- 
ailelpliia,  1871.8'.  which  does  not  conlaiu  the 
liiifinislic  material.     (Astor.) 
Ooqnilth.    See  Kwakiutl. 


D. 


Daa(Ijndwi^  Kristeiisen).  On  theallin- 
ities  between  the  lan^rnages  of  tlie 
northern  tribes  of  the  old  and  new  eoii- 
tinents.  Hy  Lewis  Kr.  Daa,  Esij,,  of 
Christiania,  Norway.  (Read  Dee.ember 
the  20th.) 

In  I'hihdogic-il  Soc.  (of  I.ondonl  Trans.  i8,'iii, 
pp. 25I-2!M.  London  |1857|.8^.     (Coiifjress.) 

Coniiiarati\e  tallies  showiiif;  affliiities  be. 
twceii  As'aticaud  .Viiicriiaii languages,  pp.JIU 
28.5. contain  words  from  many  North  American 
languages,  (he  \Vakashan  beiiiii  rcpresentiMl 
by  the  Haeltzuk,  Nootka,  TI.kh, natch,  and 
Wakasb. 


Dall  (William  Healey),       Tribes  of  tho 
extreme  northwest.     Hy  W.  H.  Dall. 

Ill  Powell  (,J.  W.),  (Jontributions  to  North 
.Vmerican  Kthnoloj'y,  vol.1,  pp.  1-100,  A]ipen- 
dlx,  linguistics,  pp.  107-157,  Washington,  1877, 
4^ 

a'ibbs(Cr.),  Vocabulary  of  the  Ilailt'zOkb,  pp. 
144-1.53. 

Vocabiilnry  of  t he  KwiklutI,  pp.  144-153. 

William  Healey  Dall,  naturalist,  was  born  in 
lloston.  Mass.,  .\u;;.  21.  1845.  Was  educated  lit 
the  Huston  public  schools,  and  then  became  11 
special  pii]iil  in  ii;itiiral  :ici(  nccs  under  Louis 
Agasaiz  and  in  anatomy  and  medicine  under 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


17 


i>ii. 


[all. 
I  Xi.rth 

li.  1H77, 

th,  I'l). 

44-153. 
Itorii  in 

ItlMl  lit. 

I'HtIK-  It 

I.OIliH 

under 


Dall  (W.  H.)  — Continued. 

Jcflties  Wyman ami  Duniel  Drainard.  In  1805 he 
was  appnintt-d  lieutenant  in  tliti  intfrnatiiinal 
telegraph  oxpeflitinn.anti  in  tliii*  capacity  via 
it«<l  Alaaka  in  1865-1868.  From  1871  till  1880  lie 
was  aaaiatant  to  tlio  U.  S.  CoHHt  Survi^y  anil 
under  ita  direction  xpent  tlio  years  1871  tu  1874 
and  1884  in  tliiit  diHtrtct.  Hia  worlc,  Ix-aides  the 
exploration  and  dearription  of  the  geO);rapli.\ , 
included  thi<antlirii)iology.  natural  hiatory.  and 
«;eology  ot  the  Alaakan  and  ndjacent  regionH. 
From  the  Held  work  and  eolleotionM  have 
reaiilted  mapa,  memoirs,  coaat  pilot,  and  papera 
on  theao  auhjeetH  or  hranchea  of  them.  [Since 
1884  he  haa  been]  piileontologigt  to  the  V.  S. 
Oeolo<:iral  Surrey,  and  since  1869  ho  has  Ix-en 
honorary  curator  of  t  hi;  department  of  mollusks 
in  theU.S.  National  Museum.  In  thiaofllci-lie 
haa  made  studies  of  recent  and  fosail  molluaks 
of  the  world,  and  esiwvinlly  of  North  America, 
from  which  now  infonnation  has  lieeii  derivnl 
concerning  the  brachiopcwla.  pafellida",  cliiton- 
idie,  and  tlie  molliisk  fauna  of  tlie  deeji  sin. 
These  studies  have  grown  out  of  those  devoted 
to  the  fauna  of  northwestoni  America  and  east- 
ern Siherin.  Mr.  Dnll  has  Iwen  honored  with 
elections  to  nearly  all  the  scientific  societies  in 
this  country,  and  to  many  abroad.  In  188*2  and 
in  1885  he  was  vice-president  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
and  presided  over  the  siM^tious  of  biology  and 
anthropology.  Ili.i  scientific  pn])ers  include 
about  two  hundred  titles.  Among  the  separate 
books  are  ".Vlaskaand  its  KeHOurces"  (Hoston. 
1870):  "Tribes  of  the  Extreme  Northwest' 
(Washington.  1877);  ■Coast  Pilot  of  Alaska, 
Appendix  1,  Meteorology  and  Hildiograi)hy " 
1879):  "The  (Currents  and  Temixratiires  of 
Bering  Sea  and  the  Ai\iacent  Waters  "  (1882): 
"I'arittc  Coast  Pilot  and  the  Islands  of  Alaska. 
Dixon  Entrance  to  Yakiitat  Hay.  with  the 
Inland  Passage"  (1883):  "Prehistoric  Amer- 
ica." by  the  Marquis  dc  Xndaillac.  edited  (New 
York.  1885);  and  "Report  on  the  MolluMca. 
Brachiopoda,  and  Peleeypoda"  of  the  Wake 
dredging  expedition  in  the  West  Indies  (Cam- 
bridge, lH><6).—AppMon'g  I'liHop.o/  Am.  liinif. 

DawBon  ((ieorge  Mercer).  Notes  ;in(l 
ob8c'rviitit)ti8  O.I  tlio  Kwakiool  l'i'0))li' 
of  the  Nortlicni  Part  of  X'iiiiconver 
iHland  and  Atljaicut  CoastH,  made 
during  the  Suninier  of  ISS.'S;  with  a 
Voeabnlary  of  ahont  weven  hundred 
words.  By  (Jeoifje  M.  Pawsoii,  1).  S., 
F.  G.  S.,  AH8i«tant-Director  Oeologieal 
Survey  of  Canaiht. 

In  Royal  SiR'.of  Canada  Proc  and  Trans. 
vol.5,  section  2,  pp.  63-98,  Montreal.  1888,4". 
((ieological  Survey.) 

Not«8  on  tribal  suMivisions  of  the  Kwa- 
kiool,  and  details  respecting  them  (pp.  (i*-75), 
contiiinsiixtalisticai  t  aide  of  tribal  subdivisions 
for  the  year  ending  •Iiiiie  110,  188.">,  by  (leo.  Blen- 
kinsop,   p.  65;  meaning  of  native  terms  pas 

WAK 2 


Dawson  (O.  M.)  —  Continued. 

sim.— Mode  of  life,  arts  and  cnstoms  of  the 
KwakliMd  includes  a  diseusaion  of  the  numer- 
als, niiMie  of  counting,  measuring,  etc.,  pp.  75- 
79.— Ciisttun  of  the  PotTatch  or  donation  feast, 
including  native  terms  passim,  pp.  79-81.— Tra- 
ilitiiins,  folk-htreand  religion,  withnianynative 
terms.  nanu'S  of  legendary  characters,  etc  , 
(tassiui,  )ip,  81-87. — ViH-aliiilary  of  about  seven 
liiindred  wordsofthe  Kwakiisd  language  (from 
Va-akotle  akath)8(TonOof  the  K«")m-o-yawf .  a 
Niilidivision  or  sept  of  the  Kwii'-ki-ool  or  KwA-' 
kiitl  IrilM'.  now  inhabiting  the  vicinity  of  Fort 
Kii)iert.  Iteaver  Harlioui.  Vancouver  Island). 
pli.HJI  98. 

In  Ills  introductory  reiniirks  the  author 
states :  "  The  subjoined  vmabnlary  is  base<l  on 
llio  schedules  of  words  given  l>y  Mi^jorJ.  W. 
Powell  in  bis  'Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  languages.'  Having  Imm-ii  obtained 
from  an  educated  Indian,  with  tlie  additional 
nssi^tance  of  a  goml  interpreter,  it  is  much 
more  complete  than  those  given  for  several 
tribes  of  the  Kwakiool  people  by  Dr.  Tolinie 
and  the  writer  in  the  'Comparative  Vocabula- 
rie.sof  the  Ind  inn  tribes  of  liritish.t'olnmbia.'" 
See  Tolmie  ( W.  K.)  and  Dawaon  ((i.  M.) 

Issued  sejiarately,  with  title-page  as  follows: 

Section  II,  1887.    Trans.  Koyal  Soc, 

Can.  I  NotoH  and  ohservjitions  |  on 
the  I  Kwakiool  jieojdo  of  Vancouver 
islaiitl  I  by  |  (Jeorf^o  M.  Dawson,  D.  S., 
F.  a.  S.,  I  Asst-Director  of  tlio  Geo- 
lo){iciiI  Survey  of  Canada  |  Vnna  the  | 
<rau.saction8  of  tlie  Koyal  society  |  of 
Canada  |  vidume  V,  section  II,  1887  | 

Montreal  |  Dawson  brothers,  publish- 
ers I  1888 

Cover  title  as  alM>ve.  no  inside  title,  text  pp. 
l-3«.plate,4''. 

IJiiguisticc<mtentsiis  under  title  next  above. 

Copie»  leen :  (ieological  Survey,  Pilling. 
Wi  llesley. 

See  Tolmie  ( W.F.)  and  Da'WBOu  (G. 

M.) 

Oeorge  Mercer  Dawson  was  horn  at  Pictou. 
Nova. Scotia,  August  1,  1849,  and  l.s  (lieeldestson 
of  Sir  William  Dawson,  principal  of  Mel  till 
I'uivcrsity.  Montreal.  lie  was  e«liicatcd  at 
McCiill  College  and  tlie  Royal  School  of  Mines: 
held  the  Duke  of  Cornwall's  scholarship,  given 
Ity  the  Prince  of  Wales;  and  took  the  Kdwaiil 
Forlii'S  medal  in  paheontology  and  the  Miirch- 
isoii  medal  in  geidogy.  He  was  ap)>oiiited  geol- 
ogist and  naturalist  to  Her  Mnjcsty's  Nortli 
American  Boundary  Ciininiission  in  1873,  and  :tt 
the  dose  of  tlie  commission's  work,  in  I87.''>.  lie 
published  u  ii'iiort  under  tlie  title  of  "(leobigy 
and  I'esoiircesof  the  Forty-ninth  Parallel."  In 
iluly,  1875,  be  received  Ji>  -pointment  on  the 
geological  survey  of  (^anaua.  From  1875  to  IH79 
he  was  o<  ciiiii<>d  in  ti.e  geidogica!  survey  and 
exploration  of  British  Colnmbiit,  and  subse- 


18 


BIBLIOGBAPHY   OF   THE 


Dawson  (A.M.)  —  Continiietl. 

nuniitly  oukhkihI  in  Hiiniliir  work,  lM>tli  in  the 
NortliwuHt  IVrrltory  mill  ItritlHliCoIiinibiu.  Dr. 
DiiWHon  Ih  thv  niitliorol'  iiiiiiiprouH  papers  on 
Kuology,  iiiidiral  bixtftry,  uiid  etIinoloKy,  piil>- 
liH)i<'d  iu  tlin  ('unH<liaii  NntiiraliMl,  (juarlerly 
•liiiiriial  oC  till-  (iitulogicul  Soviuty,  TraiiaactiuuH 
of  tilt)  lk<)yHl  Society  or  (^aiiiKla,  vU'.  lie  w»h 
ill  IHKT  Hcleott'd  to  talio  charKe  of  tlie  Vulioii 
cx|H-ilitiiin. 

Dirtionary : 

Tol(uaat  8<'o  Knipo  (C.) 

Hixon  (Copt.  (ieoTgo).   A  |  voyiigo  round 
tho  world;  |  but  moro  particularly  to 
tlio  I  north- wcHt  cmiHt  of  America:  | 
perfoniicid  in  1785, 17WJ,  1787,  and  1788,  j 
in  I  th«  King  Oeorgo  and  Queen  Char- 
lotte, I  captains  I'ortlnck  and  Dixon.  I 
Dedicated,    by    ]>enniflaion,    to   |   Sir 
Joseph  Bunks,  Hart.  |  By  captain  George 
Dixon.  I 

London :  |  published  by  Goo.  Gonld- 
ing,  I  Haydn'shead,  no.  6,  James  street. 
Coven t  garden.  |  1789. 

Half-title  vorHU  blank  1  1.  title  vcmo  blank  1 
1.  ileiliration  pp.  v-vi,  introduction  pp.  vii- 
xxiii,  <-on(fnl8  pp.  xxv-xxis,  errata  p.  [xxxij 
ilircctions  totlio  binder  p.  [xxxiij,  W\t  pp.  1- 
352,  up|H-iidix  no.  1  pp.  353-360,  appendix  no. 'i^ 
pp.  1-47,  map.  platvH,  4°. 

NunicralH  l-lo  of  Triuce  William  .Sound  and 
C<M)k  RivtT,  Korfblk  Sound,  and  King  George 
So\iiid,  p.  241. 

Copies  seeii:  Astor,  Bancroft,  Boston  Atlie- 
nn'um,  ItritisU  AIiiHeuni.  Congress,  Greely, 
Harvard, I.cnux, National  Museum, Watkiiison. 

At  tlie  Fim'licr  Hale,  catidogiie  no.  2312,  acopy 
brought  \.i.M.;  at  the  Hrinlry  Rale,  no.  4678,  a 
tine  eopy,  calf,  gilt,  $2.7.'>.  Price  ,1  by  Quarltcli, 
nos.  28050  and  289.'il,  102.  and  12ji. 

Voyage  |  antonr  dti  nionde,  |  et  prin- 

cipal(  ineiit  |  a  la  cAte  nord-ouest  de 
rAm<!rique,  |  Fait  en  1785,  1786, 1787  ct 
1788,  I  A  bord  du  King-George  ot  de  la 
Queen-  |  Charlotte,  par  les  Capituincs 
Portlock  et  Dixon.  D<5di(?,  par  permis- 
sion, ii  Sir  Joseph  |  Bunks,  Baronet;  | 
Par  le  Capitaino  George  Dixon.  |  Tra- 
duit  de  I'Anglois,  par  M.Lebas.  |  Tome 
premier  [-second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Maradan,  Libraire, 
HAtel  do  ChAteau-  |  Vieux,  rue  Saint- 
Andr«^-des-Arc8.  |  1789. 

2  vol(<. :  half  title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso 
blank  1  I.  dedication  1  1.  introduction  p|i.  1-34, 
text  pp.  35  ,'>H1;  Imlftitlo  verso  blank  1  I.  title 
verso  blank  1  1.  text  p|i.  1-274,  ap|iendi:c  1  pp. 
270-292,  appendix  2  pp.  1  46,  8°. 


Dizon  (O.)  —  Continued. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
vol.  2,  pp.  16-17. 

Oopiet  teen:  liancroft,  Boston  Atli«>a»uni, 
Han-ard. 

Der  I  Kapitaine  Portlock's  nnd  Dix- 
on's I  Keise  urn  die  Welt  |  besonders 
nach  I  der  Nordwestlichen  KAste  Ton 
Amorika  |  wiihrends  der  Jabre  1785  bis 
1788  I  in  den  Schiffen  King(ieorge  und 
Queen  Charlotte,  Ilerausge^ebeii  |  von 
dem  I  Kapitain  Georg  Dixon.  Ausdeni 
Englisclien  fiberset/.t  nnd  mit  Anmer- 
kungen  erliiutert  |  von  |  .lohann  Keiu- 
hoIdForster,  |  der  Rechte,  Medici  n  und 
\VeltweishoitDoktor,Profes8ordcrNat- 
urgeschichte  und  Mineralogie  |  anf  der 
Konigl.  Preusz.  FriedrichB-UuiversitJit, 
Mitglied  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der 
boheren  |  und  schiinen  Wissenchaften 
zu  Berlin.  |  Mit  vielen  Knpfem  und 
einer  Landkarte.  | 

Berlin,  1790.  |  Boi  Christian  Fried- 
rich  Bosz  und  Sohn. 

4  p.  II.  pp.  i-xxii,  1-114,  map.  4°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  pp. 
216-218. 

Copies  teen:  Brown. 

Reis  I  iiaarde  |  nord-west  kust  |  van 

I  Amerika.  |  Gedaau  in  de  Jaren  1785, 
1786, 1787  en  1788.  |  Door  |  de  Kapteins 
I  Nathaniel  Portlock  j  en  |  George 
Dixon.  I  I'it  derzelver  oors]ironklijke 
Reisverhalen  zamengesteld  en  ver- 
taald.  I  Met  platen.  | 

Te  Amsterdam,  bij  |  Matthijs  Schale- 
kamp.  I  1795. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  inleiding  pp.  iii-xii, 
iiilialt  2  11.  text  pp.  1-265,  do  plaaten,  etc.,  p. 
[266],  raa|m,  plates,  sm.4°. 

Linguistic  contents  us  undtr  titles  above,  p. 
200. 

Copies  teen :  Brown,  Congress. 

Douglass (<Slr  James).    Private  papers  I 
of  Sir  James  Douglass.  |  Second  series. 

Manuscript,  p]i.  1-30,  folio;  in  the  Bancroft 
Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Contains  lists  of  native  tril>e8  from  Puget 
Sound  northward  to  Cross  Sound,  Alaska, 
with  traders  and  native  tribal  names.grouped 
according  to  languages,  pp.  7-33.  Between  pp. 
33  and  34  are  14  blank  pages. 

This  manuscript  was  copied  from  tlie  orig- 
inal pa]iers  in  Sir  James's  possession ;  in  Indian 
names  the  copyist  has  universally  substituted 
an  initial  H  for  the  initial  K.  It  may  or  may 
not  contain  Wakashan  names. 


WAKASUAN   LANUUAOES. 


19 


.ncroft 

Tugot 

laska, 

'Ollp(^d 

npp. 

orlK- 
kiiilian 
Eitnted 
\r  may 


Drake  (Knmiiel  Gnrtliner).  The  |  Ahorif;- 
iiial  raceN  |  of  |  North  Amoricu ;  |  coin- 
jtrisinj;  |  hio^rapliicnl  aketrlioH  of  i-iiu- 
neiit  individuals,  |  and  |  an  hiNtoriciil 
acconnt  of  thodittV'rtmt  tribes,  |  from  | 
the  lirst  discovery  of  the  continent  |  to 
I  the  )>r<>Hent  period  |  with  a  dism-rta- 
tion  on  their  |  Origin,Antiqnitii's,  Man- 
ntTH  and  CuHtoius,  |  illustrative  narra- 
tives and  anecdotes,  |  and  a  |  copious 
analytical  index  |  by  Samuel  G.  Drake. 
I  Fifteenth  edition,  |  revised,  with  val- 
uable additions,  |  by  Prof.  H.  L.  Wil- 
liams. I  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  | 

New  York.  |  Hurst  &  company,  pub- 
lishers. I  122  Nassau  Street.     [1882.] 

'I'ltlt'  A-cTHO  iM)j>yri};lit  1  1.  jirefarc  i>|i.  3-4, 
rniit'-iitH  ]ip.  TiH,  Intlian  trilxtg  anil  iiatlonM 
)ip.  9-10,  halftitlo  vnrmi  blank  1  1.  ti-xt  )ip.  10- 
7B7,  imlPxpp.76S-7«7,8'^. 

Oatichet  (A.  S.),  Indian  langiiagoH  of  the 
I'aciflc  stAtes  and  t«'rritoriH8,  pp.  748-7B3. 
'  Copiet  teen  :  Astor,  Congress, Wisconsin  Ilis- 

torical  Society. 

Clarko  &  eo.  188fi.  no.  (1377,  price  a  copy  $3. 

Dufo8s6(E.)  Americana  |  Catalogue  do 
livres  |  rclatifs  i\  l'Ani6ri(iue  |  Europe, 
A8ie,Afri(|uc  |  etOc<'anie  |  [«!tc.  thirty- 
four  lines]  I 

Librairie  aiicienne  et  nioderne  de  E 
Dufosst^  I  27,  rue  Gm^nt^gaud,  27  |  prcs 
le  Pout-neuf  |  Paris  [1887] 

Cover  titlo  a:;  above,  no  lusido  title,  table 
des  divisions  1  1.  text  pp.  I7.'>-422,  K°. 

Contains,  passim,  titles  of  works  in  various 
American  laniniaKes,  aniont!  t  lieni  a  lew  relating 
to  the  Wakashan. 

Coi>ie»  teen :  Kames,  Pilling. 

This  series  of  catalogues  was  Ix-gnn  in  IHTB. 

Duflotde  Mofras(  Eugene).  Exploration 
|du  territoire  |  de  I'Oregou,  dcsCalifor- 
nies  I  etde  lamer  Verraeillc,  |  ex('cut<^o 
pel   laut  leHann(<esl>aO,  1841  et  1842.  | 

I  par  I  M.  Duflot  de  Mofras,  |  Attacli<^ 
i\  la  L<^gation  de  France  a  Mexico;  | 
ouvrage  public  par  orilre  du  roi,  |  sous 
Ics  auspices  de  M.  le  luardchal  Soult, 
ducdeDalmatie,  President  <lu  Couseil, 

I  et  de  M.    le    winistre    des    iitlaires 
dtraugeres.  "fome  premier  [-second].  | 
Paris,  I  Aithus   Bertri'nd,  ^'diteur,  | 
libra  .e  <le  la  Socictc^  do  gtSographic,  | 
Kne  Huutefeuillc,  u>  23.  |  1844. 


Dtiflot  de  Mofraa  (E.)  — Continued. 

'J  voIm.  :  lialftitlc  verso  nanicN  of  |>rinteiH  1 1. 
title  verso  blank  t  I.  dedication  verno  blank  1 
1.  avant-p<'op<m  pp.  viixii,  avert  isscnient  verao 
note  1 1.  nota  verso  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  l-.'ilS,  tnble 
des  chapitres  pp.  .'ilO-5'.'l.  tAble  dea  caries  pp. 
r>23-.'i24;  half-title  versu  names  of  printers  1  I. 
title  verso  blank  1  I.  text  pp.  1-300,  table  des 
chapitres  pp.  501-504,  table  des  cartes  pp.  ."iOft- 
5Ui!,  table  analytii|ne,  etc.  pp.  ,'■07-514,  8"'. 

Niinieruls  1-10  in  a  number  of  North  Ameri- 
can languages,  among  thomthe  Noutka,  p.  401. 

Copift  teen:  Astor,  Bancioft,  Boston  Athe- 
na-UMi,  Itritish  Museum,  Congress,  Geological 
Survey.  L«>nox. 

Dunu  (.John).  History  |  of  |  the  Oregon 
t«rritory  |  and  British  North-Ami-ricau 
I  fur  trade;  |  with  |  an  account  |  of  the 
habits  and  custoius  of  the  principal 
native  |  tribes  on  the  northern  conti- 
nent. I  Hy  John  Dunn,  |  late  of  the 
Hudson's  bay  company;  |  eight  years 
a  resident  in  the  |  country.  | 

London :  |  Edwards  and  Hughes,  Ave 
Maria  lane.  |  1844 

Title  verso  name  of  jtrinter  1  I.  preface  pp. 
iii-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-viii,  t(>xti)p.  l-.a.'>9.  maps, 
8°. 

A  few  sjiecimens  (30)  of  the  liellas  or  U  ill- 
bank  Sound  tribe,  pp.  3.'i8-350. 

Copienteen:  British  Museum,  Congress. 

There  is  an  e<lition  of  this  work :  I'hiladel- 
phia,  /ell>er  &.  Co.,  1845,  which  doe:*  not  con- 
tain tlie  "Hpecimens."  (Boston  AthenH'ura, 
British  Museum,  Harvard.) 

Keprinted,  omitting  the  linguistics,  in 
Smitli's  Weekly  Volume,  vol.  1,  pp.  38J-41fl, 
Philadelphia,  IH45,4°.    (Mallet.) 

A  later  edition  witii  title-page  as  foUows: 

History  |  of  |  the  Oregon  territory  | 

and  British  North-American  !  fur  trade; 
I  with  I  au  account  |  of  the  habits  and 
cnstomsof  the  principal  native  |  tribes 
on  the  uorthcru  continent.  |  By  John 
Duiui,  I  lato  of  the  Hudson's  bay  com- 
pany, I  eight  years  a  resident  in  the 
country.  (  Second  edition.  | 

Lon<lon;  |  Edwards  and  Hughes,  Ave* 
Maria  lane.  |  1846. 

Title  ver«o  n'line  of  printer  1  1.  preface  pp. 
iii-vi,  cimtents  pp.  vii-viii,  text  p|».  l-3.V.t,  map, 
8'. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Oopiet  teen .-  Astor. 


20 


BIBLIOORAI'HV    OK   THK 


E. 


I 


Bamei:  TIiIh  word  I'ollowiiiK  a  titlr  or  within 
pari'iillii'iuiM  iil'litr  ii  iiok;  iniliciil<<H  Ilia)  acopy  of 
tlio  work  rnfiTn  li  to  Iihm  liiteii  h*>oii  liy  tlii<  coiii' 
pil<T  ill  lh»  library  of  Mr.  WillMTl'orcc  Kiiiiiph. 
Hnmklyn.N.  Y. 

Bella  (Her,  Myron).  Thu  Iiidiiui  Iimi- 
gntiKUH  of  I'ligct  Soiintl.  [Si;;iiud  M. 
KullH.] 

In  tho  Seattle  Weekly  rtHtt-IiitelliKeni^er, 
vol  5,  no. 8.  11.4,  S«allle,  Wash.,  November  20, 
IWC),  folio.    (l'IIlin(;,\V<>lle«I<'.v.> 

Uciniirkn  upon  tlin  p<M-iilinritict«  anil  Krnni- 
niatir  form. ■<  of  n  niiiiilMir  of  liinifiiiiKi'M  of  the 
northwcHt  coiimI.  iiiiionK  them  the  Miikiih. 

IiuliuiiH    of    I'linet    SoHntl.     (Sixth 

paper.)    Moasiiriiig  iiiul  valuing. 

In  Aiiicrivan  .\iiti(|iiiirlan,voI.  10.  pp.  174-17H, 
ChiciiKo,  mxH,  K''.    (Kiiniiii  of  Kthnology.) 

Niinii'rnlx,  ami  miiiirk!)  eoiicerninK  tho 
niiiiK'ral  HyHti'iii.  of  i|iiiti'  a  nnniiier  of  the  liin- 
((iiagrH  of  WaHhiiiKt^in  Territory,  anion);  them 
tbe  Kelhi  iH-lla  anil  Alit.  pp.  174-176. 

The  pretMKlin);  nrtiihis  of  the  hcriea,  all  of 
which  appeared  in  the  American  Aiiti(|iiarian. 
contain  noliiiKniHlicniiiterial.  It  waH  the  inten- 
tion of  till-  editor  of  the  Antii|iiarian,  when  the 
serii'H  hIiiiiiIiI  Im?  finifhed.  to  iHHiie  them  in  liook 
form.  So  far  im  they  wi'n<  printed  in  tho  niaji- 
azine  they  were  repa^ed  and  ])erliapi4  a  niim- 
lM;rof  Hi;i;natiii'e»  Htriiek  olf.  Tho  Hixth  ]ia|H'r, 
for  iiiHtance,  titled  almvo,  I  have  in  my  pottiteH- 
nion,  pagiMl  44-48. 

Tli«  Twaiia,  Cheniaktini,  and  Klallain 

ludiaUH  uf  Wtitthington  territory.  Uy 
Kev.  Myron  Kells. 

In  SmilliHoniaii  Iiistitiition,  annual  report  uf 
the  Itoardof  lieKentHfor  1887,  parti,  pp.6(l.'>- 
681.  Wnsliinjjjton.  1880,  8^^.     (PilliuK.) 

Niimn'iilH  1-10  of  u  number  of  languagea  of 
tbe  nortliwi  Hi  loaHt,  amonj;  them  the  Makali, 
p.  044.— ComiiicntH  upon  the  alfinitiea  ot  the 
numeralx  friven.  pp.  645-046. 

This  article  wax  isHued  aeparately,  without 
elianKe ;  and  aKain  an  I'oIIowh  : 

The  Twana,  Clicniaknin,  and  Klallain 

IiidiuuBof  Wiishingtou  territory.  By 
Kev.  Myron  Eells. 

In  .Smitimonian  Instttution,  MIhc,  I>.ipcrH 
relatinK  to  anlhropoloKy,  t'roiii  the  SmithHonian 
report  for  1886-87,  pp.  005-681,  Washiuston, 
1889,8°.    (KamCH,  rillins.) 

Lin)!iii8tic contents  a.s  under  titlenextabove. 

Aboriginal  geographic  names  in  tlie 

state  of  WiiHliington.    By  Myron  KcIIh. 
In  American  Anthropologist,  vol.  5,  ]ip.  27- 
as,  WaBhington,  1892,  8°.    (Pilling.) 
A  few  Makah  namiM  with  mounings. 


BellB  (M.)  — Cinitinned. 

Cojiy  vf  i»  Hcrmon  preaehed  by  Rev. 

Dr.  Hells  t<» tho  IntlianH at  Walhi-walla. 
In    Bnlmer  (T.   S.),    ChriHtian    jiniyerR   in 
t.'hiiiook,  II.  :iiMO. 

"Of  the  07  woriU  UHcd.  40  are  of  ('himmk  ori 
gin,  17  Nootkan.  U  SaliHii.  '.':i  Kiigliah,  2  Jargon, 
and  0  ill  French."' 

The  Hernioii  in  accompanied  by  an  interlinear 
Kngligli  traufilation. 

Sfe  Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

Kev.  Myron  Eells  was  Imrn  at  AValker'a 
Prairie,  Wasliington  Territory,  October  7,  184:i. 
He  is  the  MOM  of  Kev.  (JiiNhing  Kelly  I>  I).,  and 
Mrs.  M.  I"'.  HU'lls.  who  wi-nt  to  Oregon  in  1818  as 
misHioiiaricH  to  tJK!  .Spokane  IndiaiiH.  He  lett 
Walkcr'Hi'rairiciiilHlSon  account  of  the  Whit- 
man massacro  at  Wallawalla  and  Cayuse  war, 
and  went  to  Sah'ni,  On-g.,  where  he  began  t« 
go  to  Hchool.  In  1810  he  moved  toForcnt  (irove, 
Orcg.;  in  1851  to  Ilillsboro,  Oreg.,  and  in  1857 
again  to  Forest  (irove,  at  which  places  he  con- 
tinued his  Hcliool  life.  In  1802  he  removed  to 
Wallawalla,  spending  the  time  in  farming  and 
t bo  wood  liiisiiicss  until  18(18,  oxi'cpt  tbe  falls, 
winters,  and  springs  of  lg6,'(-'64,  1864-'a'i,  and 
1805  '66,  when  be  wasal  Forest  (irove  in  college, 
graduating  from  I'lU'itic  I'niversity  In  1800,  in 
the  second  class  which  ever  graduated  from 
that  Institution.  In  1868  he  went  to  Hartford, 
('oiiii.,  to  study  for  the  ministry,  entering  the 
Hartford  Theologii-iil  Seiiiinnry  that  year,  grad- 
uating from  it  ill  1871.  and  being  ordained  at 
Uartlord.  .Tune  l.'i,  1871.  as  a  Congregational 
minister.  Ho  went  to  Itoise  City  in  OclolH-r, 
1871,  under  the  .\nierican  Home  Missionary 
So<'icly,  organized  the  First  Congregational 
ehiircli  of  thai  jilacc  in  1872,  and  was  ini-;lorof 
i.  'iiitil  ho  left  ill  1874.  Mr.  E«'lls  was  also 
siiperiiiteiidenl  of  ils  Sunday  school  from  1872 
to  I874iiiiil  )ii'csideiitof  the  Idaho liililc Society 
from  1872  to  1874.  He  went  to  Skokoiiiish, 
Washington,  in  June,  1874,  and  has  worked  as 
missionary  of  tlie  American  Missionary  Asso- 
ciatiim  ever  since  among  th)>  Skokomifth  or 
Twanaand  Klallain  indium,  pastor  of  Coiigru- 
gatioual church  at  Skokomish  Hcscrvationsince 
1870,  and  siiperintcmlciit  of  Sunday  hcIiooI  at 
8kokoiiiisli  since  1882.  He  organi/.ed  a  Congre- 
gational church  among  the  Klaliams  in  1882.  of 
which  he  has  siiicc  liccn  pastor,  and  aiiotlicr 
among  tiio  whites  at  Scalieck  in  188U,  of  which 
bo  was  ])astor  until  1880.  In  1887  he  waschoson 
trustee  of  the  Pacific  I'niversity.  Oregon;  in 
188.")  was  elected  -  listant  secretary  and  in  1889 
secH'taryof  its  liojrdof  trustees.  Hcdelivered 
the  address  In^forc  the  ttamini  Sigma  soidety 
of  that  institution  in  1870.  before  the  alumni  in 
18!K),  and  preached  the  baccalaureate  sermon  in 
1880,  In  1888  he  WHS  chosen  triislec  of  Wliit- 
nniu  (.'ollege,  Washington,  delivered  the  com- 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES 


21 


I  or 

«ru- 
iiice 
il  lit 

jjro- 

a.  of 

tlH'l- 

liii'ii 

D8UII 

in 

1889 
ercd 
i«ty 
liin 
III  in 
I'liit- 
bou- 


Bells  ( M. )  —  Coiitiuiieil. 

nuMit'i-iiu-iit  lulilriKH  tliuro  in  188H  itnd  rectiiv<<il 
Uw  df);ri-u  of  I>.1>.  from  tliiit  iiiMtitiition  in 
IMW).     In  188H  III'  wiiH  ulvrtcd  iU  linnnriHl  m-vrv- 
tur.v  and  in  1H»1  nun  imkfd  to  Iteconie  jin-Hident  I 
of  tli(>  inHtitution.  lint  deolini-d  liotli.  I 

Ho  WHR  ttle<'t<>d  un  Miio<'iat«t  nit'ni)H>r  of  tlir 
Vil-toria  Institiilii  of  Lom'on  in  18X1,  uud  a 
oorroMiHinding  niunilwrof  tlio  Antliropolo);i<Mil  i 
SiK.-iety  ut  \Viii«liln);ton  in  1885,  to  both  uf  wliicli   I 
Mot'iHiieit  ]u   liMH  fiirnixliod  |iH|iorH  wliicli  liavo  ' 
liet-n  piilditilii'd  liy  tliiMii.    He  wiih  alito  idecti-d 
vii'ti-|iro8id<>nt  of  tile  Wliitnmn  IliHtoricid  ScmI-   ^ 
«ty  at  WallHwalla  in  1M4U.     Fnmi  1874  to  188tl 
III)  WHH  t'irrk  of  tliii  ('on,'!r«Kational  AHiMM-iation  ', 
of  Ori'Kon  and  Wanliinuton. 

Mr.  KiIIh  diirinir  18»:i  liild  tlin  poHition  of 
Superint4<.idcntoftlu'])t'partiii<>iitiif  Ktlinolofcy 
for  llio  State  of  WaHhingtun  at  tlm  World'« 
t'olnniliian  Kx]>oRition. 

Ellis  (Rol)oit).     reruviii  .Sc ythicn.  |  The 
I  (jiuicliiiii    laiiKuago    of    IVrit:  |  itH  | 
4l«>rivtiti(>u  from  contrul  AhIii  with  the 
American  |  liiUKiiiiKe.s  in  freuoral,  aiid 
with  the  Turanian  |  and  Iberian  Inn- 
gnagcs  of  the  old  world,  |  including  | 
the  Ba8(|ue,  tlie  Lyeian,  and  the  Pro- 
Aryan  I  language  of    Etruria.  |  Hy  | 
Robert  Ellia,  B.  1).,  |  anthor  of  "The  | 
Aniutic  affinities  of  the  old  Italiann", 
and  late  follow  |  of  .St.  .ToIid'b  college, 
Cainbridge. '[Quotation,  throe  lines.]  | 

London :  I  Trilbnor  &  co.,~u  &  59,  Lud- 
gat«  hill.  I  1875.  |  All  rights  rosorvod. 

Title  vofKO  name  of  printer  1  1.  ])rcfa('u  jip. 
iiivii,  contentH  pp.  ix-xi,  errata  p.  [xii],  t<'xt 
pp.  1-219. 8o. 

A  few  wordH  in  tlio  Nootlta  lancuaKi'.  pp. 
118.  120,  124,  i;iO. 

Copiex  Men:  KritiMli  Mii«enm,  Kanii'H,  Wat- 
kiDHon. 

Ellis  (W.)  An  autlientic  |  narrative  | 
of  a  I  voyage  |  performed  by  |  Captain 
C'ook  and  Captain  Gierke,  |  in  his 
nuiJesty'H  ships  |  Kosidution  and  l>is- 
covery.  |  Dnriug  tlie  years  177t>,  1777, 
1778,  1779,  and  1780;  |  in  searrli  of  a 
nortli-wost  passage  |  Between  tiie  Con- 
tinents of  Asia  anil  Anioric:).  |  In- 
cluding I  A  faithful  .Vccountof  iill  thiir 
Discoveries,  and  the  |  unfortunate 
Death  of  Captain  (!ook.  |  IlluHtiated 
with  I  a  chart  an<l  a  Variety  of  (^uts.  | 
By  W.  Ellia,  |  assistant  surgeon  toltoth 
vessels.  |  Vol.  I[-II].  | 


Ellis  (W.)  —  Continued. 

London,  |  rrinted   for  (i.   liobiimon, 
I'atcr-noHter   How;  J.    Sewell,  j  Corn- 
hill;     and    .L    Debrott,    Piccadilly.  | 
MDCCLXXXII[1782]. 

2voIm..  0  p.  II.  pp.  l-:i.'iS,  t  I.;  4  p.  II.  pp.  I- 
:i47,  8'. 

ViHNilinlary  (aliont  KM)  woviIh)  alplialMttli'ully 
arrantcetl,  of  tlio  lanKiiiiKU  of  KliiK  (leorKn'it 
Soni  '.  vol.1,  pp.  224-229. 

Copwi  §eeii  :  llritiHli  MuH«<iini. 

An    anthentic   |   narrntivtt  |  of   a  | 

voyage  |  performed  by  |  Captain  Cook 
and  Captain  Clerke,  |  in  his  majeflty's 
ships  I  Hesolutiiui  and  Discovery,  | 
During  the  Years  177(!,  1777, 1778, 1779, 
and  1780;  |  in  search  of  a  |  north-west 
passage  |  Between  the  Continents  of 
Asia  and  America.  Including  |  A  faith- 
ful Account  of  all  tiieir  Discoveries, 
and  the  |  nnfortiinato  Death  of  Caittain 
Cook.  I  Illustrated  witti  |  a  chart  and 
a  Variety  of  cuts.  |  By  W.  Ellis,  | 
assistant  surgeon  to  both  vessels.  |  The 
second  j'dition.  |  Vol.  I[-II]. 

London,  |  Printed   for  (i.  Kobinson, 
Pater-nostcr   Row;   .F.   8e well,  |  Corn- 
bill;     and    .1.    i  ebrett,    Piccadilly.  | 
MDC(;LXXXIII[178;i]. 

2  vidH.:  Iialf-titlti  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verao 
blank  I  l.niap.  tuxt  pp.  l-%8.  contuntM  pp.(:i59- 
:i6l|.  diri'i'tion.s  for  plarhi);  i'IiIh  p.  |:I7I|:  half- 
title  verso  blank  1  I.  title  verMo  blank  1  I. con- 
tents 2  II.  text  pp.  l-.">47,  8^. 

I.!n}:iiiHt  ie  eniitentHaH  under  title  next  aliove. 

Copiet  iren  :  A  dtor. 

Znvorliissige     Xachricbt     von     der 

dritten  ttiid  let/.ten  Keise  dor  Kap. 
Cook  und  CHerko  in  don  koniglichen 
Schill'cn,  die  Kosolution  und  Discovery, 
in  den  Jahren  1770  bis  1780,  besoiulers 
ill  dor  Absicht,  eino  uordwcstliche 
Durcbfartb  [«ic]  zwischen  Asion  und 
Amcrika  aiistindig  /.u  luachen.  \'on 
W.  Ellis,  5Jnterwuiidar/,t  anf  beyden 
ScbiflVn.  Alls  deiu  liiigliselien  ilber- 
sel/1,  iiebst  eiiior  Cliai  .i-. 

Frankfurt  und  Loip/ig,  anf  Kosten 
dor  Nerlagskasse.     178H.  (*) 

:)24  pji.  map,  8 '.  Title  from  Sabin'a  Dirtion- 
arv,  no.  22.134. 

Enasen  (F.)     Hoe  Lemmens  (T.  N.)  and 
Ensseu  (F.) 


32 


BIBLIOUKAPHY   OV   THE 


i 


i 


Feathennan(A.)   Kocial  hiHtory  |  of  tlu<  ' 
I  riic4'Muf  TMinkind.  |  Firnt  diviHioii:  |    i 
NiKritiiiiiH[-Tliir«l    diviNion:  |   Aonoo- 
MHriuiuiiiiiim].  |  ]\y  |  A.  KeiitlMM-niun.  | 
rTwolititmiiiiotiitioii.]  I 

Loiuluu:  I  TrllbiKT  Sc  en.,  LiulKatu  i 
Hill.  I  1885t-lH8»J.  i  (All  ii>,'lit.H  r<'-  : 
served.)  , 

3  voIh.  8°. 

A  Keiivral  diaciiHRion  iit'  ii  number  of  North 
AiiutricHii  I'niiiilU'HwciirH  iu  vol.  :i,  iiiiioiiKthiMii 
tliK  Nootkn,  wlilcli  liirlu(1«'H  II  IVw  wohIh  pax- 
hIiii,  iiikI  brief  remarkx  iiiinn  tbe  liiniKiinKu  iiiiil 
ItH  Kraiiiiiiar,  ]>p.  340-:i50. 
Copifnteen:  CoiigrKSx. 

Field  (TlioinaH  Warren)-  An  cSHay  | 
towardH  an  |  Indian  1)ibliii>;raphy.  | 
Keingn  |  catalof^nt^of  booka,  |  relating 
to  the  I  history,  antiqnitieH,  langnageB, 
cnntoniM,  religion,  wivrH,  litoriitiir«s  and 
origin  of  the  |  American  Indians,  |  in 
the  library  of  |  Thomas  W.  Field.  With 
bibliograplncal  and  historical  notes, 
and  I  synopHes  of  the  contents  of  some 
of  I  tbe  works  least  known.  | 

New  York:  |  Scribner,  Armstrong, 
and  CO.  I  1873. 

Title  verHo  iiiiinoH  of  printers  1 1.  preface  pp. 
iii-iv,  text  pp.  1-430,80. 

Titles  and  tlcHcriptiouHof  bookH  in  or  relating; 
to  the  .WakaHban  langiiagSM,  pasHim. 

Oopieg  teen  ;  Conjjres-,  Kanii-H,  Pilling. 

At  the  Field  nale,  no.  6R8,  a  cogty  brought 
$4.25;  at  the  Munzies  Halo,  no.  718,  ii  "  half- 
crushed,  nnl  b^vant  moroc(;o,  gilt  top,  unout 
copy,"  brought  $5.50.  Priced  by  Le<dorc,  1878, 
18  fr. ;  by  Quaritch,  no.  U9I)0, 15*. ;  at  tbe  I'inart 
sale,  no.  368,  it  brought  17  I'r. ;  at  the  Murphy 
sale,  no.  949,  $4.50.  Priced  by  Quaritch.  no. 
30224,  U. 

Catalogue  |  of  the  |  library  |  belong- 
ing to  I  Mr.  Thomas  W.  Field.  |  To  be 
sold  at  anctiou,  |  by  |  Hangs,  Merwin 
*co.,  I  May  24th,  1875,  |  ami  following 
days.  I 

New  York.  |  1875. 

Cover  title  22  lino.t,  title  as  above  verso  blan  k 
1  1.  notice  etc.  pp.  iii-viii,  text  pp.  l-i370,  list  of 
prieespp.  377-393.  supplement  pp.  1-59,8°.  Corn- 
piled  by  Joseph  Sabin.  iiiuinly  from  Mr.  Field'H 
Essay,  title  of  whii;b  is  given  above. 

Contflins  titles  of  a  number  of  works  in  and 
relating  to  the  Wakaslian  languages,  passim. 

Copies  seen:  Bureau  of  Rthnology.Congress. 
Eames. 

At  the  Squier  sale,  <'alalogue  no.  117.'<,  an 
uncut  copy  brought  $1.25. 


P. 

Fillmore  (John  C'omfort).  A  woman's 
Hong  of  the  Kwakintl  Intlians. 

In  •lournal  of  Am.  Kolk-htre,  m>1.  tl,  pp.  285> 
'.*tm,  lloslim  and  New  Vork,  1894.  H'.    (IMlliuK-) 

Song  with  music,  pp.  VSiV  288. 

Fleurieu  (Charles   Pierre  Claret,  Comte 
lie).    Voyage  |  antonr  du  montle,  |  pen- 
dant les  anm^os  1790,  17i»l,  et  1792,  j 
Par    r.tienne    Marchand,   |  pr(^c/>d<^  | 
d'uneintrodnction  historii|ne;  |  anquel 
onajoint  |  desrechercheH  NiirlcHterres 
aiistrales   de    Drake,  |  et  |  un  exanien 
criti(|iie  du  voyage  de    Koggcweeii;  | 
avec  carteset  lignres:  |  Par  C.  1'. Claret 
Fleurieu,  |  De   I'lnstitiit  national   des 
Hcience.H  et  ilcs  Arts,  et  du  Bureau  | 
des  Longitudes.  |  Tome  I[-II.  III.  (jua- 
trieme],  | 

A  Paris,  dol'impriiuuiie  de  la  Kei»nl»- 
lique.  I  All  Vlf-VIlI]  [1798-1800]. 

4  voliitiicn,  4°. 

XiimeralH  1-10,  20,  4U,  of  tlie  language  of  the 
Indians  of  NiM>tka  .Sound,  from  Cook,  com- 
pared with  tlic  same  from  Dixon,  vol.  1,  p.  284. 

Copim  teen  :  Astor,  Itancroft,  Kritish 
Mnsuuni,  OongresH,  Harvard. 

Voyage  |  autour  dn  nioude,  pendant 

les  annces  1790,  1791  et  1792,  |  Par 
£tienne  Marchand,  |  prec(^d(^  |  d'uuo 
introduction  hiHtori(|Uo;  |  aiiqnel  on  a 
joint  I  des  rcchiTch«is  sur  les  terres 
aiistrales  de  Drake,  |  et  |  nn  exanien 
criti<ine  du  voyage  de  Roggewcen;  | 
avec  carteset  figures:  |  Par (\ P. Claret 
Fleurieu,  |  De  I'lnstitut  national  des 
Sciences  et  de-sArts,  |  etdu  Bureau  des 
Longitudes.  |  Tome  I[-V].  | 

A  Paris,  |  de  rimprinierie  de  la  R(^pnb- 
lique.  I  An  VI[-VIII]  [1798-1800]. 

5  vols.  8^  and  atlas  4°. 

Lingui.-ttic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
vol.2,  1).  107. 

Copies  seen:  Astoc,  Hrilisli  Museum. 

A  I  voyage  |  ri)ii?id  the  world,  |  per- 
formed I  during  the  y«  ;irs    1790,  1791, 
and    1792,  |  by  |  fitienne   Marchand,  | 
preceded  |  by  a  historical  introduction, 
I  and  I  Illustrated    by    Charts,  etc.  | 
Translated  from  the  French  |  of  |  C.  P. 
Claret  Fleurieu,  |  of  the  National  insti- 
tute of  arts  and  sciences,  and  of  tbe 
lioard  of  |  longitude  of  France.  |  Vol. 
1[-I1I].  I 
London :  |  printed  for  l\  N.  Longmau 


WAKASIIAN    LANOUAGKS. 


23 


ileH 
idea 


Fleurleu  (C.  P.C.)  — <'»iitliiiuMl. 
an«l  <>.  K<'<>8,  I'litornimtrr-row;  luiil    T. 
Ca*li>ll,  Jnii.  I  11)1)1  \V.  DiivifH,  Stniiul. 
I  1801. 

nvolH.4\       Vi.l.  III.  ChartK,  ix." 
LlnK<il>*ti<'  roiiti-ntH   hh  iiiiil<<r  tilltw  uIhivi'. 
vol.1,  |>.l'r..'i. 

Copifi  $ern :  CiiiiKruHH. 

A  I  voyiij{0  I  round  the  world.  |  \hiy- 

funned  |  during  tlio  yoarH  17!H>,  17!)1, 
imd    1792,  I  by  |  Ktioiinu   Miirchiind,  | 
preredfd  |  by  a  limtoriciil  introduction, 
I  and  I  llluHtriit«Ml    by  Charts,   etc.  | 
TriuiHlnted  from    tln'    French  |  of  |  ('. 
r.  Cliiret  FltMiriou,  |  of   the  National 
iuHtitute  of  arts  and  Mciences,  |  and  of 
the  Board  of  longitadu  of  France.  | 
Vol.  I[-IIJ.  I 

London :  |  printed  for  T.  N.  Lon^niau 
and  O.  Rees,  Pater-  |  nostcr-row ;  and 
T.Cadell,  jun.  and  W.  DavieH,  |  in  the 
Strand.  |  1801. 

2  vuIh.:  title  vitho  note  etc,  1  I.  roiitenlH  ,') 
pBgcH,  list  of  (tlateit  2  pagCH,  I'mitii  1  |iii|;<', 
iidvertiHumont  3  II.  intHMliii'tioii  )ip.  icvi,  text 
jip.  l-.WOj  title  viTHO  iiiimo  of  priiitor  1  1.  con- 
tents  pp.  iii-ziii,  vrriiU  p.  [xiv],  tt-zt  pp,  1-(MJ3. 
Journal  of  the  route  p|>.  l-10!i,  8<^. 

LinituiHtic  contents  nx  under  titleHaUovt',  vol. 
1,  p.380. 

Coj)ie$*eeii:  British  Museum,  CoiignwH. 

The  1t(il)an  catalogue,  no.  2425,  given  title  of 
an  edition:  PariH,  1X41,  4  vols. 4°. 

Forster  (Johann  (icor^f  Adam).  Ge- 
Nc-hichte  der  Keisen,  |  die  seit  Cook  |  an 
der  I  NordwoHt-  uud  Nordost-Kliste  | 
von  Atnerika  nnd  in  domlnordliohBteii 
Ainerika  iselbst  |  von  |  Menres,  Dixon, 
Portlock,Coxe,Longu.  a.  M.  nntcrnoni- 
nien  wordeu  sind.  |  Mit  vielen  Karten 
nnd  Kupfcrn.  |  Aus  deiii  Englisclu-ii,  | 
mit    Zuziebnug    aller    anderweitigcii 


Forster  (.F.<J.  A.)  —  ('niitinut-d. 

lll|]fN(|iifll<'n,auHKearlM-it«>t  von  lieorg 
Forn(er.  I  i;rntir[-l)ritt«'r|   llaml.  | 

Merlin, I'iM.  |  IndfrN'osHlHrhen  llu<h- 
liandliing. 

:ivol«. :  pp.  i-i\.  1  1.  pp.  i-i:m,  i-ao-.>;  :,  p.  ii. 
pp.l-XXll,  l-:il4;  I  XV.  i  ill.  1-74,  l-^wo,  4  . 

C'MMi|iarallve  vii.'iihiiliiiy  and   tiiiiiirnilH  of  n 

iiuniherof  lanuoiiu'rs  of  tlir  nnrtliwcxt  i  inihI, 

among  tlii'ni  tlitt  liidiiiimnf  KliigOi'iirgc  Sound 

(from  rortloik  mill  Iiimhii.  vol  '.'.  pp. 2ltl-'.'IT. 

Ciiliirs  tent :  Astor,  llritiMli  .Mum'iim,  Har- 
vard. 

Fouquet  (I'ire—).     See  Petitot  (K.  F. 

S..I.) 

Fry  (Rdniunil).    l'antogr.i]>liia;  contain- 
ing accnrato  copies  of  all  theknown  | 
alplialict.s  in  the  world;  |  to};ctlicr  with 
I  an  Eii);iiKh  explanation  of  the  pecu- 
liar I  force  or  power  of  each  letter:  |  to 
which    are    added,  |  Hpet-iniens  of   all 
well-authciiticateil  |  oral  language.^;  | 
forming  |  a  ct>mprehen8i  .e  digest  of  | 
phonology.  I  Hy  1  (ImundFry,  |  Letter- 
Founder,  'ryi)e-Street.  | 

liOndon. ,  Printed  hy  Cooper  and  Wil- 
son, I  For.hdiu  and  Arthur. \r<:li,(irace 
church-street;  |  .lohii  White,  Fleet- 
Street;  .loiin  KdwanlH,  Pall-Mall,  and 
John  Debrctt,  Piccaililly.  MDCCXCLV 
[1799]. 

Tithi  verso  blank  1  l.dcilication  vitho  errata 
1  1.  preface  pp.  i-xxlv,  talilc  of  aynouynis  p. 
XXV,  authiiritlt'M  iiuotcil  ]ip.  \\vi  xxix,  liNt  of 
HuliHcrilMM'H  |ip.  xx\-\xxvi.  half  title  d'anlo- 
grapliia)  ]i.  1,  text  pp.  2-:i07,  appendix  pp.  .IUr<- 
:i20,  8  ■. 

Vm'aliularyof  thclaliKungeof  the  Indians  nf 
Xootka Sound  (IK!  wonU,  from  CiHik),  p.  210. 

Coiiii'ii  neen  :  Astor,  ISohIou  AthcnaMini,  Ilrit- 
ixli  MiiHcuni,  fontircHH,  Rainex. 

At  the  SquiiT  Half  a  ro)>y.  ratalogue  no.  385, 
l>rouKlit.1i2.1.1. 
Fuca  Straits  Indians.    .Seo  Maka. 


G. 


,1 

ion, 

•I 

P. 

Hti- 

tbe 

Wo\. 

lau 


[Oaliano(A  DioninioAleala).]  Uclacion 
I  del  viago   hecho  por    las    goletas  | 
Sntil  y  Mexicitna  |  en  el  aflo  de  1792  j 
para  reconocer  el  estrecho  de  Fuca ;  | 
con  una  iutroduecion  |  en  que  se  da 
notieia    de  las  expediciones  oxecii-  | 
tadns  anterionnente  por  los  Espanoles 
en  buBca  |  del  paso  del  uoroeate  de  la 
America.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

De    orden    del    rey.  |  Madrid   en   la 
imprenta  real  |  aHo  de  1802. 


Oaliano  (D.  A.)  —  Continued. 

'I'itli'  ver.so  bliink  1  I.  indiie  :i  II.  verso  of  last 
one  lilank,  [t'ontentil  4  11.  introdureiou  pp.  i- 
.'.Ixvii,  advertencia  p.  clxviii,  text  l>p- 1-1*'',  8'; 
athiH,  folio;  appendix.  1806,  20  pp. 

Variaa  palabras  [28]  del  idioma  que  se  habla 
eu  la  lioea  S.  del  Canal  do  Fuca  [Makaj  y 
susequivalentcsen  eaittellano,  p.  41.— Nombred 
[11]  que  dan  Io.h  naturales  li  varioa  puutos  de 
la  entrada  de  .loan  du  Fuca  [Maka],  p.  42.— 
Vocabulario  [4iiOwordM]  del  idioma  do  los  habi- 
tantes  de  Nutka,  pp.  178-184. 


94 


HIBLIOGRAPIIY   OF   TIIK 


OaUano  (I>.  A.)  — ContiiniiMl. 

('i>f>Us  irtn :  ltaiii'riil't.(  'uug,Tv»»,  \a'W>\,  Nkw 
Yi.rk  HNtorlcMl  SiMlrty. 

A  Krpncli  trnnMlutloii  uftliiii  work,  In  iiintiii' 
M'riiit,  in  |iiiu<'N.  -I  '.  wim  Holil  Ht  tli<<  Miiori-Hiili' 
(■III.  1M7H),  III  Kttliruary,  1804. 

Oal]atin(Allii'rt).  A  N,vno|iHiM  of  tlicln- 
tliini  trilH'N  within  tho  I'liitoil  HtittuH 
oitHt  of  tlio  Kocky  MiinutaiiiH,  uiwl  in 
thi«  HritiMJi  anil  RuHHimi  iioMMi'HHioiiH  in 
North  AnnTiiii.  Uy  th<^  Hi»u.  AHmit 
Onllatin. 

Ill  AiiKTiniii  Aiitli|iiarlaii  S<h'.  'rriiiiM. 
( Arcliii-oliiKlii  Aiiii>riniiiii).viil.  '.>.  |i|i.  l-4'J2.<'iiiii 
hrlilgf,  18.'tO,  M". 

ViM'tiliiiliiry  (40  worilH)  nl'  tli<>  Iudkumki'  uI' 
Nootkit  Soiiiiil  (from  .Ii-wilt),  ji. :i71.  — Vim^uImi- 
Ury  ('JX  MorilH)  nf  tlin  |Mukii|  Iiiiikiiiiuo  oI'  tint 
HtrnltH  1)1°  Kiioii  (I'roin  Alrnlu'CiillHito).  ]i.  :i7H. 

Hale'H  ladiaiiH  of  North -went  Anii-r- 

ica,anil  voculniiarit^H  of  Nortli  Anifrira ; 
with  an  introilnctioii.  Uy  Allx-rt  <ial- 
hitin. 

Ill  Aiiipricnn  Ktli.  S<m'.  Trnim.  vol.  2,  pp.  xxlii- 
clxxxvHi,  1-13(1,  Ni'w  York,  184H,  H'"'. 

Vo«;ubulury  of  the  N«»vitte<i  (I'lO  wohIr),  pp. 
80-9.'>.— Vot'iihiilary  ol  tli«  HuIUhii,  iiiiiI  oI'  IIk- 
HiM'ltziik  (45  worilH  <-hi'Ii).  p.  10:i.  Tlii'mi  iirx 
IncliulPtI  iiiulcr  tilt'  NiiHrt  I'niiiily.  toKctlit'r  witli 
tlinnilli'i'lioi>'it  anil  <'liiiiiiii('Hynii.--ViM'al>iilai'y 
(00  worilH)  ol'  till'  laniiiiflKi-  of  N'uutka  Sound,  p. 
121. 

Tnlilr  of  jft'iieric   Inttian  faiiiilicH  of 

hiu^naK<-s. 

Ill  Schoolcraft  (II.  R.),  Iniliaii  triln-H,  vol.  3, 
pp.:ig7-4U2. 1'liiludt'lphia.  \»ivAA-\ 

IiicludcH  the  WukaRli  and  itn  aulNllviHions, 
p.  402. 

Albert  (iallaliu  was  liom  in  Omiovn,  Switzer- 
lautn,  iTauiiary  29,  1761,  and  died  in  AHtorin. 
L.  :i.,  AiigiiHt  12,  1840.  Young  AllMrt  liad 
bwn  baptizuci  by  the  iiumcof  .Vbrabani  AII'oumo 
Allxirt.  In  1773  ho  woh  Nciit  to  a  boanliiij; 
Hchool  and  a  year  later  fiit'Tcd  t\w  rnivernlty 
ofOcmiva,  whi'ivlii)WH8«raduatfd  in  1770.  lit' 
Hailed  from  I.'Orii'iit  lat«  in  May,  1780,  and 
rrachod  Himton  on  July  14.  Unentered  Con- 
ijfcus  on  l)eeeiiil«;r  7,  170f),  and  roiilinued  a 
menilierof  that  IxMly  until  IiIh  appoliitiiient  us 
Secretary  of  tlic  Treasury  in  1801,  wliieli  otiieo 
he  liebl  co:iliiiuoiiMly  until  1813.  IIii«  xervieeM 
were  rewarded  with  the  appointment  of  mill- 
inter  to  Kranee  in  February,  1815;  he  entered 
on  the  diitieHof  thiAottice  in  January,  1810.  In 
1826,  at  tile  Molieitation  of  I're.sident  Adanm.  he 
accepted  the  H|ipointment  of  envoy  extraordi- 
nary to  Great  Itritain.  Oil  liis  n<tiirn  to  the 
United  States  ho  settled  in  \ew  York  t'ity, 
where,  from  1831  to  1839,  lie  was  president  of  t  he 
National  Bank  of  New  York.  In  l.'<-l2howa« 
ass04-iatedinthi)e.Ht.'ibIislimentoftlie  Aiiieriean 
Ktlinological  ijooioty,  IjeooniinK  its  tint  presi- 


Oallatlii  (A.)  — Continiind. 

ilent.niid  in  IHCI  he  was  elo'letl  to  hold  a  nlml- 
larol!li'elii  the  New  York  Illslorieul Society,  iiii 
honorwhieli  waHaiinuall.veoiiferreftonhiniiiiitll 
his  death.  — .{ I'jiUtiiu' »  f'l/eloii.  i\f  \m.  Iliiig. 

Oatsohet  (AUxtrt  Siinnutl).  Imlian  lun- 
KiiuKeH  of  tln^  Pacitif  xtateH  mill  terri- 
torii-H. 

In  .MnKailne of  American  itlNtor\ .  vol.  u,  pp. 
14.M71,  New  York,  1877,  4  . 

Ilrief  references  to  tlie  Niiotkn  lanKuaue,  its 
dialects,  and  their  territorial  iMiiimlarleH. 

IsRiieil  separately,  with  half-title,  as  fidlows: 

Imlian    langnaKc*  |  of  tb«  |  Fucillc 

HtatrM  anil  tiMritorit'H  |  liy  |  Albert  H. 
(tatHihet  I  Ki^printiil  from  March  [1H77] 
Xuinlier  of  Thfl  MaKOi^iix*  i>t'  Aniaricati 
IliNtory 

[Ni-w  York   1877] 

Half  tilh'  verwi  blank  I  I.  text  pp.  14.5-171, 
sm.4'. 

MD){uistic  contents  as  under  title  next  aiNtve. 

Coiiiemieen:  Astor,  KaiiieM.  I'illiii);.  Wellesley. 

Keprinted  in  the  folhiwin^  works: 

Beach  i\Y.  \V.),  Indian  Miscellany,  pp.  416- 
447,  Alliany,  1S77,8'^. 

Drake  (S.  (i.),  AboriKiiial  races  of  North 
America,  pp.  748-703,  \ew  York.  1 18821, 8\ 

A  siipplenieiitary  pai>er  by  the  same  author 
and  with  the  siiiue  title,  which  appeared  in  the 
.Magaf.ine  of  .Aiiierican  History,  vol,  8,  contains 
no  Wakaslian  material. 

Albert  Samuel  (iatschet  was  born  in  St.  Heat- 
eiiberB,  in  the  Bernese  Oberlaiid,  Switzerland. 
0(tol)er3, 1832.  His  propiedeutic  education  was 
acqiiiroil  in  the  lyceuins  of  Neiicbutel  (18t3- 
1845)  ami  of  Benie  (1846-1852).  after  which  he 
followed  courses  in  the  universities  of  Berlin 
and  Berlin  (18.52-18.58).  His  studies  hiul  for 
their  object  thcancient  world  in  all  itsplinsesof 
religion,  history,  lanumige.  and  art,  and  thereby 
his  attention  was  at  an  early  day  directetl  to 
pliilologic  researches.  In  1805 he  begauthe pub- 
lication of  a  series  of  brief  monographs  on  the 
bical  etyii'''o,:vof  his  country,  entitled  "Oris- 
etymologiscbe  i'<  rscliungen  aus  der  Scbweiz" 
(1865  18tl7).  !s>  '.807  lie  spent  several  months 
in  London  mir  iiing  antiquarian  studies  in  the 
British  .'i;'!»i'.,ni.  In  1808  ho  set  tied  in  New  Y'ork 
and  bci.iiiie  a  contributor  to  various  domestic 
and  foreign  periodicals,  mainly  on  scientitto 
subje  «.  liWftiiig  into  ftinore  attentive  study 
of  the  Anici  i /ail  Indians,  he  published  several 
comiiositioiis  upon  their  languages,  the  most 
important  of  which  is  "  /wiilf  Sprachen  ana 
deiu  Siblwesteii  Nordamerikas."  Weimar,  1876. 
Tiiis  led  to  bis  appointiiient  to  the  position 
of  ethnologist  iii  the  t'nited  .States  Geological 
Survey,  under  MnJ.John  \V.  Powell,  in  March, 
1877.  when  he  removed  to  Washington,  and  first 
employed  himself  in  airangiiig  the  Ungiiistio 
MiAniiscripta  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
now  the  property  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 


1  ;  ! 
i  ; 

ij: 
»:»  ■' 


Wi 


WAKAftllAN   LANailVGES. 


25 


Oataohet  (A.  M.)  — Continiicil. 

wlilcli  I'liriiiH  II  imrtof  till'  Siiiithminiaii  Innlitii 
tliili.  Mr.  tiiitm-lii'l  lull  i-viT  Kliirc  Imn'Ii  iMtlvi-ly 
c<iiiiii<cl<<il  with  tliJit  liiiri'nii.  To  liini'iim'  lit 
lIliKiiiNtir  I'olliMrlliiiiit  mill  to  I'Xtt'iiil  Mn  iiM  II 
Mtiidli^H  or  tliK  Inihiiii  liinuiiaKi'H.  hi'  Iiim  iiiiiiIi' 
•Xtt-lixlVK  til|m  III'  lliicnlHtlr  iinil  •■(liiiiil"):li' 
Kxiilorttdnii  iitiiiiiiu  till'  ItiilliitiHiil'  Niirtli  Aiiirr 
li'H.  AltiT  ri'ttirnltiu  I'riiin  a  nix  iihiiiIIih 
•ujoiirn  Hiiiiiii);  tin'  Kliiiiiiitli'<  anil  Kalaiiiiyiii 
III'  Itri'KiiU,  m'ttlfil  oil  IhiIIi  hIiIi'M  iiT  tlir  CitMiailr 
KuuKi'i  lii^  viMilcil  till-  Kaliilia  tii  S>iiilli(^iriilliiii 
•ml  tliii  riiu'litit  uiiil  Sli<'thiia.'<ha  III'  LniiixiHiia 
lu  18HI-'H2.  till!  Ku.vowr.  ('iininiirlii',  Aparln'. 
YuttaiiHer,  (^iililii  NiiUtrlii',  MihIim',  riiiI  iillirr 
Irilii'M  ill  tliK  Iniliaii  Ti-rrlton  ,  tlm  'I'linkawi' 
mill  l.lpaiiN.  ill 'ri'xab.niiil  llir  Atiiknpa  InillniiH 
ul'  LiiiiiHiiiiia  ill  IHH4  'H.'i.  In  IHM  In- Haw  tlir 
ThiHkalti'i'H at  Sail illn.  Mi'x iio. a rriiiiiant of  tlii' 
Naliiui  rai'c.  Iiriiii({lit  IIiiti'  iilioiit  lAT'i  I'ruiii 
Aiialiiiar,  iiiiil  waH  tlio  llritt  totliHrovrr  tliraltiii 
Ity  oftlif  Ililiixi  laiiKiiuttr  with  tlii'  Simian  lam 
tly.  IIiMilHiii'oiiiinittt'd  to  writing;  till-  Tiiintka 
or  Toiiii'a  lan^iiacii  of  I.miiHiana.  ik-vit  iH'I'nri' 
lnvrMti);atril.  anil  foriiiiiiKaliiiKiiistiH  family  of 
iUi'lf.  KxriirHioim  to  otlicr  (lartHiif  tlnroiiiitry 
brmiKht  to  liin  Uiiiiwli'i1;;i>  otiici'  Iiiilian  Ian- 
guagcH:  till' Tiiiikaroro,  Car..: 'lUawaKt.  IVnoh- 
iwot,  anil  Ktininkawa. 

Mr.  (iatacliot  hag  written  an  I'xti'nMlviTi'port 
enibotlyin);  liia  rPNoarcluw  anions  tliii  Kliuiiath 
Lakoaiiil  Moiloclniliaiixof  Ori'Kon.whieli  funiiH 
Vol.  II  of  "rontrlliiitioiiH  to  North  Aiiiprirnn 
Etlinolojiy.  '  It  li*  in  two  parts,  which  aj:;;rr- 
gatc  I.S'JH  pajfi'M.  AiiiouK  thi'  trilii'M  antl  Ian- 
Kiia<:i'H  lUsruMHiMl  liy  him  in  auparati*  piihll' 
ratioim  ari«  Hii'  Timnriia  (Floritla).  Toilkawi' 
(Toxnx).  Viima  (Cahlornia.  Arizona,  Mi-xlco), 
riu'inif'to  (California),  Iloothiik  (Xowfoiinil- 
Inml),  Trffk.  anil  lUtihiti  (Alaliaina).  IIIh 
unniorouH  piihlicationM  ari'  nuattrri'il  through 
nia;;azint'H  anil  govHrnmi'iit  riiportH.  moiiii'  Iwinj; 
ooiitainiKl  in  tho  ProcerilinuH  of  thu  AiUfrican 
IMiilomiphlcal  Smiuty,  Pliilailelphia. 

General  dlHi-usHion  r 

HulltHuk  Soil  Anderson  (A.  C.) 

Halltauk  UiiHrhmaun  (J.  ('.  E.) 

Hailtsiik  (Hlilis((i.) 

HailtHiik  Latham  (U.(i.) 

Ilailtsiik  rrlchiird  (J.C) 

Klaokwat  Itii.schmann  (J.  ('.  K.) 

Klaokwat  (iililis  ((i.) 

Klaokwat  Latham  (It.  t).) 

Kwakintl  Andersmi  (.V.C.) 

Kwakiutl  DawHoii  ((i.  M.) 

Maka  Ki'IIh  (M.) 

Nitinat  Knipi>(0.) 

Nntka  Balbi  (A.) 

Xntka  Bancroft  (H.  H., 

Nntka  I<ii8chmann(.T.  C.  K.) 

Xiitka  (iatHchet(A.S.) 

Nntk  Oibbx  (U.) 

Kutka  .Tl^han  (L.  F.) 

Nntka  Latham  (U.<:.) 

Mutka  Priuliard  <J.  C.) 


Oheneral  iliNi'iiHitioti  —  ('iintiiiiip<l. 


Nntka 

KiMini'l'inil  iC  del. 

Ckwnltu 

AnilcrHon  ( A.  ('  ) 

Wakanh 

llia.h(\V.  W  ) 

WakHHli 

Ik-rKliaiiii  (II.) 

WakiiHli 

Drake  (S(i.) 

Wakanli 

Lalbiim  (K  <i.) 

Wakanh 

Tri'iimiry. 

denteii : 

Kwakiiill 

s. 

1'  lliHin  (K.) 

Nntka 

lloMI  iK.) 

Oeographic  iiuiik'h  : 

Maka 

Si 

iiKi'llHtM.) 

Muka 

Swan  (.1.0.) 

Oeological  .Siir 

oy: 

'I'licm  wiirilH  liillowiiiK 

or  within  piiri'iitlii'M'H  jitli  r  a  imti'  inilicatr  tlul 
a  lop)  •  It  III'  work  ri'lcri'i'i'  to  Ii.im  Iiciii  hitii  Ii> 
the  compiler  In  the  library  of  the  I'liited  SlatcM 
lieoloicical  Survey,  WaithlnKtiin,  I»,  ('. 

Oibb«(/>t'.  (lOoi'Ku).  .SiuitliHiiiiiiiti  miHrcI- 
lancoiis  ciillfcMiiiiH.  Kil  A  |  tlictioiiury 
I  tit'  the  I  ('hiiiiiok  .lar^oi),  |  or  |  tr:iili< 
InnKiiaijo  of  Ori'^ou.  |  Pi'L-|iaicil  fur  t ho 
SiiiitliHoiiiaii  iiistitiitiiiti.  |  lly  |  (iiMii'^ii 
(iihlm.  I  [Sual  ofthr  iiiHtitiitioii.J  | 

WaHliiiiKtun:  |  SinitliMoiiiaii  iiiNtUii- 
tioii:  I  March,  1K(>3. 

'I'illu  verso  ailvorllKenient  I  l.contenta  p.  ill, 
preface  pp.  v-xl,  bibliography  pp.  xiii-xlv,  half- 
title  (I'art  I.  (.,'lilnook-KnKlislil  vvrya  noth  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-29.  halrtitlo  (I'art  II.  Knclish- 
Chinook)  p.  III.  text  pp.  :i;i-4t,  H". 

A  nhort  ciim]iarative  vorabiilary  (21)  worila 
and  iibrascR)  of  the  Tlaoqnatch,  Nntka,  and 
('oliinibian  (all  from  Scoiiler).  p.  ix.— Compari. 
mm  of  Chinook  worilM  with  tlie  llailtxiik  and 
Itelbella.  and  the  Vootka.  p.  x.— The  Chinoiik- 
Knglish  and  KnKli.ih'Chir.ook  dictionary,  pp. 
l-4:i,  contains  24  words  of  Nntka  origin. 

(Jopiei »ftn :  Astor.  ISancroft,  Dnnlmr,  Kanies, 
Pilling,  Trnmliiill.Wcllcsioy. 

"Some  yearaairo  the  Smithsonian  Institiition 
printed  a  Hinall  vocabulary  of  tlie  Chinook  -far- 
gon,  fiirulshed  by  Dr.  H.  K.  Milchill,  of  thu  U. 
S.  Navy,  and  prepared,  as  I  afterwards  learned, 
by  Mr.  Lionnet.a  Catholic  |irlegl,  for  his  own 
use  while  studying';  tlie  laii^uaiie  at  Chinimk 
I'liiiil.  It  was  Hiilimitted  liy  the  Institution, 
for  revision  and  prepHnition  for  the  press,  tu 
the  late  Professor  W.  W.  Cnrner.  Although  it 
received  t  he  criticaloN  ami  nation  of  that  distin- 
guished philologist,  and  was  ol  ii9e  in  directing 
.'itlentioii  to  liielaugiia;:!',  it  wasilettcieiit  ill  tho 
numlHirof  words  in  use,  contained  many  which 
did  not  properly  beliinu  to  the  Jar;;))!!,  and  did 
not  isivethc  soiin-es  from  which  the  words  woro 
ilerivcil. 

'■  Mr.  Halo  had  previously  sivt'ii  a  viKMbnIary 
and  account  of  this -lai'gon  in  his  '  Ktlinograpliy 
of  tliu  United  Statea  Exploring  Kxpedition,' 
which  was  noticed  by  Mr.liallatin  in  tlieTraim- 
actions  of  thu  Ainerlcau  Rtbnolouical  Society, 
vol.  ii.    He  however  lull  into  some  urrura  iu  ilia 


I  'I 


26 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE 


Hi 


OibbB  (G.)  —  Coutinncd. 

deriration  of  tho  wonln,  cliietiy  ironi  igDoriujiC 
the  Chelialls  (-'.cuieut  of  tho  Jargon,  and  the 
nunilKtr  of  w  ordH  given  by  liini  amounted  only 
to  alMiiit  two  liiiudred  and  fifty. 

"A  copy  of  Mr.  Lionnet's  vmjabulary  having 
Xften  Hent  to  mo  with  a  request  toraalce  sucli 
••orrcctionH  as  It  might  require,  I  concluded  not 
merely  to  coUato  the  wortN  containt^d  in  tliU 
and  oi  her  printeil  and  manuHcript  vocabularicH, 
but  <o  nHcertiiin,  ho  far  its  posHible,  thn  lan- 
guagBH  which  luid  contribute*!  to  it,  with  tho 
original  Indian  words.  Tliin  Iiad  i>ecome  tlie 
more  Important,  as  its  cxtendtMl  use  by  ditfer- 
ent  tril>es  liad  le<l  to  othuological  errors  in  tJu! 
classing  togetlit'r  of  esHentially  distinct  fami- 
lies."—rr</(wc. 

Issuetl  also  with  title-pase  iw  follows: 

A  I  (lictiiiuury  |  of  tho  |  Chinook 

Jargon,  |  or,  |  trmlo  langnage  of 
Oregon.  |  Hy  George  Gibbs.  | 
New  York :  |  Craraoisy  press.  |  1863. 
Half-title  (Shea's  Library  of  American  Lin- 
guistics. XII.)  verso  l)laiik  1 1.  title  verso  blank 
1 1.  preface  pp.  v-xi,bibUographyof  thef'hlnook 
Jargon  pp.  xiii-xiv,  half-title  of  part  I  verso 
note  1  I.  Chinook-English  dictionary  pp.  1-29, 
half-title  of  part  II  verso  i)lank  I  1.  English- 
Chinook  diotiimary  pp.  3;i-4.l,  tlie  Lord's  prayer 
In  Jargon  p.  [44],  8°. 

Copies  ieeti:  Astor,  Boston  Athena>um,  Con- 
gress, Dnnbar.Knmes,  Harvard.  Lenox,  Smith- 
sonian, Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

Some  copies  (twenty-five,   I   believe)  were 
issued  in  large  quarto  form  witli  no  change  of 
title-pxge.    (filling,  Smithsonian.) 
See  Hale  (U.) 

Vocabulary  of  the  Hailt'-znkh.  (Bol- 

bella  of  Millbauk  Sound,  British 
Columbia.)  Obtained  from  an  Indiiin 
known  »«  "  Capt.  Stewart,"  at  Victoria, 
Vancouver  Inland,  in  April,  1859,  by 
George  Gibbs. 

In  Dall(W.  II.),  Tribes  'jf  the  extreme  north- 
west;    in   Powell  (J.   W.),   Contributions   to 
North  Anu'rican  KthuoUigy,  vol.  1,  pp.  U4-15;i, 
Washington,  1877, 4°. 
Contains  about  150  words, 

Vocabulary  of  tho  Kwa'-kiiitl.     (.V 

dialect  of  tho  Ha-ilt'zukh.)  Obtained 
from  two  women  of  the  tribe,  at  Naii- 
aimo,  Britinh  Columbia,  in  September, 
1857,  by  George  Gibbs. 

In  Dall  (W.  H.),  Tribes  of  the  extreme  north- 
west; in  Powell  (J.W.),  Contributioi-s  to  North 
American  Eth'iology,  vol.  1,  pp.  144-153, Wash- 
ington, 1877, 4°. 

Contains  about  160  words. 

Account  of  Indian  tribes  upon  the 

northwest  coast  of  North  America. 

MnnuHoript,  8  leaves,  folio,  written  on  one 
side  only;  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Kth- 
nology,  Washington,  1).  C. 


Qlbbs  (G. )  —  Coatiniied. 

(ieneral  account  uf  the  Indiaii-.  nf  the  above 
named   region,   including   the   Xutka,   TIao- 
quatch,  and  Ueiltznk,and  a  list  of  voi'abularies 
which  have  been  printeil  in  those  languages. 
Numerals  of  the  Makah. 

Manuscript,  1  page,  folio;  in  the  library  of 
the  Hureau  of  Ethnology. 

Includes  the  numerals  1-20,25,30,40,50,00, 
70,  80,  00,  lOO. 
Vocabulary  of  th«i  Makali  language. 

Manuscript,  6  leaves,  folio,  written  on  one 
side  only ;  in  the  library  of  tho  Bureau  of  Eth- 
nology, Wiishington,  I).  C.    Collected  in  18,58. 

Kecordcd  on  imo  of  the  forms  containing  180 
words  issi'.ed  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Equivalents  of  nearly  all  the  words  are  given. 
Vocabularies.     Washington    Terri- 
tory. 

Manuscript,  141  leaves,  most  of  which  are 
written  on  itoth  sides,  and  some  of  ^^  liich  are 
blank,  12^;  in  tho  library  of  tho  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.    Recordetl  in  u  blank  book. 

Most  <if  the  vocabularies  have  l>cen  copied 
by  their  author  on  separ.ito  forms.  Amou<;them 
is  one  of  the  Ilaeltzuk  or  Belbolla,  7  pages. 
SeeKnipe  (C.) 

George  Gibbs,  the  sou  of  Col,  George  Gibbs, 
was  born  on  the  17th  of  July,  1815,  at  Suns  wick. 
Long  Isliind,  near  the  village  of  Halletts  Cove, 
now  known  as  Astoria.  At  seven  teen  he  was 
taken  to  Europe,  where  he  remained  two  years. 
On  his  return  fron)  Europe  he  commenced  the 
reading  of  law,  and  in  1838  took  bis  degree  of 
bachelorof  law  at  Harvard  University.  In  1848 
Mr.  Gibbs  went  overland  from  St.  Louis  to 
Oregon  and  e8tabli.sbed  himself  at  Columbia. 
In  1854  he  received  the  appointment  of  collector 
of  the  port  of  Astoria,  whicli  he  held  during 
Mr.  Fillmore's  adinlnistrutlon.  Later  he  re- 
moved from  Oregon  to  Washington  Territory, 
and  settled  upon  a  ranch  a  few  miles  from  Fort 
Stellacoom.  Here  he  had  his  headquarters  for 
several  years,  devoting  himself  to  the  study  of 
the  Indian  languages  and  to  the  collei^tion  of 
vocabularies  and  trntlitions  of  the  northwest 
orn  tribes.  During  a  great  part  of  the  time 
he  was  attivohed  to  tho  Uuitetl  States  Govern- 
ment Commission  in  laying  the  boundary, 
as  tho  geologist  or  botauist  of  tho  expedition. 
He  was  also  attached  as  geologist  to  the  survey 
of  a  raiboud  route  to  the  Pat  iflc,  under  Mi^or 
Stevens.  In  1857  he  was  itppolnted  to  the 
northwest  boundary  survey  tinder  Mr.  Archi- 
bald Campbell,  as  conuinssioner.  In  18C0  Mr. 
Gibbs  returned  to  Now  York,  and  in  1861  was 
on  duty  in  Wash'ngtoniu  guarding  tlveCapitol. 
Lat4>r  ho  reside«l  in  Washlugtoi:,  being  mainly 
employed  in  the  Hudson  Bay  Claims  Commis- 
sion, to  which  he  was  secretary.  Ho  was  also 
engaged  in  the  arrangement  of  a  largo  mass  of 
manuscript  bearing  upon  the  ethnology  and 
philology  (»f  the  .Vmerlcan  Indians,  His  services 
were  availed  of  by  tlieSmithsDiiian  Institution 
to  superintend  its  labors  iu  this  Held,  and  to  bin 


WAKA8HAN    LANGUAGES. 


27 


3  Oibbs, 
us  wick, 
tH  Oove, 
I  ho  was 
ro  years, 
iced  the 
egreeof 
Inl»18 
.ouis  to 
iliimbia. 
joUector 
(hiring 
ho  re- 
irritory, 
>m  Fort 
Iters  for 
itiuly  of 
lion  of 
It  h  west 
llio  time 
rovem- 
ndary, 
lition. 
survey 
Major 
to  the 
Archi- 
160  Mr. 
101  was 
lapitol. 
Iniatnly 
lominia- 
as  also 
mass  of 
y  and 
Icrviccs 
ituliuii 
d  to  bin 


Oibbs  (G. )  —  Continueil. 

energy  and  coinph'te  kiiowledKe  of  tlit>  subject 
il  greatly  owe.4  its  sni  ress  in  tliis  branch  of  the 
service.  The  viilnalilit  and  hilmrlous  >iervice 
which  he  rendi-red  to  the  Institntion  was 
nutindygratnitons, and  in  hisdeath  Ihatestab- 
Iis1inii-nt  as  well  as  tlie  cause  of  science  lost  an 
anient  friend  and  important  contributor  to 
ita  advancement.  lu  1871  Mr.  (libbs  married 
his  cousin,  Misa  Mary  K.  Gibbs,  of  Newport, 
R.  I.,  and  removed  to  KTew  Haven,  where  he 
died  on  the  0th  of  April,  1873. 

Oilbert  (— )  and  Rivington  (— ).  SptM-i- 
iiH'iis  I  of  the  I  I.auK'iitiijert  of  all  \a- 
tioiiH,  I  autl  the  |  oriental  and  foreign 
types  I  now  in  use  in  |  tho  jirintinj; 
officiM  I  of  I  Gilb(>rt&  Rivington,  |  lim- 
ited. I  [Eleven  lines  quotations.  J  | 

London:   |  52,    St.    Jolm's    sijnare, 
Clerkenwell,  E.  C.  |  1886. 

Cover  title  verso  advertisement,  no  inside 
title,  conteuta  pi).  3-4,  text  pp.  5-60,  10=. 

Matthew  xi,  28,  in  the  QAgutl  language  of 
Vancouver  Island  (from  Hall),  no.  198  p.  .'i2. 
Copieii  teen :  Karnes,  rilling. 
Oospel  according  to  Saint  John     .     .     . 

Qa  gntl  language.     See  Hall  (A.  .1.) 
arammar: 

Kwakiutl  See  Hall  (A.J.) 

Tokoaat  Knipe  (C.) 


Grammatic  treatise: 


Hailtsuk 

See  »iuiorofk:^H.H.) 

Hailtsuk 

B«>a8  (F.) 

Hailtsuk 

Buschniann  (J.  C.  ^.) 

Klaokwat 

liugchiuaiin  (J.  (/'.  K.) 

Kwakiutl 

|{.>aH(F.) 

Kwakiutl 

Dawsoi.  (ti.  M.) 

Nutka 

Brabant  (A.J.) 

Kutka 

Kuschuiauu(J.(^'.  K.) 

Nutkii 

I'Vatherman  (A.) 

Sobasa 

liaiK'rua(H.  H.) 

Tokoaat 

Sproat  (Ci.  M.) 

I'kwulta 

retit«t(E.P.S.J.) 

Orant  ( Walter  C'olqnhonn ) .  Deaeription 
of  Viincouver  Island,  ityits  tirat  Colo- 
nist, W.  Colqnhoun  (Jrant,  Esq.,  P.  R. 
8.  G.,  of  the  2nd  Dragoon  Guards,  and 
late  Lietit.-Col.  of  the  Cavalry  of  the 
Turkish  Contin;jent. 

In  Koyal  Gec„-.  Soc.  Jour.  vol.  27,  pp.  208-320, 
London  [1858],  8°.    (Geological  Survey.) 

Brief  discussion  uf  the  [Maka]  language  of 
Vancouver  Island,  and  numerals  1-10,  100,  ut 
the  Macaw  or  Niteenat,  ]>.  295. 

Oreely:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referrtsl  to  has  boen  seen  by  the 
compiler  in  the  library  of  Geu.  A.  AV.  Oreely, 
AVashingUin,  1>.  C. 


H. 


HaUtsnk: 

(ieneral  discussion  See 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

Grammatic  tr<  ntiso 

(irammatic  treatise 

( lirammatic  treatise 

Lord's  prayer 

Numerals 

Numerals 

Nuruerals 

Nimier:  'r. 

Sentences 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Voi'abulary 

Vocabidary 

Vm-abulury 

VtM-abiilary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 


Anderson  (A.  C; 
Buschmaun  (J.  (".  K.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Prichard  (J.C.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Boas  (V.) 

Itusohmanu  (>f .  < '.  K.) 
Tate  (CM.) 
Boas  (F.) 

Buschniann  (.r.  ('.  K.) 
Kells(M.) 
Latham  (K.O.) 
Bancroft  (U.H.) 
Boas  (F.) 

Buschmann  (J.  C.  K.) 
Campbell  (J.) 
D8ll(W.H.) 
(iailatin  (A.) 
(:ibbs((i.) 
Hale(n.) 
Latham  (R.  G.) 
Powell  (J.W.) 
Tolmlo  (W.  F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Daa  (L.  K.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Latham  (It.G.) 


Haiuea  (Elijah  Middlebrook).  The  | 
American  Indian  |  (Uh-nisli-in-na-ba). 
I  The  Wliole  Subject  Coniidete  in  Uue 
Voliimo  I  Illustrated  with  Numerous 
Appropriate  Engravings.  I  Hy  Elijah 
M.  Haines.  |  [Design.]  | 

Chicago:  |  the  Mas-sin-nii-gan  com- 
pany, I  1888. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  etc.  1  1.  ])re- 
face  pp.  vii-viii,  contents  pp.  0-21.  list  of  illus- 
trations pp.  21-2'J,  text  pp.  2:1-821,  large  8^. 

Chapter  vi,  Indian  tribes  (pp.  121-171),  gives 
special  lists  and  a  general  a1piia1>etic  l;st  of  the 
trilH'M  of  Xnith  America,  del ivations  of  tribal 
name*  being  somelimes  ^Iven.  Among  them 
are  the  Millbank  Siund  Indians,  p.  120;  Indian 
tribes  of  the  Pacific  coast,  pp.  129  l:iO;  trila's  of 
Washington  Territory  we»t.  of  the  Cascade 
Mountains,  pp.  i:i2-i;!:i.—Cliai)tiT  xxxvi,  Num- 
erals and  use  of  nuiulters  (pp.  43:i-451),  includes 
the  nunienils  1 -10 of  t lie  Nootka  (from  Jew itt), 
|,.445.— Cliapter  Iv,  vocaliiilaries  (pp.  608-703), 
cimtaiiis  a  vocabu'ary  (30  words)  of  the  Nootka 
(from  .Iewitt),p.  07.1. 

Cd/jiVx  iifen  .-  Congress,  Raines,  Pilling. 


)   1| 


I 


28 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


I 


Haldeman  (Sainnel  •Steliiuau).  Aualytic 
orthography:  |  an  |  investigation  of 
the  Hotiuils  of  the  voice,  |  aud  their  | 
alphabetic  notation ;  |  iuclnding  |  tue 
niechnniHm  of  Bpecctli,  |  and  its  hearing 
upon  etymology.  Hy  |  S.  S.  Halchunun, 
A.  M.,  I  profeaHor  in  Delaware  college; 

I  member  [&c.  six  lines.]  | 
Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Li)>pincott <&  coi 

I  London :  Trilbner  &  co.  Paris :  Ben- 
jamin Duprat.  I  Berlin:  Ferd.  Diimni- 
ler.  j  1860. 

Hiilf-titUi  "Trevelymi  prize  essay"  verso 
blank  I  I.  title  verso  liluiik  1 1,  prefan-  pp.  v-vi. 
ciintcnts  pp.  vii-viii,  slip  of  .".lUlitioiial  correc- 
tiuiis,  text  pp.  5-147,  corrections  aud  additious 
p.  148, 4°. 

Numerals  1-10  of  tlie  [Haka]  language  of  the 
Indians  of  Cape  Flattery  (from  the  dictation 
of  Dr.  John  L.  LeCoute),  p.  146. 

Copies  teen ;  Boston  Atlienioum,  Jiritish  Mu- 
seura,  Kureau  of  Ethnology,  Kauies,  Trumbull. 

First  prirted  in  Au)ericau  Philosoph.  Soe. 
Tians.  new  series,  vol.  11.  (♦) 

.Siunucl  Stehmaii  Ilaldeniau,  naturalist,  was 
born  iu  Locust  (Irfvc,  Liiucaster  County,  Pa., 
Auj;Mstl2, 1812;  diediuChickii>H,I>a.,Septuni her 
10, 1880.  Hewascducatedataclassical  school  in 
Harrisburg,  aiul  then  spcut  two  years  in  Dick- 
inson (College.  In  1836  Henry  D.  Rogers,  having 
bev.i  I'upointcd  state  geologist  of  New  Jersey, 
sent  for  Mr.  Ilaldenian,  who  had  been  his  pupil 
at  Dickinson,  to  assist  Iiiin.  A  year  later,  on 
the  reorganization  of  the  Pennsylvania  geolog- 
ical survey,  niildemaa  was  transferred  t..  his 
own  Mtate,  and  was  iictively  engaged  on  the  sur- 
vey until  1842.  He  made  extensi\-e  researches 
among  Indian  dialects,  and  also  in  Pennsyl- 
vania Dutch,  besides  investigations  in  the 
English,  Chinese,  and  other  languages.— ^pp{e- 
ton'i  Cyclop,  of  A  m .  liioij. 

Hale  (Horatio).  United  states  |  explor- 
ing expedition.  |  Daring  the  years  | 
1«38,  1839,  1840,  1841, 1842.  |  Under  the 
command  of  j  CharU-s  Wilkes,  U.  S.  N. 
I  Vol.  VI.  I  Ethnography  and  pltilol- 
og.y-  I  I^y  I  Horatio  Hale,  |  philologist 
of  the  expedition.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  printed  by  C.  Sher- 
man. I  1846. 

Half-title  (United  States  exploring  exiiedf 
tlon,  hy  authority  of  Congress)  verso  blank  t  I. 
title  verso  blank  1 1.  contents  pp.  v-vii,  alphabet 
|ip.  ix-xii,  half-title  verso  blank  1  l.texti>p.  3- 
666.  map.  4'. 

No.  11,  Vocabulary  (104  words)  of  the  Nootka 
(Kwoncatsliatka),  lino  l4  on  pp.  S70-629. - 
Viwabulary  (Oil  words)  of  the  Uailisa  (from 
Anderson),  p.  <)3i.—r,iHtof  17  words  used  in  the 
Cbiniwk  Jargon  and  derive*!  from  the  Nootka, 
pp.  6R)l-«»7. 


j  Hale  (H.)  —  C'outinned. 

I  C<ipie»  neen;  Aster,  Pritlsh   Museum,  Con- 

gress, Lenox,  Trumbull. 

I  At  the  Sqiiier  sale,  no. 446,  a  copy  brought 

$i:i ;  at  the  Murphy  sale,  no.  1 12:i,  a  half  maroon 

I        nmrocco  copy,  top  edge  gilt,  brought  $13. 

I  Issued  also  with  title-page  as  follows: 

[  United  States  |  exidoring  expedi- 
tion. I  Dtiring  the  years  |  1838,  1839, 
1840, 1841,  1842.  I  Under  the  command 
of  I  Charles  Wilkes,  U.  8.  N.  |  Ethnog- 
raphy aud  philology.  |  By  |  Horatio 
Hale,  I  jiliilologistof  the  expedition.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Lea  and  Blauchard, 
I  1846. 

Half-title  (United  States  exploring  expe«li- 
tion)  verso  blank  1 1.  title  verso  blank  I  1.  con- 
tents pp.  v-vii,  alphabet  pp.  ix-xii,  half-title 
verso  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  3-660,  map,  4°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copietteen:  Fames,  Lenox. 

These  vocabularies  are  reprinted  in  Qallatin 
(A.),  Hale's  Indians  of  northwest  America, 
New  York,  1848, 8=. 

Was  America  peoi>led  from  Polyne- 
sia? 

In  Congris  Int.  des  Americanistes,  coir ^.(9- 
rendu,  7""  sesHiou,  pp.  ;!".')-;i87.  Berlin,  1800,  8=^. 
(Eaines,  Pilling.) 

Table  of  the  pronouns  /,  thou,  we  (inc.),  we 
(exc.)  id  they  in  the  languages  of  Polynesia 
and  of  western  America,  including  i\w  Kwa- 
kiutl  and  N(X)t  ka,  pp.  386-387. 

Issued  sep.iratoly  with  title-page  as  follows: 

Was  America  peopled  from  Pcdyne 

sia?  I  .'  tudy  in  compaiutivo  Philol- 
*^Sy-  I  Ky  I  Horatio  Hale.  |  From  the 
Proceedings  of  the  International  Con- 
gress of  Americanists  |  at  Bt.>rliu,  iu 
October  1888.  | 

Berlin  1890.  |  Printed  by  H.  S.  Her- 
mann. 

Title  verso  blank  1  I.  text  l>p.  3-15,8". 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
p.l4. 
;  Copirg  leen  :  Pilling,  Wellesley. 

'.  .\n  international  i<liom.  |  A  manual 

of  the  I  Oregon  trade  language,  |  or  | 

j  "Chinook  Jargon."  |  By  Horatio  Hale, 
M.  A.,   F.  R.  S.  C,  I  member   [Ac.   six 

i      lines.]  I 

i  liondon:  |  Whittaker   &    co.,  WI  ite 

i      Hart    Street,  |  Paternoster    Bcpiar^.  | 

I       1890. 

I  Half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  name" 

\        of  printers  1  1.  prel'atory  iU)to  verso  ext    :i  i 

;        from  a  work  by  Quatrefages  1  1.  contents  v 

I        blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-0.3,  Ifi^ 

Trade  language  and  English  diction tu'V:  PP- 

I        3!t^;2,  and  the  English  an  1  Tnu'-*  lusrpiagp,  p;>. 


WAKASHAN    LANGUAGES. 


29 


I  t'ullt)wa : 


S.  Her- 


manual 
oi-l 
;io  Halo, 
&o.  six 

,  Wlite 
iinar.;.  | 

rso  nivmP" 
o  lint  ■(  1 
cntsv 

|lI>!JJ'y;   lip. 

.age,  P5^. 


Hale  (II.) — Cuntiiiiied. 

nil-Rt,  e«<'li  contain  it  number  of  wohIh  derived 
from  tlie  N(K>tk«;  in  the  Jnrgon-KngliHli  por- 
tion tliCHO  word»  are  marked  with  an  JV. 

Copies  Keen  :  Kanien,  Pilling. 

Horatio  Hale,  utIinologiHt.  Iioni  in  Xewjiort, 
N.  H.,  May  3, 1H17,  was  graduated  at  Harvard  in 
18:17  and  waH  appointed  in  tlieaaineyearpliilolo- 
giAt  to  the  United  !St4ite8  exploring  expedition 
under  Capt.  Cluirlen  Wilkes.  In  this)  capacity 
he  studied  a  large  number  of  the  languageH  of 
the  Pacili(^  iHlandst.  as  well  n»  of  Korlli  and 
South  America,  AuHtralia,  and  Africa,  and  also 
investigated  the  history,  traditions,  and  cus- 
toms of  the  tribes  speaking  those  languages. 
The  results  of  his  inquiries  are  given  in  his 
Kthnogjaphy  and  Pliilology  (Philadelphia, 
1K4(i),  wliicli  forms  the  seventli  volume  of  the 
expedition  reports.  He  has  publi.shed  nurierous 
memoirs  on  anthropology  and  etlinoloj'V.  is  a 
member  of  many  It^arned  societies,  both  i. 
Kurope  and  in  America,  and  in  188U  was  vice- 
president  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  itresiding  over  the 
section  of  anthropology.— Apjjfetou'*  Cyclop,  u/ 
Am.  liioij. 

Hcdl  (RfV.  Alfred  Jaaies).  The  {j;ospel  | 
according  to  ]  Si,  Mjittliew,  translated 
into  the  |  Qa-;i;ntl  (or  Quoiiuols  liin- 
jriiage).  I  By  the  |  rev.  A.  J.  KmU,  |  C. 
M.  S.  missionary  at  Fort  Rnpert,  Van- 
couver's i,sland.  | 

London :  |  printed  for  the  British 
an<l  foreign  bilde  society,  |  (^neen  \ir- 
toria  street.  |  1K82. 

Titl'i  verso  "sounds  of  the  letters"  1  1.  text 
entirely  in  the  (jagutl  language  pp.  5-121.  IflJ. 
.See  fae  simile  of  the  title-jiage,  p.  .'10. 

Copier  nei'ii:  ISritisli  and  Foreign  Hilile 
Si«i»  Iv.  Kanios,  Pilling,  Welleslcy. 

[ —    1  i'ii'!  I  gos-pel   according   to  |  Saint 
.;    iti         ifiiiisliited   into   the  |  (.}n  gfitl 

'».li      \',:      .:,       j 

i.n  '(  .n  .  ;  j»rinted  for  the  Briti.sh  and 
tbreign  i'  '  ot^iety,  |  (/iicen  \ictoria 
stree     i  1»  ' 

Title  i-rrs.)  names  of  printers  1 1.  text  entirely 
in  the  Qft  gutl  language  pp.  5-101, 16°. 

C.ipieiaeen:  HriMsli  and  Foreign  Bible .Swiety, 
Itritish  Muscinn,  Karnes,  I'illing.Wellesley. 

Noticed,  aiul  an  ex  tract  (St. .John  iv,  7-8);;  iven 
in  the  American  Antiquarian,  vol.  H.  p.  ]H7, 
Chicago,  1886,8°. 

-  A  (iranmiar  of  the    Kwagintl  Lan- 

tcir-.l^c.  By  liov.  Alfred  J.  Hull,  Alert 
L's'ty,    •/  -t'sli  Columbia. 

'-1  liOidlSoc.  of  ('anada  Trans,  vol. 6, section 
2,  ,ip.  59-10.'>,  Montreal,  ir,«8, 4\ 

IntriKluetoiy,  ]i.  59.— The  KwagiutI  peo])le. 
with  list  of  villages,  pp.  i)9-60.— PhonoU>gy,  i>p. 
60-61.— Parts  of  sjieech  (pp.  61-105)  includes : 


Hall  (A.  ,1.)  — (Jontinncd. 

Nouns,  pi».  OI-ti.'i;    a<l.iective»,  jip.  K>-''2;   pro- 
nouns, pp.  72-70;  verb.  pp.  77-101;  adverb,  |ip. 
101-103;  conjunction,  i)p.  103-1(»4;  iiiterjet^iou, 
p. 105. 
Issued  separately  with  title-page  as  follows: 

Section  II,  18S8.     Trans,  Royal  Soc., 

Can,  I  A  grammar  |  of  the  Kwagititl 
language,  |  hy  the  |  rev.  Alfred  J,  Hall, 
I  from  the  |  transactions  of  the  Royal 
society  of  Canada  |  volume  VI,  section 
II,  1888.  I 

Montreal  |  l)aw4o:.  brothers,  pub- 
lishers I  1889. 

CovcT  title  as  al)ove,  title  as  alMive  verso 
blank  1  1.  contents  verso  blank  1  I.  text  pp.  59- 
lO.";.  4>:. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copiet  seen  :  Eames, Geological  Survey,  Pill- 
ing, Wellesley. 

[ ]  A  I  Kwagutl  version   of    portions 

I  of  the  I  Book  of  common  prayer.  | 
[ScaloftheS.  P.C,  K.]  | 

London :  |  Society  for  promoting 
christian  knowledge,  |  Northumber- 
land avenue,  Charing  cross.  W,  C. 
[1891.] 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  contents  verso  lilank  1 
1.  text  entirely  in  the  Kwagfill  I  lugiiage  pp.  3- 
62,  t'olophon  verso  blank  1  I.  lfl<^. 

Prayers,  pp.  3-49. — Hymns,  pp.  50-62.  —Isaiah 
lii.7. »,  p.  62. 

Copim  ,'!een  :  Kames,  Pilling. 

Mr.  Hall  was  born  in  1853  in  the  village  of 
Thorpe,  Surrey,  Kngland.  In  1873  he  was 
accepted  li.v  the  Church  Missiimary  Society  for 
foreign  work,  aiul  was  sent  to  their  college  at 
Islington  fur  four  years.  In  February,  1877,  he 
was  orvlaimid,  and  in  .lime  of  the  same  year  he 
left  Kngland  for  MetlaUatta,  liritish  Columbia, 
arriving  there  .August  0,  1877,  where  he  labored 
with  Mr.  William  Duncan  till  March  8,  1878. 
At  that  date  this  village  eontaiiied  838  Tstin- 
sliian  Indians,  and  the  .Sunday  congregations 
niiinheii'd  000  or  70;  souls.  When  Mr.  Duncan 
was  ali.sent  Mr.  Jdill  preached  thrciigii  an 
iii'eipvcter.  He  t  night  daily  in  asclioolof  110 
eliili'reii,  more  es.ieeially  instructing  them  to 
sing;  .;'wl  he  als'i  had  a  large  evening  school  of 
young  men.  During  his  eight  months'  stay  at 
Metl'ikatlu  he  a<'i|iiired  ii  (iiir  knowledge  of 
'rsinisliiaii,  and  left  itwitli  niiieh  regret.  In 
March,  1878,  Mr.  Hall  was  ordered  to  Fort 
lEuperl.  northeast  of  Vancouver  Island,  to 
work  among  the  Kwakiiill.s,  wliospeakn  totall.v 
ditl'erent  language.  He  found  this  tongiio 
more  ditliciilt  to  acquire  than  the  Tsimshian, 
iho  variety  of  pronouns  being  very  puzzling. 
Here  he  taught  school  for  six  nnttiths,  ami 
afterward  for  two  years  inside  the  Hudson  Bay 
fort.  There  were  dltliculties  in  acqr^ring  land 
at  Fort  Kupert,  and  iu  1881  Mr.  Hall  removed 


30 


BiaLIOGKAPHY    OF   THE 


1  in  I 


THE    GOSPEL 


ACCOHDiyo  TO 


ST.  MATTHEW, 

TRAK         >KD  INTO  THE 
QA-QUTL  (OR  QUOQUOLS  LANGUAGE). 

DT    THE 

REV.  A.  J.  HALL, 

C.M4>  MISSIONARY   AT   FOIIT  RUFEHT,   Va:«C01/VBr's  ISLaN** 


lontron: 

TRINTBD  FX)R  TUB  BRITISH  AND  FOREIGN  BIBLB  80CIBTT, 

QUEEN  VICTORIA  BTREKT. 

1882. 


FACSIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  HALLS  QA-GUTL  TRANSLATION  OF  MATTHEW. 


WAKASHAN    LANGUAGES. 


81 


Hall  (A.  J.)— Continued. 

to  Alert  Bay,  about  twenty  luilva  soiitii  uf 
Furt  Kiipert,  and  liero  built  n  liousn  and  Hcboul, 
Thwm  are  oleven  villngex  within  a  ra»liuH  of 
fifty  miles  from  Alert  Bay,  and  it  has  been 
UHual  to  make  two  itinitrancies  annually  to 
viHit  these  tril>e8,  uumlienng  1,978  rouIh. 

Hancock  Harbor  Indiana.    See  Klaokwat. 

Harvard :  Tliii.  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  hai»  been  seen  by  tlie 
compiler  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Humboldt  (Frieclricli  Wilbelm  HeinricL 
Alexander  von).  Versucli  |  iiber  |  den 
politischen  Znstand  |  des  KJinigreiclis 
I  Neu  Spnnien,  |  enthaltend  |  ITnter- 
i^uchungon  [&c.  ten  lines],  |  von  Fried- 
rith  Alexander  von  Humboldt.  | 
Er8ter[-Fiinfter]  Band.  | 

Tiibingen,  |  in  der  J.  G.  Cotta'scheu 
Buchbaiidlnug.  |  1809[-1813]. 

6  vols,  maps,  8°. 

^Numerals    1-10   of  the    Mexiean,   Escelen, 
'  Kumsen,  and  Nootka  (the  last  named  from  a 

manuscript  of  Mozino)  compared,  vol.  2,  p.  238. 

Copies  teen :  British  MuHeum,  Harvard. 

Siibiu's  Dictionary,  no.  33717,  gives  a  similar 
title  with  tlie  date  1809-1814,  5  vols.  8°. 

PIssai  politique  |  sur  le  royaunie  | 

de  I  la  Noiivi'Ue-Espagne ;  |  par  Alex- 
andre de  Humboldt.  |  Avec  an  atlas  | 
pliysi<iuo  et  goographiqne,  fondt^  sur 
des  observations  astrononiiques,  des 
mesures  I  trigonomotriques  et  des 
nivellemens  baromdtriques.  |  Tome 
premier[-deuxifeme].  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  F.  Schoell,  libraire, 
rue  des  Fossds-Saint-Germaine-l'Aux- 
errois,  n".  29.  |  1811.  |  De  riuiprimerie 
de  J.  H.  StAne. 

Series  title:  Voyage  |  de  HumVmldt  ct  Bonp- 
land.  I  Troisiime  partie.  |  Kssai  politique  sur 
lo  Tciyaume  |  de  |  la  Nouvelle-Esi)agne.  |  Tome 
pre  iiier  [-deuxldme].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Cliez  F.  Schoell,  libraire,  rue  des 
Fopjrs-Saint-Gormain-rAuxerroin,  n".  29.  1811. 
I  De  I'iniprlmene  do  T.  H.  StAne. 

2  vols. :  half-title  of  the  series  verHO  black  1 
1.  title  of  the  scries  verso  blank  1 1.  iialf-titlo  of 
the  work  verso  blank  1  1.  title  of  the  work 
verHO  blank  1  1.  dedication  3  II.  aualyMeg  rai- 
sonneesetc.  pp.  i-xcii,  halftitle  verso  blank  1  1. 
[prol'aei<]  pp.  i-iv,  text  pp.  3-350,  table  des 
mati^res  2  11.  corrections  1  1.;  half  titles  and 
titles  ns  in  vol.  1,  4  11.  text  pp.  351-866,  table  des 
mati^res  pp.  867-868,  additions  pp.  861  6i(-867 
bis,  table  alphabetique  pp.  869-904,  corrections 
p.  [906],  folio. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
vol.  1,  p.  3». 


Humboldt  (F.  W.H.  A.)  — Continued. 

Copies  seen :  Astor,  Boston  Athenieuni, 
liritisli  Museum,  Congress,  Harvard. 

There  are  two  copies  of  this  work  in  the 
Astor  Library,  each  slightly  differing  in  the 
order  of  the  preliminary  leaves  from  that 
given  above. 

Essai  politique  j  sur  le  royatinie  |  de 

la  I  Nonvelle-Espagne.  |  Par  Al.  de 
H.imboldt.  I  Tome  premier[-cin- 
quieme].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  F.  Schoell,  Libraire, 
rue  des  Fosses-  |  Saint-Germain-l'Aux- 
errois,  n".29.  |  1811. 

5  vols,  8°. 

A  short  vocabulary  (6  words)  of  the  Nootka, 
siiowing  resemblances  to  the  Mexican,  vol.  2, 
p.  446. — Kumeruls  1-10  of  the  Mexican,  Escelen, 
Kumsen,  and  Kootka,  vol.  2,  p.  447. 

Copies  seen:  Congress,  Geological  Survey, 
Harvard,  Lenox. 

Political  Essay  |  on  the  |  kingdom 

of      New      Spain.  |  Containing  |  Ke- 
searclu'S  relative  to  the  Geo-  |  grapliy 
of  Mexico,  the  Extent  |  of  its  Surface 
and  its  political  |  Division  intolntend- 
ancies,  the  |  physical   Aspect    of  the 
Coun-  I  try,  the  l^opiilation,  the  State 
I  of  Agriculture  and  Manufac-  j  tui- 
ing  and  Commercial  In-  |  dustry,  the 
Canals  projected  |  between  the  South 
Sea  and  |  Atlautic  Ocean,  the  Crown 
I  Revenues,   the    Quantity    of    the  | 
precious    Metals  which  have  |  flowed 
from  Mexico  into  £u-  |  rope  and  Asia, 
since  the  Dis-  (  covery  of  the  New  Con- 
tinent, I  and  the  Military  Defence  of 
I  New     Spain.    |    By   Alexander     de 
!      Humboldt.  |  With  |  physical    sections 
I      and   maps,  |  founded  on   astronomical 
observations,  and  |  trigonometrical  and 
{      barometrical  |  measurements.  |  Trans- 
I      lated    from  the  original    French  |  by 
I      John  Black.  |  Vol.  I [-IV].  | 
{  London:  |  ])rinted     for    Longman, 

!      Hurst,  Rocs,  Orme,  and  Brown;  anil 
'        I  H.  Colburn  :  and  ^V.  Blackwood,  and 
i      Brown    and    Crombie,  |  Edinburgh.  | 
I      1811. 

I  4  vols.  H'3.  atlas.  4". 

j  Numerals   1-10   of  tlie   Mexican,   Escelen, 

Kumsen,  and  Nootka  compared,  vol.  2,  p.  346. 

Copies  seen :    Astor,    Boston    Athenienm, 
British  Museum,  Congrecs,  Lenox. 
I  At  the  Murphy  sale,  catalogue  no.  1289,  a 

copy  brought  $18.75. 

Political  essay  |  on  the  j  'ringdom  of 

New    Spain.  |  Containing  |  Researches 


32 


BTBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


a  I 


Humboldt  (F.  W.  H.  A.)  — Continued, 
relative  to  tlio  (}«io-  |  gr!i])liy  of  Mex- 
ico, tlio  Extent  |  of  itu  Kurface  and  ittH 
political  I  Division  into  IntcndancicH, 
the  I  pbyNical  Ac^.vot  of  the  Coun-  | 
try,    the    Population,    the    State  |  of 
Agriculture  and  Manufac-  |  luring  and 
Commercial    Indus-  |  try,    the    Canals 
projected    be-  |  tween    the   South  Sea 
and  At-  |  lautic  Ocean,  the  Crown  Re- 
I  venues,  the  Quantity  of  the  |  precious 
Metals  which  have  |  flowed  from  Mex- 
ico into  £u-  I  rope  and  Asia,  since  the 
Dis-  I  covery  of  the  New  Continent,  j 
and    the    Military    Defence   of  |  New 
Spain.  I  By  Alexander  de  Humboldt.  | 
With  I  physical  sections  and  maps,  | 
founded  on  astronomical  observations, 
and  I  trigonometrical  and  barometrical 
I  measurements.  |  Translated  froni  the 
original  French,  |  by  John    Black.  | 
Vol.I[-II].  I 

New- York:  |  Printed  and  published 
by  I.  Kiley,  |  1811. 

2  vols. :  title  verso  blank  1  1.  pre  face  by  the 
translator  pp.  iii-viii,  <l<Hlicatiou  p|i.  ix-x,  con- 
teutfl  pp.  xi-xii,  gpographionl  introduction  pp. 
l-cxv,  text  pp.  1-221 ;  title  verso  blank  1  1.  text 
pji.  3-;i77, 8°.    (No  nii.re  published.) 

A  few  wonls  (6)  of  the  Kootka  showin;^ 
resomblani'es  to  the  Mexican,  vol.  2,  j».  238.— 
Numerals  1-10  of  tho  Nootka,  vol.  2,  p.  238. 

Copies  teen ;  CongreKH,  (loological  Survey. 

Snbiii's  Pictionary,  no.  33715,  mentions  "  Sec- 
ond edition,  London,  1814, 4  vtds.  8°.  atlas. 

There  Is  an  edition:  Minerva,  Ensayo poli- 
tico soliro  de  Nueva  Espafia,  Madrid,  1818,  2 
v(ds.8°,whieh  contains  no  AVakaslian  linguistic 
material.    (Congress.) 

Ensayo  politico  |  sobre  el  reino  |  de 

I  la    Nueva-Kspafla,  |   Por    Alej.    de 
Humboldt;  |  traducido  nl    Espanol,  | 
Por  Don  Vicente  Gonzales  Arnao,  |  con 
dosmapas.  |  Tomoprimero[-cuarto].  | 

Paris,  I  en  casa  do  Rosa,  gran  patio 
del  palacio  real,  |  y  calle  do  Montpen- 
sier,  N"  5.  j  1822. 

4  vols,  maps,  8°. 

A  fowwonls  (6)  of  tli  Nootka  language,  vol. 
2,  p.  l.'M.— Numerals  1-10  of  the  Nootka,  vol.  2, 
p.  155. 

Copies  geeii :  Astor,  Geological  Survey. 

Snbin's  Dictionary,  no.  .'13718,  mentions  an 
edition,  with  similar  title,  Paris,  J.  Kenouard 
1827, 5  vols.  8°. 

Political  essay  |  on  the  |  kingdom  of 

New    Spain.  |  Containing  |  Reseavches 
relative  to  the  Geography  of  Mexico   | 
The  Extent  of  its  Surface  and  its  polit- 


Humboldt  (F.  W.  H.  A.)  — C(mtinued. 
ical  Division  into  Intendancies,  |  The 
physical  Aspect  of  tho  Country,  |  Tho 
Po|iiilation,  the  State  of  Agriculture 
and  Manufacturing  |  and  Commercial 
Industry;  |  Tlie  Canals  ]>rojected  be- 
tween tho  South  Sea  and  Atlantic 
Ocean,  |  The  Crown  Revenues,  |  The 
Quantity  of  the  precious  Metals  which 
have  flowed  from  Mexico  |  into  Europe 
and  Asia,  since  the  Discovery  of  the  | 
New  Continent,  |  And  the  Military 
Defence  of  New  Spain.  |  By  Alexaiulcr 
de  Humboldt.  |  With  physical  sections 
and  maps,  |  founded  on  astronomical 
observations,  and  trigonometrical  |  and 
barometrical  measurements.  |  Trans- 
lated   from  the  original    French  |  by 

.John  Black.  |  Vol.  If-lV].  |  Third  edi- 
tion. I 

London :  |  printed  for  |  Longman, 
Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  and  Brown,  |  Pater- 
noster-row. I  1822. 

4  vols.  8°. 

Numerals  1-10  of  tlie  Mexican,  Eseelen, 
Kumsen,  and  Nootka  compared,  vo\.  2,  p.  299. 

Copies  seen:  liostou  Public,  Congress,  Har- 
vard. 

Essai  politique  |  sur  lo  royaume  |  de 

la  I  Nouvelle-Espagne  j  jtar  Alexandre «le 
Humboldt.  |  Deuxii-me  (Edition.  |  Tome 
premier  [-quatriemo] .  |  [Design.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Autoiue-Augustin 
Renouard.  |  M  DCCC  XXV [-M  DCCC 
XXVII]  [1825-1827] 

4  vols.  8°. 

Numerals  1-10  of  the  Mexican,  Eseelen, 
Kumsen  and  Nootka  com])ared,  vol.  2.  ]i.  280. 

Copies  seen:  Harvard. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  3:i713,  nutntions  an 
edition,  Paris,  1825,  4  vols.  8°. 

Ensayo     politico   |   sobre   |   Nueva 

Espana,  |  por  |  el  B"".  A.  de  Huuiboldt, 
I  traduciv'o  al  Castellafio  |  por  Don 
Vicente  Gonzales  Arnao.  |  Tercera 
odicion,  |  corregida  aumentada  y  ador- 
nado  I  con  mapas.  |  Tomo  primcro 
[-quinto].  | 

Paris,  I  libreriatloLecointe,  |  49(iuai 
des  Augustins.  |  Porpiuan,  |  libreria  de 
Lassere.  |  1836. 

5  vols.  8°. 

Numerals  1-10  of  the  Mexican,  Eseelen, 
liumsen,  and  Nootka,  vol.  2,  p.  130. 

Copies  leett:  British  Museum. 

Hiersemaim'".  catalogue  30,  no.  423,  mentions 
an  editiou:  ICssai  politique.  Paris,  1871  [1811?], 
8^^,  atlaa,  folio,  which  be  prices  at  30  fr. 


WAKA8HAN  LANGUAGES. 


33 


( ueva 
|l)oiat, 
D(»ii 
ercera 
I  ador- 
limcro 

)  (inai 
Iria  de 


lf>celeu, 


tntions 
[l8Uf], 


Humboldt  (F.  W.  H.  A.)  — C'ontinnod. 

Vues  I  desl'ordillereH, lot nioiiiiineiiN 

I  des  ponplca  iudigLUos  |  de  I'AnK^r- 
iqiit'.  I  Tar  Al.  de  Humboldt.  | 

A  Paris,  I  Chez  F.  Sclioell,  me  des 
F<)88<$8-Saint  -  Oennain-l'AiixerroiH,  n". 
29.  I  1810. 

Series  title!  Voyage  |  de  |  Hiimliuldt  et  Uoii- 
plnml.  I  rroiiiii'-re  partie,  |  Relation  liiHtoriqiie. 
I  Atlas  ]iitturc8<|ue.  | 

A  Paris,  I  (Jlicz  V.  Schoell,  riio  dex  Fossuh 
Snint-GorniaiD-l'Aiixerrois,  II".  29.  |  181U. 

Half-title  of  the  HericH  verso  blank  1  1.  title 
of  the  series  verso  blank  1  1.  half-title  of  the 
work  verso  name  of  printer  1  1.  title  of  the 
work  verso  blank  1  l.dedivntion  verso  blank  1 
1.  introduction  pp.  i-xvi,  text  pp.  1-304,  not«s 
pp.  30.'i-32l,  table  alphabetiqne  des  auteiirs  et 
des  oiivruites  pp.  323-:i28,  table  alphabotique 
des  niatieres  pp.  32%-3il,  table  des  raati^res  pp. 
348-350,  book  of  jilates  (69),  ntlas,  folio. 

Numerals  1-13  of  the  Azt«iiue  and  Noiitka 
(the  latter  from  a  manuscript  of  Mozino),  pp. 
140-141. 

CopieM  teen :  Astor,  Congress. 

Priced  by  Qnaritch,  cat.  302,  no.  28958, 62. 10«. 

Vues  I  des  Cordillbres,  |  et  monumeiis 

I  des  peuples  indigJines  |  de  I'Am^i- 
iqiio.  I  Par  Al.  de  Hniuboldt.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  F.  Schoell,  rue  des 
Fo88«?8-Montinartre,  u".  14.  |  1813. 

Series  title :  Voyage  |  de  |  Humboldt  et  Boii- 
,  pland.  I  Primidre  partie,  |  Relation  historiqne. 
.    I  Atlas  pittoresque.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  F.  Schoell,  rue  des  Fosses- 
Montmartre,  n".  14.  |  1813. 

Half-title  of  the  series  verso  blank  1  1.  title 
of  the  series  verso  blank  1  1.  half-title  of  the 
work  verso  name  of  printer  1  1.  title  of  the 
work  verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  \'erso  blank  1 
1.  intriMluction  pp.  i-svi,  text  pp.  1-304,  notes 
pp.  305-321,  table  alphabetiiine  des  auteiuvs  et 
onvrages  pp.  323-328,  table  alphabetiqne  ties 
niati^res  pp.  329-347.  table  des  matieres  pp.  348- 
350,  book  of  plates  (69),  ntlas,  folio. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  ti  tie  next  alMive. 

Copies  seen:  Harvard,  Lenox. 

Priced  by  Dufossfi,  no.  16191,  and  24143, 200  fr. 

•^—  Researches  |  Concfrning  |  the  iiisti- 
tutious    and     uionuuients   |   of  |   the 
Ancient    Inhabitants  |  of  |  America,  | 
with  Descriptions  &  Views  |  of  some  of 
the  moat  |  Striking    Scenes  |  in  the  | 


WAK- 


Humboldt  (F. \V. H.  A.)  — ("ontinurd. 
Cordillcra.s.   |  Written  in  French  by  | 
Alexander   de    Humboldt,  |  &    Trans- 
lated into    English   by  |  Helen  Maria 
WilliauiH.  Vol.  I  [-11].  j [Engraving.]  | 
London :  |  Published    by    Longman, 
Hurnt  Recs,  Ormo  4&  Brown,  .1.  Murray 
&  H.  Colbnrn.  |  1814. 

2  vols.:  title  verso  blank  I  I.  advertiseinent 
pp.  iii-iv,  text  pp.  1-411 ;  title  verso  blank  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-219,  notes  pp.  221-250,  index  to 
authors  p]>.  2.'>7-272,  general  index  pp.  27:<-322, 
list  of  plates  pp.  323-324,  8°. 

Numerals  1-13,  Mexican  and  Nootka,vol.  2,  p. 
305. 

Copies  seen :  Astor,  Bourroft,  Boston  Atbe- 
neeum.  Congress.  Lenox . 

Vues  des  Cordillores,  et  MonumeuH 

des  Peuples  Indigi^nes  de  I'Amdrique. 
Par  Al.  de  Humboldt. 
Paris:  Maze.  1815.  (•) 

2  vols.  pp.  392,  411,11.19  plates.  8^. 
Title  from  .Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  33750. 

Vues  des  (Jordillieres  et  monuments 

des  peuples  de  I'Aun^rique. 
Paris,  1816.  («) 

2  vols. :  19  black  and  colored  plates,  8*^. 
Title   from    Dufoss^''s    1887  catalogue,    no. 
24142,  where  it  is  priced  20  fr.    At  the  Murphy 
sale,  uo.  1288,  a  copy  brought  $9.50. 

Vuj"  I  des  I  Cordillires,  |  et  |  mon- 

uiuens      des      peuples  |  indigenes  |  de 
I'Amc^rique;  |  Pur  Al.  <le  Humboldt.  | 
Avec     19    planches,    dont    plusieurs 
coloriees.  |  Tome  premier  [-second],  | 
Paris,  I  Chez  N.  Maze,  Libraire,  Rue 
Uit-le-Cnpiir,  n"  4.     [1824?] 

2  vols. :  half-title  verso  "  Imprimcrie  ile  Smith 
(1816),  Kxcepte  les  titres  qui  sent  de  I'lm- 
primerie  de  Stahl  (1824)"  1 1.  title  verso  blank  I 
1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  avertissenient  pp. 
5-6,  introduction  pp.  7-12,  text  pp.43-;)92;  half- 
title  vfcrso  as  in  first  volume  1  1.  title  vi-rsi 
blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-354,  notes  pp.  355-394,  tjibln 
des  matit^res  pp.  395-399,  table  des  aiiteurs  pp. 
400-401,  table  alphabetiqne  des  matiAres  pp. 
402-111,  errata  p.  [412],  table  des  planches  pp. 
1-2.  8^. 

Liiiguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above, 
vol.  1,  p.  307. 

Copies  seen:  liriuton. 


34 


I 


BIHLIOUEAPIIY    OF   THK 


J. 


J^ban  (I,oiiis-FranvoiH).  Troisiiiiiio  et 
ileriiiiTM  I  Kiicycloptf'ilio  tbc<>l<)gii|U«,  | 
[«fec.  twoiity-four  linos]  |  piiblif^o  |  jmr 
M.  I'altbt'!  MiKiio  |  [«&c.  uix  lines.]  | 
'J'uine  trtMit-<|uatri('mo.  |  l>i(^tioniiairu 
«le  liii};ni.sti<iuu.  |  Toiuo  uuii|UO.  |  I'rix: 
7  francs.  | 

S'IniprinioetsevondchczJ.-P.Migno, 
<^(lit<>iir,  I  iiitx  atolittrs  catlioli(|uos,  Kiio 
d'Aniboisc,  uu  Petit-Montroiige,  |  Bar- 
rit'r«  d'enl'i'i' <lo  Paris.  |  1858. 

Second  title:  Dictioniiaire  |  de  |  linguistiqiiu 
I  ft  I  (lu  ])liilologlo  ('oiiipar^e.  |  liiHtoiro  <lu 
toiit<'S  lo»  laiiKiK'H  iiiortes  o.t  viviintos,  |  on  | 
trnit<''iMiiii])l«t<ri(lioiiiii^ra]>hi<',  |  I'liibriiSHant  | 
I'cxaiiu-ii  critifiiie  ilos  rtvHt^mos  ot  do  tmit<>s  Ioh 
i|Ui'Htii>n»  qui  mo  raltaclieiit  |  h  I'drigineot  A  la 
liliatiiiii  dt'M  laiigiios,  h  Iciir  onsoiu'o  orgauiquo 
I  ct  h  liMirH  ^al>l«l^f^^  avoo  I'lilstoirodoH  racos 
liuiualiU'H,  do  lours  iiiigratious,  otc.  |  rroci'd6 
d'liii  I  KHsaisiir  lorolodulan^agi'daus  Trvolii- 
tioiidoriiitclUgoiico  liiiiiiaino. ,  ParL.F.  Julian 
(do  ."^aint  Clavieii),  1  Moiiiliro  do  la  SiKMi't6  gfio- 
Ingiqiio  de  Franco,  de  rAoadrmio  royalo  duH 
scioiK'OH  do  Tiiiin,  etc.  |  [Quotation,  throo 
linoH.]  I  PubliCi  I  parM.rAlilx'tMigiio,  |  oditoiir 
do  la  Itibliotlu>qno  uuiversollo  du  olorgo,  |  on  | 
doH  foura  ooni))let8  sur  cliatiuo  lirancbo  do  la 
Hi'ience  ocoU'Hiastiquo.  |  Tome  unique.  |  Prix : 
7  franos.  | 

S'lmprime  et  so  vend  diez  .J. -P.  Migno, 
/'diteur,  |  aux  ateliers  catlioliquoH,  Uued'Ani- 
lioise,  au  Potit-Moutroiigo,  |  Uarriore  d'enfor 
do  Paris.  |  ISSg. 

Outside  titli^  I  1.  titles  as  aliovo  2  11.  eoluiniis 
(two  to  a  page)  9-144S,  largo  8-^. 

Linguist  ic  I'outoiits  as  under  title  next  lielow. 

Cnpien  seen :  Uritisli  Museum,  (Jeorgetown. 

A  later  edition  with  titlepagos  as  follow-s : 

Tioisii-nu'  et  derniere  |  Encyclopt'die 

I  thrologiquo,  |  on  troisienie  et  der- 
niore  |  scriedodictiounuires  sur  toutes 
los  ])!irtie8  de  la  science  roligienso,  | 
oftVant  en  franv'iiis,  et  par  ordre  alpba- 
l»oti(iiie,  I  la  i»lus  da  ire,  la  pins  facile, 
la  pltiH  comuiodo,  la  pins  vari<^e  |  et  la 
plus  complete  d<  s  theologies :  [&c.  sev- 
enteen lines]  I  pnhlieo  |  par  M.  l'abb<^ 
Migno  I  [&c.  six  lines.]  |  Tonietrente- 
<inatrienie.  |  Dictionnairc  de  lingnis- 
tiqno.iToinenuiintc.  |  Prix:  8  francs.  | 
S'iinprimc  et  se  vcndchez  J.-P.  Migne, 
<^ditenr,  |  anx  ateliers  catliolicpies,  ri;'.< 
t'Auiboise.  20,  an  Petit-Montrouge,  | 
sntrefois  Barricro  d'enfer  de  Paris, 
niaintenant  dans  Paris.  I  1864 


J^hau  (li.  K.)— Continued. 

Second  title:  Dictionnairo  {  de  |  lingnlstique 
ot  I  d<' plill<dogie<-oiupurf'e.  !  Hlstoirede  toutes 
leslnngiiesnuirtesct  vivantoH,  |  ou  |  traiteconi- 
plot  d'idioinograpliie.  |  eiulirassant  |  rexamon 
critique  des  systt>nieset  de  toutes  los  quOntioUH 
(|ui  HO  rattachent  j  a  I'origino  et  a  la  Hliation 
deslanguos,  alouressenroorgaiiiquo  |  otnlours 
rapports  aveo  I'histoire  des  raees  luimaines,  do 
leursmigratlong, ete.  |  I'reerded'un  |  Ksgnisur 
1e  r/dodu  laugago  dans  revolution  de  I'intelll- 
genco  liuniaine.  |  Par  L.F.  .Telian  (de  Saint- 
Clavion),  |  Monibredo  la  Soeiote  grfiologique  do 
France,  de  rAcadiiuio  royalo  des  sciences  de 
Turin,  etc.  |  [Quotation,  tlirco  lines.]  |  PublK'i  | 
par M.l'abbfi Migne,  C'diteur<lelaI<ibliotl'.<V|uo 
uuivcrsolle  du  elergo,  |  o>i  |  des  coars  coinplets 
surchaciuobrauclKMlc  la  science  occlesiastique. 
I  Tome  unique.  |  Prix :  7  francs.  | 

S'impriuu(  et  so  vend  ehez  J.-P.  Migne,  C-di- 
tour.  I  aux  ati'liers  catboli<|Ucs,  rued'Amboise, 
20,  au  I'ctit-Montrouge,  |  autrefois  Harriftre 
d'onfer  do  Paris,  niaintenant  dans  Paris.  {  1804 

First  title  verso  "avis  important"  1  1.  second 
title  verso  name  of  ju-inter  1  1.  introduction 
immliered  b,v  columns  9-208,  text  in  double  col- 
uiiius  20!>-12ri0,  notes  additionnellcs  columns 
I24»-U.')4,  table  des  niati6ro8  columns  1435-1448, 
largo  8°. 

Tableau  pol,vglotte  des  langiies  de  la  cfite 
oecidtMitale  do  rAmerique  du  uord,  columns 
445-448,  contains  a  vocabularyof  about  a  dozen 
words  in  Noutka  ou  'WakaBb. — Wakaah  ou 
Noutka,  columns  12:18-1230,  contains  general 
remarks  ou  tbo  language. 

Copies  seen:  Karnes. 

Jewrltt  (John  Hogers).  A  Narrative  of 
the  Adventures  and  Sntterings  of  .John 
K.  .Fewitt  only  survivor  of  the  crew  of 
the  Ship  Boston  during  a  captivity  of 
nearly  three  years  among  the  Savages 
of  Nootka  Sound  with  an  account  of 
the  Manners,  Mode  of  living  and  Reli- 
gious opinions  of  the  natives.  Illus- 
trated with  a  plate  representing  the 
ship  in  possession  of  the  Savages. 

Middletown,  printed  by  Loomis  &, 
Richards,  1815.  (*) 

2U;i  i)p.  2  plates,  12\ 

Vocabulary  of  tlie  Xootka  language,  contain- 
ing nearly  one  bnndrcd  words,  p.  4. 

Title  from  Field's  Essay,  no.  777,  wbere  it  is 
followed  by  this  note : 

The  narrative  of  .Tewitt's  captivity,  was 
vritti'ii  liy  Roland  Alsop.  of  Middletown, 
Connecticut,  author  of  several  booksof  poems, 
and  translator  of  Molina's  Uiutory  of  Chili, 
The  details  of  tbi'  adventures  of  Jewitt  were 
drawn  from  him  by  the  indefatigable  iiueriesof 


WAKASHAN    LANCSrAdES. 


35 


Itive  of 
|)t"  John 
srow  of 
ivity  of 
Uvages 
Hint  of 
Reli- 
lllus- 
Ing  the 
|b. 

n 

bero  it  is 

kty,  wa» 
kletowu, 
poems, 
Chili. 
Itt  were 
keriesof 


>j.. 
^,>\/ 


ADVENTURES  AND  SUFFERINGS 


or 


JOHN  R.  JEWITT; 

OffLT,  SORTIVOft  OP   TtiK   ClUW   or  THE 

SHIP  BOSTON, 


A'-*',  ■ 


•riTH  Ait  ACOOORT  QP  TB» 


.'3     " 


WAIfJVt^,  MODfi  OP  LIVIMO.  AND  RELICHOUS 
-  OPINIONS  OF  THb'na'tIVES. 


*'  -* 


^1 ''■■';.  "r't--^*'-<t- 


^ri. 


-'■*»,■■■ 


•■^■V'ry.-vl. 


AiiL-^ 


FACSIMILE  OF  THE  TITLE-PAGE  OF  THE  NEW  YORK  [1816?]  EDITION  OF  JEWITT'S  NARRATIVE. 


36 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


I 


I 


Jewitt  (J.  R.)  — Contiinic<l. 

AlHiip,  will)  iitii.  iiim«  VfiiFH  ilt<('liiri'il  tlint  lie 
fnirrW  liu  liail  ilitiii'  •lowiti  hill  little  ({imhI,  in 
fiirniiililiiK  IH:ii  with  a  vnKal>')iiil  iiKxIit  iil'<<iirii- 
ian  It  llv«lilio<Hl,  bj'  liiiwkijiK  liia  book  from  a 
who«'ll>arriiw  Ibroii^h  thi-  oonntrj'. 

——  A  I  narrativo  |  of  the  |  ailvcntnres 
and  sufToringH,  |  of  |  Jiihn  R.  Jewitt;  | 
only  survivor  of  the  <Te\v  of  the  |  ship 
ItoHton,  I  (Inring  a  captivity  of  nearly 
three  ytiiirH  anions  tho  HavagcH  of  | 
NootkaHoiinil:  |  with  an  iicL-oiiiitof  the 
I  mauncrs,  mode  of  liviiif<;,  and  ritli- 
KioiiH  I  opinions  of  thu  natives.  |  Kin- 
liellisliuil  with  a  plate,  repn^Henting 
tho  ship  in  j  poHsettsion  of  tho  savages. 
I  [Two  lines  quotation.]  | 

Middletown:  [Conn.]  |  printed  by 
8oth  Richards.  |  1815. 

Colophon  :  Kiid  nl'tlic  S<iroii(l  Kdition. 

KroiitiMiiicce  1 1.  titlo  v(>rMOcopjTi){bt  "thirty- 
nintli  .vfiirof  tilt-  Tii{lep()ii(l''iu'oof  (licU.S.  A." 
1  1.  iiiinK'M  ot'tlio  crow  (il'tliH  Hliip  Bimton,  vitrgo 
]ist  of  wonls  ill  Nootka  1  I.  text  pp.  r>  204. 16°. 

•'A  lint  of  wortiM  |77,  anil  tho  iiuiiioralH  1-10, 
21),  100,  IrUO]  ill  tlio  XiM>tkinii  laiiKiui).'!',  tli<> 
nioRt  in  iiHf,"  p.  [4),— War  iton«  of  tlie  Nootka 
tribti  (twovoiwHwitli  explanatory  note),  p.  :i04. 

Copici  Men  :  Doston  AtlieiiiiMim,  (JonKrcsH, 
EanioH,  Harvard.  Trumbull,  WiDcouain  Histor- 
ical Society. 

—  A  I  narrative  |  of    the  |  adventures 
and  siitt'erings  |  of  |  John  R.  Jewitt;  | 
only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  ship 
DostoD,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
three  years  |  among  the  savages  of  | 
Nootka  sound:  |  with  an  account  of  | 
the  manners,  mode  of  living,  and  reli- 
gions I  opinions  of  the  natives.  |  Em- 
bellished with  a  plate  rejjrcsenting  the 
ship  in  I  the  possession  of  the  natives. 
I  [Two  lines  quotation.]  | 

New  York :  |  jirinted  by  Daniel  Fan- 
shaw,  I  No.  241,  Pearl  street.  |  1816. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  I.  names 
of  the  crew  of  the  sbiji  Bost^in  verso  list  of 
words  in  Nootka  1 1.  text  pp.  .')-2(l8,  10°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
pp.  [4],  208. 

Copies  teen:  Boston  AtbenKum,  British 
Museum. 

Narrative  |  of  tho  |  adventures  and 

sutfcrings  |  of  |  John  R.  Jewitt;  |  only 
survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  shi]>  Bos- 
•ton,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
three  yenrs  among  the  |  savages  of 
Nootka  sound:  |  with  an  account  of  the 
I  manners,  mode  of  living,  and  religiouc 


Jewitt  (J.  R.)  — Continued. 

I  iqiinions  of  the  natives.   Kmbelliahed 
with  ten  engravings.  |  [Design.]  | 

New  York:  |  printed  for  the  pub- 
lisher.    [18161] 

Cover  title  as  above,  frontispiece  1  I.  title  as 
above  verso  blank  1  I.  names  of  the  crew  etc 
verso  vocabulary  1  1.  text  pp.  7-16*1,  16'.  Set' 
fac-siniile  of  the  title-paKe,  p.  ilS. 

Linciiistic  contents  asunder  title  noxtultove, 
pp.  [0),  1(10. 

ro/>iV»  «(■(■» :  (longress,  I>illlDK,WelleRley. 

A  I  narrative  |  of  tho  |  adventiiies 

and  sntVeriiigs  |  of  |  John  R.  .Jewitt,  | 
only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  ship 
Boston,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
tliret;  years  |  among  the  |  savages  of 
Nootka  sound :  |  with  an  account  of  the 
I  manners,  mode  of  living,  and  reli- 
gious I  opinionsof  the  natives.  |  Embel- 
lished [&c.  three  lines.]  |  [Two  linos 
quotation.]  | 

Middletown :  |  printed  by  Looniis 
and  Richards,  |  And  Re-printed  by 
Rowland  Hurst,  Wakefield;  |  and  pub- 
lished by  Longman,  Hurst  [&c.  three 
lines.]  I  1816. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice 
1  I.  To  t!;e  Knglish  reader  pp.  iii-iv,  picture  1 
l.te.xtpp.&-208,16°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  pp. 
205, 206-208. 

Copietseen:  British  Museum. 

A  I  narrative  |  of    the  |  adventures 

and  sutterings  |  of  |  John  R.  Jewitt,  | 
only  survivor  of  tho  crew  of  the  |  ship 
Boston,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
three  years  |  auong  the  |  savages  of 
Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of 
the  I  manners,  mode  of  living,  and  reli- 
gious I  opinions  of  the  natives.  |  Em- 
bellished [«&c.  three  lines.]  |  [Two 
lines  qnotation.]  | 

Middletown:  |  printed  by  Loomis 
and  Richards,  |  and  Re-printed  by 
Rowland  Hurst, Wakefield;  |  and  pub- 
lished by  Thomas  Tegg,  Cheapside, 
Tiondon;  and  |  sold  by  all  booksellers. 
i  1820. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  (:)9tb 
year  of  the  independence)  1  1.  To  the  English 
reader  pp.  iii-iv,  picture  1 1,  text  pp.  5-208,  16°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  pp. 
205, 206-208. 

Copiet  seen ;  Lenox. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  36123,  mentions  an  edi- 
tion: Middletown,  182(1, 208  pages,  2  jdates,  12o. 
He  probably  referred  to  the  above  by  mistake. 


iLoomis 
jted  by 
pd  pub- 
pap«ide, 
Uellers. 

ght  (:i9th 

English 

1-208,  16°. 

l)ove,  pp. 


nsanedi- 
liitos,  12°. 
liistake. 


WAKASHAN   LAN01JA(JE8. 


37 


Jewitt  (J.  K.)  — Continnod. 

Tlio  I  ailventiireB  |  and  |  8uH'eriii)jH  | 

of  I  Jolm  K.  Jewitt,  I  only  mirvivor  of 
tb»  crew  of  tho  ship  DoHton,  |  during  ii 
ca|itivity  of  nearly  tlinx'  yours  |  iinioiiK 
MicNiivii^fsof  Nootlciv sound;  |  with  tin 
account  of  tho  niannerH,  mode  of  living, 
I  und  r«ligiouH  opinions  of  tho  natives. 
I  [Two  lines  <|Uotiition.]  | 

Anierioa  printed.  |  Kdinburgh:  |  re- 
printed for  Archd.  ConKtiilde  &.  vo. 
Edinburgh:  {  and  Hurst,  Uobinson,  «.V 
CO.  London.  |  1X24. 

Tltlo  vcrsii  copyrinht  1  1.  To  tlic  KiikHhIi 
romlor  jip.  Ul-iv,  text  i)p.  1-237, 10''. 

liinKiiiHtic  conteiilB QH  uiidortilleH  aliovo,  pp. 
2:14, 23.^-2:17. 

i'lipieg  lern  :  liritiMli  MiiDtMim. 

SubiiiH  Dictioiinry,  no.  'MViW,  nirntions  nn 
otlition  in  (leniinn  nti  inrliiilt'il  in  llnlxiiit'H 
THKi^nbiii'li,  MiuiHtrr.  I81!8:  nnilonrin  Kuglisli, 
Itlin.ii,  N.  v.,  1840,  8>. 

Niirrntivo  |  of  the  |  adventuren  imd 

suft'eringH  |  of  |  John  U.  .Tewitt;  |  only 
snrvivor  of  tho  crew  of  the  ship  |  Hos- 
ton,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
three  years  among  the  |  savages  of 
Nootka  sound:  |  v  ithana(!('ountof  the 
I  manners,  mode  of  living,  and  reli- 
gious I  opinions  of  the  natives.  |  Em- 
bellished with  engravings.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  I  Mack,  Andrus,  & 
CO.  I  184!). 

Fnmtispitrp  1  l.titltt  vorso  blank  1  1.  voonb- 
nliiry  verso  nanxM  of  tho  crew  1  1.  text  pp.  7- 
ItW,  Iflo. 

Linpiintlr  contents  a»  under  titles  iihovo,  pp. 
[5],  160. 

Copies  seen:  Astor,  Uancrot't,  (Congress. 
Nittioual  Museum. 

• Narrative  |  of  the  |  adventures  and 

8utt'ereigu8[sJoJ  |  of  |  John  R.  Jewitt,  ( 
only  survivor  of  the  (Tew  of  the  (  ship 
Boston,  I  during  a  captivity  of  nearly 
3  years  among  the  |  savages  of  Nootka 
sountl :  I  with  an  account  of  the  |  nian- 
nors,  mode  of  living,  aud  religious  | 
«tpiniont(  of  the  natives.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  |  Andrus,  Gauntlett  & 
CO.  I  1851. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp. 
7-160, 16°. 

Linguistic  contents  us  under  titles  above,  pp. 
7,100. 


Jewitt  (J.  K.)  — Continued. 

('i>liie»  Kfti :  Itrillsli  Museum,  Ooorgotown, 
Lenox,  WiHconsin  llislnriiiil  .K<m'1i>i,v. 

The  linguistic  iiiati'iiiil  gutlirrHl  by  Jewitt 
has  Ihtu  reprinted  by  uumy  uulliors. 

The  I  caiitive  of  .Nootka.  |  Or  the  | 

adventures  of  John  K.  Jewettf»itV).  | 
[Picture.]  | 

rhiladolphia:  |  J.  U.  Lip])iaeott  &, 
CO.  I  1861. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title. vorso  copyright  notice 
(IKt."))  \  1.  contents  pp.  v  xll,  text  pp.  i:»-2!i!>, 
pbilcs,  sq.  10°.  CoiupiliHl  from  Jewltt's  Narra- 
tive, by  Peter  I'arli'y. 

A  niiiul>er  of  Nutka  words,  phrases,  and 
pro|ier  nanie.4  passim. 

Oopiei  seen  :  John  K.  (iill.  Porllanil, Oregon. 

The  I  captive  of  Nootka.  |  Or  tho  | 

advoutures  of  John  U.  Jowett[((ir|.  | 
[Woodcut.]  I 

Philadelphia:  I  C'laxton.    Honisen  & 
Hattellinger,  |  81!)  &  8l.'l  Market  street. 
I  18<>!). 

Frontis]>iece  I  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice 
(1835)  1  1.  contents  pp.  v-xii,  text  pp.  13-259, 
plates,  8<|.  10°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  seen:  Asfor. 

There  is  a  work  entitled  "A  journal  kept  at 
Nootka  Sound  by  John  H.  Jewitt,  Kostiui.  1SU7, 
48  pages,  whii'h  (»>utiiins  no  linguistics.  (Krit- 
ish  Museum.)  Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  36122, 
mentions  an  edition.  New  York,  1812. 

John  Uogers  Jewitt  was  born  in  Tto^ton.  Lin- 
colnshire, Kngland,  May  21,  178:1.  lie  attended 
school  in  his  nnti\e  town,  und  ut  twelve  years 
of  age  was  sent  to  an  academy  at  Donningtiin. 
At  fourteen  it  wits  the  intention  of  his  father 
to  apprentice  him  to  a  physician,  but  his  own 
disinclination  wns  so  strong  be  was  |iermitti<d 
t<i  become  an  apprentice  to  his  father  as  black- 
smith. When  »l)OUt  fifteen  years  of  ajie  his 
family  moved  to  ti.ill,  when,  after  four  years' 
residence  there,  he  was  permitted  to  sbi|i  as 
blacksmith  on  the  ship  Boston,  of  lloston, 
Mass.,  ('apt.  Sailer,  bound  for  the  northwest 
coast  of  America,  thence  to  (>hina  and  i'""Mice 
to  Uoston,  Mass.  In  ^.  rch,  1«()3,  ■  :  ik  at 
Nootka  Sound,  the  ship  wa.s  ciptiin.;  i.y  Ihe 
natives,  and  all  cm  l>oard  with  the  exception  of 
Jewitt  and  a  sailmiiker  named  Thorapsim  were 
killed.  They  remained  prisoners  among  the 
Nootkas  until  Jmy,  IWi").  when  thej-  were  res- 
cued by  Captain  Hill,  of  the  brig  Lydia.  of  Uos- 
ton. 

Jiilg(B.>     See  Vater  (J  S.) 


Ill 


;  H 


88 


UIIILIUOKAI'IIY    OF    THE 


K. 


Xtgvti.    8ee  Kwaklntl. 

Kane  (Paul).   WaudoriiiRn  of  nn  artint  | 

among  tlio  |  IiiiliiiiiN  of  North  Aim-ricii 

I  from  CauiKia  |  to  VaiKoiiver'tt  iHlaiid 

andOrvK'^ii  |  throii^li  tlioIIiiitNoii'H  liiiy 

compaiiy'H  torritor.v  |  luiil  |  hack  a^aiii. 

I  Hy  I'anl  Kiiiiu.  | 

liomUtti  I  Longmun,  Hrown,  (Jrveii, 
LonKmuna,  aud  Itohorta.  |  IK'ti). 

Uull'tltli)  vt^rHo  niiiiiit  of  priiitcr  I  I.  I'rontia- 
piece  I  1.  title  vui'HO  l)lank  I  l.tloilirittiim  vurHo 
blank  1  1.  prclnco  pp.  \'-x,t'uiit4'iitH  itp.  xl-xvii, 
hHt  o(  illiiHlriitioiiH  p.  [xvlilj,  text  |)p.  I-4S5, 
appendix  4  11. 8'^. 

LlHt  uf  peiipli'H  in  till'  iHirtliwcHt,  IncliiiJinK 
thuWakuHlii.il  trilMw,  4  uiiniriibcretl  luiivcs  .-l 
end. 

Copies  tern:  linuci-dft,  Jlimtrn  Atliouiiiuin, 
IlritlHli  MuHciiiii,  <'»iiKi'<'MH,  lIiiTvaril. 

Tli«edltiiiii:  I.OH  luilieDHdi'  In  Itaii'  HiidHiiii, 
Pari,:,  1891,  cmituinM  nn  linKiOHtii;  niulcrial. 
(liritigh  MuHeiiiii.) 

Puttl  Kant'.  Cuiiadian  artiHt,  Ixirn  In  Toronto 
in  1810,  diiHl  tluTo  iu  1871.  Uo  early  evinced  a 
lovoofurt.anil  alter  Htiidying  in  llpi)er(^'iinudu 
coUeKe  lie  v1h1I«m1  tbe.Uiiite(l  Statex  in  l8;iU  and 
followed  biH  profuHHioii  there  till  184(>.  when  be 
went  to  Kurope.  There  hoHtiidii'd  i.'  Koine, 
Genoa.  Naplox,  Klcrenee.  Venice,  and  It.  logna. 
He  Unally  returned  to  Toronto  in  tlie  Hpriug  of 
1845,  and  after  u  Mhort  rent  went  on  a  tour  of 
art  exploration  tlii-ou;;li  tlie  iinHcttled  regions 
of  the  north  weHt.  He  tni\elcd  many  thoiixandH 
of  niileH  ill  thiH  country,  fioiii  the  continea  of 
(dd  Oanada  to  the  Pucilic  Ocean,  and  was  emi- 
nently HiiccOHHful  in  delineating  the  jiliVHical 
peculiarities  and  appearaiu^e  of  the  ahorigineH, 
as  well  as  the  wild  Hcenery  of  t  he  far  north,  lie 
returned  to  Toronto  in  Deccnilior,  1848,  having 
in  bis  ]M)M8e!«Hion  one  of  tbe  largest  collections 
of  Indian  curiosities  that  was  ever  lunde  on  the 
continent,  together  with  nearly  four  liiiiidied 
sketches.  From  these  he  painted  a  series  of 
oil  pictures,  which  are  now  in  t  be  po.sscsslon  ot 
(leorgeW.Allen,  of  Toronto,  and  embrace  views 
of  tlio  country  from  Lake  Superior  to  N'ancoii- 
ver's  Islantl — Appleton'»  Cyclop,  of  Am.  liiog. 

Keane  (Augustus  H.)   Kthno<;raphy  and 
philology  of  America.     Uy  A.  H.  Keane. 

In  Bates  (H.  W.), Central  America,  the  West 
Indies,  et«!.,  pp.44:i-,'>01,  London,  1878,  8°. 

General  scbcme  of  American  races  and  lan- 
guages (pp.  4li(M97),  includes  n  list  of  the 
Colunibiau  races,  among  tbeni  the  Xootkab  and 
Puget  Sound  groups,  pp.  473-474.— Aljibahetical 
list  of  all  known  American  tribes  niid  lan- 
guages, pp.  498-545. 

Keprinted  in  tbe  1882and  1885editionsof  the 
game  work  aud  on  tlie  same  pages. 


Keane  (A.  II.)  — Continued. 

American  IndiaiiH. 

Ill  ICiicyclopii'dia  llrilaniiica,  ninth  edition, 
vol.  12,  pp.  8L'J  8;i(l,  Now  York,  1881.  royal  8 '. 

(.'oliiiiiliiaii  Uaccs,  p,  81!U,  includes  the  divi- 
sions of  tbe  Nootka. 

Kerr  (lioh<u't).  A  |  gt-ixiral  history  and 
I'oiicctiou  I  of  I  voyagos  and  traveU,  | 
arranged  in  Nystciiiatic  order:  |  foriii- 
ing  a  coinphite  history  of  tho  origin 
and  progreKs  |  of  navigation,  discov- 
ery, and  coniiiiereo,  |  liy  sua  aud  land, 
I  from  the  eiiiliest  ages  to  the  present 
time.  I  liy  |  KoI.ert  Kerr,  V.  K.  S.  &.  V. 
A.  S.  Kiiin.  I  lllnslrated  hy  nnips  and 
charts.  |  Vol.  I|-XVII].  | 

Kdinliiirgh:  |  I'rintixl  hy  (Jeorge 
Kaiiisuy  and  (!oni|iany,  |  for  Wiliiuiii 
Mhickwood,  south  Kridge-street;  |  ,1. 
Murray, Fleet-stieet,  K.  Italdwin,  I'ater- 
noster-row,  |  London;  and  .1.  Cuming, 
Duhlin.  I  l«ll  [-1811)]. 

17  vols.  »>. 

Oook  (.1.)  aud  King  (.1.),  A  voyage  to  the 
Pacilic  Ocean,  vol.  15,  pp.  114-514;  vol.  10,  pp.  1- 
.".U3:  vol.  17,  pp.  1-;U1. 

Copies  seen:  Aslor,  llritish  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Lenox. 

A  later  edition  from  the  same  plates,  with  an 
added  volume,  as  follows: 

A  I  general  history  and  collection  | 

of  I  voyages  and  travels,  |  arranged  iu 
systematic  order:  |  forming  a I'oiiipleto 
history  of  the  origin  and  progress  |  of 
navigation,  discovery,  aud  commerce, 
I  hy  sea  and  land,  |  from  the  earliest 
ages  to  the  present  time.  |  By  |  Kohcrt 
Kerr,  F.  It.  S.  &  F.  A.  S.  Edin.  (  Illus- 
trated by  maps  aiul  charts.  |  Vol.  I 
[-XVIIlf.  I 

William  Blackwood,  Edinburgh ;  and 
T.  Cadell,  London.  MDCCCXXIV 
[1824]. 

18vol8.8=>. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under titlenextabove. 

Copies  seen :  i  'ougress. 

King  {Capt.  .lames.)     8ee  Cook  (J.)  and 
King(.l.) 

King  George  Sound  Indians.    See  Nntka. 

Klaokwat : 

(iciieraldiacussion  See  Buschmiiun  (.1.  G.  E.) 
tjeiierul discussion         Oibbs  (G.) 
General  disciiHsioii  Latham  (1{.  G,) 

Gramiiiutic  treatise       liuschmauu  (J.  0.  K.) 


WAKASHAN    LANGITAOES. 


39 


Klaokwat  — Continiiud. 

NiiinurHiN  Miinrliinaiiii  (J.('.  K  I 


I'roptir  iiiuneii 

Vot^aliulary 

V(Hiubiilary 

ViMsalMilary 

ViH'ubiilury 

ViH-ubiilury 

Vocalnilary 

Vo<!ulmlary 

Wi>nlH 

Wonlii 

Wonla 


riitiiii  (<i.) 
Iliilmor  (T.S.) 
Kiinchiuunu  (J.C  K.) 
OibliH  (C.) 
Lilt  ham  (It.  (l.) 
Lfiiitiii'iiH  (T.  N.| 
Hcniilor  (.1.) 
Wiit«rn  (A.) 
UiuKl,.  K.) 
Lathiim  (K.O.) 
WhymiHM-  (F.) 


[Knlpe  (Rev.  C.)]    Hume  Hccoiint  |  of  | 
tho  Tabkitht  liin/riiiiKe,  |  hh  Hpukcii  lt,v 
8«iveral  trilieH  on  Miu  |  weMterii  coiiHt  of 
I  Vaiicoiivrr    iHluml,  |  [On*!    Iiii«!    in 
Greek.]  | 

Lunilou:  |  Ilutchard  and  (;o.,187  i'ir- 
cwUlly.  I  IMiM. 

Ilulf'title  (Thd  Tahkiibt  bini;i>ai{P)  v(<ri«o 
blank  1  I,  tltb<  vorHo  ii.iiium  ul'  |iriut«rH  I  I. 
iiitrtMliictiuii  pp.  1-8,  text  pp.  U-HO,  h<|.  16'. 

llabitut  of  tbu 'i'lihkiibt  iir   Nootkii,  p.  1 

Niiliierala  1-10,  20,  :iU,40<>f  tbtt  IiHliuua  N.  K. 
of  Vancouver  iHlamI,  anti  two  HtttM  of  nuiueruU 
1-10 of  the  IiitllanH  of  Milbimk  Soiinil  (all  fur 
uiabiMl  by  (iibim),  ]ip.  1-2.— "Tabkulit  proiH'r" 
pp.  2-8,  iiii'liideH  tbu  etymology  of  the  iiainr, 
llHt  of  tribal  (Ilviaions,  elyiiiolo)(i<'H,  tribal 
nameH  u8o<l  by  other  authors,  ett'.— Tabkubt 
Krnmniar  (pp.  9-20)  iuoliulea:  The  lnni;iiaKe, 
pp.  0-12;  NtimeralM,  ]ip.  12-l.'i;  The  formation  of 
words,  pj).  14-10;  RootM,  pp.  16-20;  Tonniua- 
tions,  pp.  21-25;  Uediiplicatlon,  |ip.  2.V26;  C'om- 
Iiai-ison,  p.20:  Verba,  pp.  27-21). -Nitinaht  (p)i. 
20-31)  inclmlea:  (Senoral  diaviiHHion,  p.  20; 
Some  worda  in  wbieb  the  Nitinaht  dilferH 
partly  or  altogether  from  the  other  tribea,  jip. 
30-31;  Nitinaht  niimerala,  p.  Itl.— I'urt  I.  tl>i»'- 
tionaryofthe]Tahkabt-Kngliah(ali)hab«ticully 
arranged), pp.  33-:i8.— I'artll.  Engliab-Tabkalit 
(al|>bal>eticnlly  arranged),  pp.  59-78.— Proper 
iiame.-4  (pp.  79-80)  iucludea:  Scsbaht  men  and 
boya,  p.  79;  Opechiaabt  men  and  boys,  p.  80; 
SoHbaht  women  and  girls,  p.  80. 

Vopie*  seen :  Uoaa,  Ltrinton,  Kanies. 

Much  of  this  material  ia  reprinted  in  Sproat 
(G.  M.),  SeenoH  und  atudiea  of  wivage  life. 

Noutka  or  Tuhkaht  vocabulary. 

ManuHcript,  1  leaf,  folio,  written  on  both 
Bides;  in  (bo  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ktbnul- 

«»g.V. 

Contains  about  190  words,  and  the  numerals 
1-12, 20, 30, 100,  lOUO. 


Knlpe  (I'.)— Contiiiina. 

In  tbu  same  llbrarv  Ih  a  copy  of  thU  vocabu- 
lury,  0  leavuH  folio,  made  bj  Dr.  tieu.  (illiliH. 

Notea  on  the  Iniliun  trilxH  of  the 

nortli-wi'Ht  roaiit  of  Norlli  .Vincricn. 

MunuHcrlpt,  II  li'a\eH.  h  ,  4  .  mid  folio,  in  the 
library  of  the  Hureau  of  KlIiiioloKy,  ('oni|HMe<l 
mainly  of  luttura  in  answer  to  Inijulriea  of  Dr. 
(ieo.  OibbH. 

Coiiiparatlve  vocabulary.  25  words,  Xewittee 
and  Makub;  one  of  24  wnnU  of  the  NIMiuibt, 
hIx  triliesof  liarclay  Sound,  and  of  the  NiMitka; 
one  of  54  words  ChiiiooK  and  'ralikabl.— 
Niinierous  notes  on  atllnitius,  aounds  nse«l  in 
the  languages,  etc. 

K^ragiitl  vorHton     .     .     .    book  of  coiii- 

inoii  prayer.     S«-o  Hall  (A.  .1.) 
Kwakiool.     See  Kwakiutl. 
K^)7aklutl.     Vocabulary  of  the  C'otpiilth 
(Kwahkintl). 

Manuscript,  0  leaves  folio,  written  on  one 
aide  only;  in  the  library  of  tlin  lEureaii  of  Ktb- 
nology,  Washington,  D.  ('.  It  Is  a  copy,  iiiailo 
by  Dr.  Qoo.  (iilibs  fnim  a  niaiiiiseript  (h  in  Ibo 
Hudson  liny  ('oni|ian.v's  post  at  Victori.i, iJiiue, 
lH."i7.  Contains  IHO  words, 
Kwaklntl : 

See  Hall  (A.  J.) 
ll;ill(A..I.) 


Uible,  Mattbe 
Uiblclobii 
Itilile  passai^et 
liilile  passa;;es 


tieneral  disciiHsion 

(ieiieral  discussion 

U  en  tea 

Grammar 

(rramniatie  treatise 

(iraiiiiiiatie  treatise 

Legends 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Nuiiieials 

Prayer  laaik 

Songs 

.Songs 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Voc'abiilary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Words 


Kritlsb. 
(iilbert  (-  )  and   Itiv- 

ington  (_.). 
Anderson  (.\.  ('.) 
Dawson  (ti.  M.) 
Iloas  (K.) 
Hall  (A. .1.) 

lions  (K.) 

Dawson  ((i.  M.) 
lions  (!<'.) 
Hergbolt/,  ((i.F  ) 
Host  (K.) 
Hoiisd'.) 
Hall  (A.. I.) 
Boos  IK.) 
Fillmoiv(,J.(;,) 
Hoas  (K.) 

Cliamberlain  (A.  K.) 
DalMW.If.) 
DuwMoii  ((i.  M.) 
(iililis  ((i.) 
Kwakiutl. 
Powell  (,I.W.) 
Wilson  (K.  F.) 
Bous  (F.) 
iIale(H.) 


40 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP  THE 


ZitfMUlf 

Kwkkintl  See  Boas  (F.) 

La  Barpe  (Jejm  B'ran^ois  tic).  AhT6^6  \ 
de  I  I'histoire    gt^n'^rale  |  des  voyages, 
I  contenant  |  Ce  qn'il  y  a  do  plus  ris- 
marquable,  de  pluH  utile  &  |  de  laieux 
av^r6  dans  lea  pays  oil  les  Voyagenrs  | 
unt  pdn^'trd ;  les  moBurs  des  Habitans,  la 
Religion,  |  les  UsageH,  Arts  &  Scieuccs, 
f!ouimerce,  |  Manufactures;  enrichiede 
Cartes  g^ographiqiiec  |  &  de  figures.  | 
Par  M.  De  La  Harpe,  de   I'Acaddmie 
Fran^aibe.  |  Tome     premier    [-trente- 
deux].  I  [Design.]  j 

A  Paris,  |  Hdtel  de  Thou,  rue  dos 
Poitevins.  |  M.DCC.LXXX[-Aii  IX.— 
1801]  [1780-1801].  I  Avec  Approbation, 
&  Privil(^ge  dii  Roi. 

32  vols.  8=',  and  atlas,  1804, 4°. 

Remavka  on  the  Kootka  language,  with  a 
abort  vooabuhtry  and  numerals  1-10  (all  from 
Anderson,  in  Cook  an<i  King),  vol.  23.  pp.  184- 
187.    This  volume  i»  dated  1786. 

Copies  tetn :  Astor,  Congress. 

Abr<Sg(5  I  de  |  I'histoire  g^nt^rale  |  des 

voyages,  |  contenant  |  ce  qn'il  y  a  de 
pins  remarquable,  de  plus  utile  et  de  | 
niieux  av6t6  dans  les  pays  on  les  voy- 
ageurs  out ;  pendtrd ;  les  nKcurs  ties  bab- 
itans,  la  religion,  les  |  usages;  arts  ct 
sciences,  commerce  otinanufac-  |  tures. 
I  Par  J.  F.  LaHurpe.  |  Tome  premier 
[-vingt-«[uatri^me] .  | 

A   Paris,  |  Chez    Ledoux    et    Tenr6 
libraires,  |  rue  Pierre-Sarrozin,  N"  8.  | 
1816. 

24  vols.  12°. 

Linguistic  contents  ax  under  t  itle  next  above, 
vol.  23,  pp.  286-290. 

Copies  *een:  British  Museum. 

Abrdgd  I  de  |  I'histoire  g^nt^rale  |  ties 

voyages,  |  couttmant  |  co  qu'jl  y  a  de 
plus  remarquable,  tie  plus  utile  et  de 
mieux  (  a,v6r6  dans  les  pays  ofi  les  voy- 
ageurs  ont  pt^netrd;  les  |  moeurs  des 
habitans,  la  religion,  les  usages,  arts  et 
I  sciences,  commerce  et  manufactures; 
I  Par  J.  F.  LaHarpe.  |  Nouvello  6d\- 
tiou,  revue  et  corrig<'e  avec  le  pins 
grand  soin,  |  et  acconipagn<^e  tl'un  bel 
atlas  in-folio.  |  Tome  premier  [-vingt- 
quatri^me].  | 


La  Harpe  (J.  F.  de)  — Continued. 

A  Paris,  |  cbez  £!tienno  Ledoux,  li- 
braire,  |  rue  Gut^n^gaud,  N"  9.  |  1820. 

24  vols.  8°. 

Lingui^4tic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  vol. 
23,  pp.  286-290. 

Copies  seen :  Congress. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  38032, 
there  are  editions:  Paris,  Achille.lourdan,  1822, 
30  vols.  8"i  Paris,  182.5,  30  vols.  8°;  Lyon, 
Rusand,  1829-'30,  30  vols.  8°. 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon).  Miscellaneous 
contributions  to  the  ethnography  of 
North  America.  By  R.  G.  L).th&m,  M.  D. 

In  Philological  Soc.  [of  London]  Proc.  vol.  2, 
pp.  31-50  [London],  1846, 8°. 

Numerals  1-10  of  the  [Hailtsuk]  language  of 
Fitzhugh  Sound  compared  witli  the  Blackfoot, 
p.  38. 

This  article  is  reprinted  in  the  sanie  axthor  a 
Optueula,  pp.  275-297,  for  title  of  wliicti  see 
below. 

On  the  languages  of  the  Oregon  ter- 
ritory.   By  R.  G.  Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Bthnological  Soc.  of  Loudon  Jour.  vol.  1, 
pp.  154-166,  Edinburgh  [»848],  8°. 

Numerals  2-7,10  of  the  FitzHugh  Sound, 
compared  with  tl;e  Hueltzuk  and  Rillechoola, 
p.  155.— Vocabulary  (12  words)  of  the  Nootku 
(Irorn  Cook)  compared  with  the  Tlao<|iiatch 
(from  Tolmie),  p.  130. — Comparative  vocabulary 
(6  words)  of  Fuca  (Matsv,  from  Alcala<.taliauo), 
TIaoquatch  (from  Tolmie),  and  Vr.itadi  'from 
Jewitt),  p.  156. — List  of  words,  show  inj."  'iffln- 
ities  between  the  langu<i!res  >,r  'Jregoi.  i./iit  the 
Eskimo,  pp.  164-165,  includes  a  few  words  of 
Nootka,  Tlaoquatcii,  and  Uacltzuk. 

This  article  is  reprinted  willi  a<tdcd" notes" 
in  the  same  author's  Opuscula,  pp.  249-265,  foi 
title  of  which  see  below. 

The  I  natural  history  |  of  |  the  varie- 
ties of  man.  |  By  |  Robert  Gordon 
Latham,  M.  D.,  F.  R,  8.,  |  late  fei^nv 
of  King's  college,  Cambridge;  |  one  of 
the  vice-presitlents  of  the  Ethnological 
society,  Lontlon ;  |  ct)rreBponuing  mem- 
ber to  the  Ethnological  society,  |  New 
Vork,  etc.  |  [Mtniogram  in  shield.]  | 

Lontlon :  |  .John  Van  Voorst,  Pater- 
noster row.  I  M.  D.  CCCL  [1850]. 

Half-title  verso  blank  1 1.  title  verso  names  of 
printers  1  I.  dedic;>tion  verso  blank  1  1.  preface 
l>p.  vii-xi.  bibliography  pp.  xiii-xv,  expla^ja- 
tlon  of  plates  verso  blink  1  I.  contento  pp.  xlx- 
xxviii,  text  pp.  1-5P'J,  index  pp.  .'■>67- 574,  list  of 
works  by  Dr.  Lat'aam  verso  blank  1  1. 8"^. 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


41 


ue  of 
igical 

lUUlU- 

Now 

]| 
'ater- 

Qies  of 
Irefaco 

Jv.tIx- 
IliHt  of 


Latham  (R.  O.)  —  Continued. 

DiTUion  F,  American  Mongolidie  (pp.  287- 
460)  inrliides  a  rlaHHificntinii  of  the  Havltziik 
and  HailtHa,  pp.  ;i0fl-3Ul;  of  the  Nutkans,  pp. 
301-302.— VocabuUir.v  (20«o'(U)  of  tUoCliekt-i'li 
»ni  of  the  Waka'ih  (from  St'onler),  p.  :il.'>. 

Oopis*  seen:  Bureau  of  Ethuology,  Cuu- 
grpss,  Eame.s. 

The  I  ethnology  |  of  |  the    British 

colonies  |  and  |  dependencies,  j  By  |  K. 
G.  Latham,  M.  1).,  F.  R.  S.,  |  corre- 
8]>onding  member  to  the  Ethuolotriciil 
society,  New  York,  |  etc.  etc.  (  [Mono- 
grniii.]  I 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  Pater- 
noster row.  ]  M.  DCCC.  LI  ['8.-)!]. 

Title  vtTHO  naiiips  of  printtTs  I  I.  preface 
verso  blank  1 1.  conteiita  pp.  v-vi,  text  pp.  1-264 
12". 

(Jhapter  vi.  Dcpendencich  in  America  (pp. 
224-264),  contains  a  linguistic  clas.siflcation  of 
the  Indians,  among  thorn  tl  .<  Kutka  and  tin- 
Hailtsa,  p. 247;  of  Fitz Hugh  Sound, p. ^51'. 

Copieii  seen .-  Antor,  liritisli  Museum,  Con- 
gress 'j^ames. 

•it  tlie  Squier  sale,  no.  635,  a  copy  brouglit  |l . 

On  the  languages  of  Northern,  West- 
ern, and  Central  America.  By  i».  G. 
Latham,  M.  D.    (Read  May  the  9th.) 

In  Pliilological  Soc.  [of  London]  I'nui.'*.  1856, 
pp.  57-115  London  [1857).  8<^.    ((Congress.) 

Namei  Is  2, 3  in  the  langaugc  of  Fitz-Hugh 
Sound  anil  of  the  Hneltzuk  coniiiarcd  with  the 
Blackfeet,  p.  65. — TbeHailtsa,  theirhalntat  and 
divisions,  p.  73.— TheWakash,  a  brief  account, 
p.  73. 

This  article  reprinted  in  tlie  same  author's 
Opxucula,  pp.  326-377.  for  title  of  wliieli  .see 
l>elow. 

Opuscula.  I  Essays  |  eliicfiy  |  pliih)- 

logical  and  ethnographical  |  liy  |  Kob- 
«rt  Gordon  Latham,  )  M.A.,  M.  U.,  F. 
K.  S.,  etc.  I  late  Icllow  of  K  iiig.s  coljogo, 
Cambridge,  late  professor  ot  Knglisli  | 
in  University  college,  fvondoii,  late 
assistant  physician  |  at  the  Middlesex 
hositital.  I 

Williams  &  Norgate,  |  It   Henrietta 
street.  Covcnt  garden,  Lonii'm  |  and  | 
20  south  Fre<hrick  street,  Kdinb>:rgli. 
I  Leipzig,  R.  llartmann.  ]  1860. 

Title  verao  name  of  printer  1  1.  prt^faee  pp. 
iii-lr,  contents  i)p,  v-vi,  text  pp.  1-377,  addenda 
and  corrigenda  pp.  37.'<-418, 8°. 

A  reprint  of  a  number  of  pai>ers  I'ead  before 
the  Ethnologi(;al  and  Philological  societies  of 
London,  among  them  someuf  those  titled  above, 
as  follows : 

On  the  languages  of  the  Oregon  lerritory(pp. 
249-265)  contains  the  linguistic  mnt-erial  uiven 


Latham  (R.  G.) — Continued. 

under  this  title  above  on  pp.  250-251, 251-252, 
252, 260-262.  The  "notes  "  (pp.  263-265)  contain 
a  comparative  vw^abulary  of  20  vords  of  the 
Tla<K|uatcli  and  Kootka,  with  the  Columbia 
(i'lum  Scouler),  p.  263. 

MisccUaueoiiM  contributions  to  the  ethnog- 
raphy of  North  America  (pp.  27.'>-297)  contains 
the  numerals  1-lU  of  the  [Hailtsuk]  language  of 
Fits- Hugh  Sound,  p.  283. 

On  the  languages  of  Northern,  Western,  and 
Central  America  (pp.  326-377)  contains  the  lin- 
guistic material  given  under  ^his  title  above, 
pp.333,'»39,340. 

Addenda  and  corrigenda,  1859  (pp.  378-418) 
contains  brief  references  to  the  linguistic  place 
of  the  "'laiMiuatch,  \>.  378:  to  the  Wakosli, 
Xutka,  and  Tlao(|unteh.  |i.388. 

(lopieiseen:  A.stor,  Boston  Public,  Brintca, 
Bureau  of  Ethnology,  (Jongress,  Eames,  Pilling. 
Vatkinson. 

At  the  Squier  sale  a  presentation  copy  (no. 
039  of  the  catalogue)  brought  $2.37.  The  Mur- 
phy copy,  no.  1438,  sold  for  $1. 

Elements  |  of  |  comparative  philol- 
ogy. I  By  I  R.G.  Latham,  M.  A.,  M.  I)., 
F.  R.  8.,  &c.,  I  late  fellow  of  King's  col- 
lege, Cambridge ;  and  late  professor  of 
English  I  in  University  college,  Lon- 
don. I 
London:  Walton  and  Maberly,  Upper 

Gower  street,  and  Ivy  lane.  Paternoster 
row;  I  Longman,  Green,  Longman, 
Roberts,  and  Green,  |  Paternoster  row. 
I  1862.  I  The  Right  of  Translation  is 
Reserved. 

Half-title  ver.so  names  of  printers  1  1.  title 
verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1 1.  i>ref- 
acepp.  vii-xi  contents  pp.  xiii-xx,  tabular  view 
of  langimge.s  aiul  dialects  pp.  xxi-xxviii,  chief 
authorities  pp.  xxix-xxxii,  errata  verso  blank  I 
1.  text  pp.  1-75'.',  addenda  and  corrigenda  |)p. 
7.13-757,  index  pp.  758-774,  list  of  works  by  Dr. 
Latham  verso  blank  1  1. 8^. 

(Miapter  Iv,  Languages  of  America  (pp.  384- 
403)  C(mtiiins :  Abrief  .liscuH.sionof  the  llailtsa, 
with  a  vocabulary  (14  words  and  numerals  1- 
10).  pi>.  401-411'^:  (  •■(j.-iratlvo  vocabulary  (50 
words  and  miuierals  10)  of  the  Nsiotshawiis, 
Watlal.i.aiid  Xut  ..•  iip.  402-403. 

Ciipies  uen  :  .  (tor,  British  Museum,  Bureau 
of  K.llmoldgy.  Congress,  Kames,  Watkinson. 

lioUei  tiiordon  Latham,  the  eldest  son  of  the' 
I'ev.  f  lioMii'.H  Latham,  was  l)oru  in  the  vicarage 
of  hiitiugsborough,  Lincolnshire,  March  24, 
1812.  li>  ISlBliewasenteredat  Eton.  Two  years, 
afterwards  be  was  admitted  on  the  foundation, 
and  in  1^29  went  to  Kings,  where  he  took  his 
fellowship  and  degrees.  Ethnology  wi  >  his. 
flrut  -i^iissiou  and  hia  last,  though  fur  botany 
he  had  a  very  strong  taste.  He  died  March  0, 
XK^.  —  Thtoditre  WatU.inThe  Athena»tm,Marck 
U.  tSSH. 


I  'n 


42 


BIBLIOOHAPHY   OP   THE 


Lawrence).     See 


See  BoaH  (F.) 


i 


ma.  >' 


iWl 


Le  Conte  {Dr.   John 
Haldemann  (S.  S.) 

IickwiKoq: 
Vocabulary 

Leininen8(T. N.)an(l  Enssen  (F.)    T.  X- 
Lemmens.     1888.  |  A  vocabn.''ary  |  of  | 
the Clayoquot  Sound  |  Language.     {") 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-218,  folio,  in  poasessiou  of 
the  Bishop  of  Alaska,  Victoria,  B.  C. 

Engliah-Clayoquot  vocabulary,  pp.  1-2U.— 
The  verb,  pp.  212-218. 

Title  from  l)r.  Franz  Boas,  who  informs  me 
that  the  rectos  of  pp.  3-43  are  in  the  Kyoquot 
dialect,  and  were  written  by  Mr.  Enaaen. 

Lord'i  prayer: 
Ilp.'.lUuk 
Kwakiutl 
Ewakiutl 
Nutka 


.See  Tate  (C.  M.) 
Bergholtz  (O.  F.) 
Kost  (R.) 
Brabant  (A.  J.) 


Lubbock  (Sir  Jehu).  The  |  origin  of 
civilisation  |  and  the  |  primitive  con- 
dition of  man.  |  Mental  and  social  con- 
dition of  savages.  |  By  |  sir  John  Lub- 
bock, Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  S.  |  author 
[&c.  two  lines.]  | 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1870. 

Half-title  verao  names  of  printers  1  1.  front- 
ispiece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v- 
viii,  contents  p.  ix,  list  of  illustrations  pp.  xi- 
lii,  list  of  principal  works  quoted  pp.  xiii-xvi, 
text  pp.  1-323,  appendix  pp.  325-3Q2,  notes  pp. 
363-365,  index  pp.  307-380,  four  other  plates,  8°. 

A  few  words  in  the  Nootka  language,  p.  288. 

Copies  seen:  Astor,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Eames,  Harvard. 

The  I  originof  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  S. 
I  author[&c.  two  linos.]  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Applcton  and  com- 
pany, 1 90, 92  &  94  Grand  street.  \  1870. 

Half-title  verso  blank  1 1.  frontispiece  1 1.  titht 
verso  blank  1 1.  prel'acu  to  tlio  American  edition 
pp.  iii-iv,  preface  pp.  v-vlii,  contents  p.  ix, 
Ulustratio-^.s  pp.  xi-xii,  list  of  principal  works 
quoted  pp.  xiii-xvi,  textpp.  1-323,  appendix  pp. 
325-362,  notes  pp.  363-365,  index  pp.  367-380,  four 
other  plates,  12°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  aliove. 

Copies  teen:  Harvard,  Pilling. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  nmn.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  S. 
I  author    [&c.    two    lines.]  |  Second 
edition,  witli  additions.  | 


Lubbock  (J.)  — Continued. 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 

I  1870. 

Half-title  verso  names  of  printers  1 1.  front- 
ispiece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v- 
viii,  contents  pp.  ix-xiii,  illustrations  pp.  xv- 
X  vi,  list  of  principal  works  quot«d  pp.  xvii-xx, 
text  pp.  1-367,  appendix  369-409,  notes  pp.  411- 
413,  index  pp.  415-426,  list  of  books  1 1.  five  other 
plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
327. 

Copies  seen:  British  Museum,  Kames,  Har- 
vard. 

—  The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 
I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  conditiim  of  savages.  |  By  | 
sit  Jchn  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R. 
8.  I  vice-chancellor  [&c.  three  lines.] 
I  Third  edition,  with  numerous  addi- 
tiouK.  I 

London:  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1875. 

Half-title  verao  name  of  printer  1  1.  frontia- 
piece  I  I.  title  verso  blank  1 1.  preface  pp.  v-viii, 
contents  pp.  ix-xfii,  illustrations  pp.  xv-xvi, 
list  of  the  principal  works  (i noted  pp.  xvii-xx, 
text  pp.  1-463,  appendix  pp.  465-507,  notes  pp. 
509-514,  index  pp.  515  528,  five  other  plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
417. 

Copies  seen:  British  Museum,  Eames. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.  M.  P.  F.  R.  S. 
I  D.C.  L.  LL.D.  I  president  [&c.  five 
lines.]  I  Fourth  edition,  with  numerous 
additious.  | 

London:  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1882. 

Half-titlu  verso  list  of  works  "  by  the  same 
autlior  "  1  1.  froutlapiece  1 1.  title  verso  names  of 
printers  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-viii,  contents  pp.  ix- 
xiii,  illustrations  pp.  xv-xvi,  list  of  the  princi- 
pal works  quoted  pp.  xvii-xx,  text  pp.  1-480, 
appendix  pp.  481-524,  notes  pp.  525-533,  index 
jip.  535  548,  fiv,!  other  plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
427. 

Copies  seen:  Boston  Atlienieuui,  Eamea, 
Harvard. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man  |  Meutal 
and  social  condition  of  savages  |  By  | 
sir  John  Lubbock,  bart.  |  M.  P.,  F.  R. 
S.,  D.C.  L.,  LL.  D.  I  author  [&c.  four 
lines]  I  Fifth  Edition,  with  numerous 
Additions  I 


1,1  i: 


ml  CO. 

lie  same 

lamtja  of 

pp.  U- 

I  princi- 

1-480, 

index 

l)Ove,  p. 

lEames, 

id  the 
leutal 
By  I 
F.  R. 
foiir 
lierouii 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


43 


Lubbock  (J.)  — Continued. 

London  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co  | 
1889  I  All  rights  reserved 

Half-title  vorgo  names  of  printers  1 1.  frontis- 
piece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  (dated 
February,  1870)  pp.  vii-x,  contents  pp.  xi-xvi, 
illustratious  pp.  xvii-xviii,  list  of  priuoipal 
works  quoted  pp.  xix-xziii,  text  pp.  1-486, 
appendix  pj).  487-529,  notes  pp.  6:tl-530,  index 
pp.  541-554.  IJHt  of  works  by  the  same  author 
verso  blank  1  1.  Ave  other  plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
432. 

Copies  tieen :  Eames. 

Ludewlg  (Herniaim  Ernst).  The  |  liter- 
ature I  of  I  American   <iborig:uai    lan- 
guages. I  By  I  Hermann  E.  L,udewig.  | 
Witli    additions   and    corrections  |  bj' 
professor  Wm.  W.  Turner.  |  Edited  by 

.  Nicolas  Triibuer.  | 

London : '  Triibner  and  co.,  60,  Pater- 
noster row.  I  MDCCCLVIII  [1858]. 

!  Half-title  "Triibuer's  bibliutheca  glottioa 
I"  verso  blunk  1  1.  title  as  above  verso  name  of 
printer  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-viii,  contents  verso 
blank  1  l.editor'sadvertiscnientpp.ix-xii,  bio- 
graphical memoir  pp.  xiii-xiv,  introductory 
bibliographical  notices  pp.  xv-xxiv,  text  pp.  1- 
209,  addenda,  pp.  210-246,  index  pp.  247-256, 
errata  pp.  257-258, 8°.  A  rranged  alphabetically 
by  languages.  Addenda  by  WulW.  Tumeraud 
■     Nicolas  Triibner,  pp.  210-246. 

Contains  a  listof  graujmars  and  vocabularies 
of  American  languages  and  among  them  those 
of  the  following  peoples : 

American  languages  generally,  pp.  xv-xxiv ; 
Fuca  Strait,  p. 74;  Haeeltzuk,  Hailtsa,  p.  80; 
Naas  (including  some  Wakashan),  p.  130; 
Nutka,  Wakash,  pp.  135-136,  233;  Tlao<iuatch, 
p.  188. 

Copies  seen :  iSureauof  Ethnology, Congress, 
Eames,  Pilling. 

At  the  Fischer  sale,  no.  990,  a  copy  brought  5«. 
6d. ;  at  the  Field  sale,  u.>.  140'J,  »2.63 ;  at  the 
Squiersale.  no.  699,  $2.62;  another  copy,  no.  1906, 
$2.38.  Priced  by  Leclorc,  1878,  no.  2075,  1.')  fr. 
The  Pinartcopy,  no.  565,  sold  for  25  fr.,  and 
the  Murphy  copy,  no.  1540,  for  $2.50. 

"Dr.  Ludewig  hivs  himself  so  fully  detailed 
the  phui  and  purport  of  this  work  tliat  little 
more  remains  for  me  to  add  beyond  the  mere 
statement  of  the  origin  of  my  connection  with 
the  publication  and  the  mention  of  such  addi- 
tions for  wbinh  I  alone  am  responsible,  and 
which,  duriug  its  progress  through  the  press, 
have  gradually  accumulated  to  about  one-sixth 
ofthewhole.  Thiaisbutanactuf Justicotothe 
memory  of  Dr.  Ludewig,  because  at  the  timeot 
bis  death,  in  December,  1856,  no  more  than  172 
pages  were  printeil  olf,  and  these  constitute  the 
only  portion  of  the  work  which  had  the  benetlt 
of  his  valuable  personal  and  iinal  revision. 

"Similarity  of  pursuits  li'd,<luring  my  stay 


Ludewig  ( H.  E. )  —  Continned. 

in  New  York  in  1855,  to  an  intimacy  with  Dr. 
r^udewig,  during  which  he  mentioned  that  he, 
like  myself,  had  been  making  bibliographical 
memoranda  for  years  of  all  books  which  serve 
to  illustrate  the  history  of  spoken  language. 
As  a  first  section  of  a  more  extended  work  on 
the  lit«>rary  history  of  language  generally,  ho 
had  prepared  a  bibliographical  memoir  of  the 
remains  of  theaboriginal  languages  of  America. 
Xhe  manuscript  had  been  deposited  by  him  in 
the  library  of  the  Ethnological  Society  at  New 
York,  but  at  my  request  he  rt  once  most  kindly 
placed  it  at  my  dis;  osal,  stipulating  only  that 
it  should  bo  printed  in  Europe,  under  ray  per- 
sonal superintendence. 

"  Upon  my  return  to  England,  I  lost  no  time 
in  carrying  out  the  trust  thus  coutidtHi  to  nie, 
intending  then  to  confine  myself  simply  to  pro- 
duciiij;"'"'"  :.-ct  copy  of  my  friend's  manuscript, 
itut  it  soon  became  obvious  that  the  transcript 
had  been  hastily  made,  and  but  for  the  valuable 
assistance  of  literary  friends,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  America,  the  work  would  prob- 
ably have  been  abandoned.  My  thanks  are  more 
particularly  due  to  Mr.  E.  G.  Sqnier,  and  to 
Prof.  William  W.  Turner,  of  AVashington,  by 
whose  considerate  and  valuable  cooperation 
many  diflttculties  were  cleared  away  and  my  edi- 
torial liibors  greatly  lightened.  Tliisencouraged 
me  to  sp.ire  neither  personal  labor  nor  expense 
in  the  attempt  to  render  the  work  as  perfect  as 
possible,  with  what  sui'cess  must  be  left  to 
the .judgmentof  those  wlio  can  fairly  appreciate 
the  labors  of  a  pioneer  in  atiy  new  field  of  lit- 
erary research." — EdiUir's  advertisement 

"Dr.  LudewiL',  f bough  but  little  known  iu 
this  country  liinii{    was  held  in  consider- 

abieestocm  ii  '  bothin  (iernianyand  the 

United  States  ol  i.-rir  i  Borr  mI  DrtsdiMi  in 
1809,  with  but  litlll^  L'xi  I  jition  '  oontiuuod  t<i 
reside  in  hisnative  city  until  '.  il.  whenhoemi- 
grated  to  America;  but,  though  in  otli  I'oun- 
tries  he  practiced  law  as  a  profession,  his  bent 
was  the  study  of  literary  history,  which  was 
evidenced  by  bis  '  Livre  des  Ana,  Essai  de  Cata- 
logue Manuel,'  published  at  his  own  cost  in  1837, 
and  by  his  'nibliothekonomie,' which  appear-  •! 
a  few  years  later. 

"  But  tvcu  whilst  thus  encaged  ho  delighted 
in  iuvestigutiugtlierlseand  progressof  the  laiul 
of  his  subsequent  adoption,  and  his  researches 
into  the  vexi'd  question  of  the  origin  of  the  pen 
jiling  of  Anu'ricii  gained  him  the  highest  consid- 
eration, on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic,  ns  a  man 
of  original  and  inquiring  mind.  lie  was  a 
contributor  to  Naumann's  'Serapaium;'  and 
amongst  the  chief  of  his  contributions  to  that 
Journal  may  bo  montioutxl  those  ou  'American 
Libraries,'  on  the  'Aids  to  American  Bibliog- 
raphy,' and  on  the  'Book Trade  of  the  lTnite<l 
States  of  America.'  In  1846  appeared  his  '  Lit- 
erature of  American  Local  History,'  a  work  of 
much  Importance  and  which  re<(nired  no  small 
amount  of  labor  and  perseverance,  owing  to  the 
necessity  of  consulting  the  many  and  widely 


i  ii 


m 


!1 


44 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   TKF. 


Lude^vig  (H.  E.)  —  Continued. 

Hratteretl  inateri.tls,  wli!c}i  liiul  tube  sought  out 
from  ipparently  the  most  unlikely  cbaniielK. 

"  These  stmlies  fonned  a  natural  imluction 
to  the  present  wtirk  on  'The  Literaturn  of 
American  Aboriginal  Lan);uav;efl,'  which  occn- 
p'otl  his  leisure  concurrentl)  with  thi;  otlit-rs. 
and  the  ])rintinf;  of  which  wiw,  corameuced  in 
August,  IH'iO,  but  which  ho  did  not  livotoHto 
launched  upon  tlie  world ;  for  at  the  date  of  his 
dttath,  on  the  I'ith  of  Uocomlior  following,  only 
172  pages  were  in  typo.  It  had  liet-n  a  labor  of 
love  with  him  for  years;  and,  if  ever  author 
were  mindful  of  the  nonumpreiiiattir  in  annum, 
hewaswlien  hcdeposited  hisninnuscriptiiiMie 
library  of  the  American  Etlinological  Society, 
dlHident  hlMiself  im  to  Its  merits  and  value  on  a 
subject  of  such  paramount  ioten'st.  do  luid 
satistied  liimself  that  in  due  timetlie  reward  of 
his  patient  industry  mit;ht  hetho  production  of 
some  more  extended  national  work  on  tlie  xuli- 
ject,  and  with  this  !ie  was  conttinted ;  for  it  was 
a  distinguishing  feature  in  his  chanveter,  not- 
withstanding liis  groat  and  varied  knowledge 
and  brilliant  I'^quirements,  to  disregard  his 
own  toil,  even  amounting  to  drudgery  if  ueed- 


Ludevrlg(H.  E.)  —  Contimied. 

ful,  if  he  could  in  any  way  assist  in  the  pro- 
mulgation of  literature  and  science. 

"  Dr.  Ludewig  was  a  corresponding  member 
of  many  of  the  most  distinguished  £uropean 
and  American  literary  societies,  and  few  men 
were  held  In  greaUir  consideration  by  scholars 
l)oth  in  America  and  ( Jennany,  as  will  readily  he 
HcknowU^dged  should  hi«i  voluminous  corre- 
sjiundeuce  oversee  the  light.  In  private  life  ho 
was  di8tlngui8ho<l  by  the  best  qualities  which 
endear  a  man's  memory  to  those  who  survive 
him ;  he  was  a  kind  and  affectionate  husband 
and  ii  sincere  fri  'iil.  Always  accessilde  and 
ever  ready  to  aid  and  counsel  those  who  applied 
to  him  f^radvici' upon  matters  appertaining  to 
literature,  his  loss  will  long  be,  felt  by  a  most 
extended  circle  of  friends,  and  in  him  Germany 
mourns  one  of  the  best  represen«:;tives  of  her 
learned  men  in  America,agenu!ne  type  of  aciass 
in  which,  with  singular  felicity,  to  genius 
of  the  highest  order  is  combined  a  painstaking 
and  plodding  pe  .severance  but  seldom  met  with 
beyond  theoonllnes  of 'the  Fatherland.'  "—liio- 
graphic  memoir. 


M. 


'Mi 


Maclean  (L'ev.  John).  Indian  langnatjca 
and  literature  in  Manitoba,  North-west 
Territories  and  British  Columbia. 

In  Canadian  Institute,  Proc.  tliird  series,  vol. 
6,  pp. 215-218,  Toronto,  188H,  8°.     (Pilling.) 

Contains  (1)  list  of  languages  in  Manitoba, 
Keewatin.and  North-west  Territories;  (2)  lan- 
guages in  British  Columbia;  and  (3)  the  lan- 
guages of  which  vocabularies  and  grammars 
have  been  published,  the  authors  and  iilace  of 
publication. 

The  Indians  (  their  manners  and  cus- 
toms. I  By  I  John  McLean,  M.A.jPh.D. 
I  (Robin    Rustler.)  |  With    Eighteen 
full-page  Illustrations.  | 

Toronto:  |  William  Briggs,  78  &  80 
King  street  east.  |  C.  W.  Coates,  M(ni- 
treal.    S.  F.  Huestis,  Halifax.  |  1889. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice 
1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  vii- 
viii.coutentspp.  ix-x,  list  of  illustrations  verso 
blank  1 1,  text  pp.  13-35T,  12°. 

Indian  languages  and  literature,pi).  '235-238. 

Oopiet  teen :  Eames,  Pilling,  Powell. 

Rev.  John  Maclean  was  born  in  Kilmnrnoch, 
Ayrshire,  Scotland,  Oct.  30, 1852;  came  to  Can 
nda  in  1873,  and  was  graduated  H.  A.  from  Vic- 
toria Uni  versity,Cobourg,()ntJ»rio.  Some  years 
afterward  his  alma  mater  conferred  on  him  the 
degreeof  M.  A.  In  18T4heent4'red  theministry 
of  the  Methodist  church.  In  1880,  at  Hamilton. 
Ontario,  ho  was  ordained  forspecial  work  among 


Maclean  (J.)  —  Continued. 

the  Blockfoot  Indians,  lei<ving  in  June  of  the 
same  year  for  Fort  McLocl,  Northwest  Terri- 
tory, accompanied  by  his  wife  At  this  point 
were  gathereil  about  700  lUooil  Imiians,  which 
number  was  subsequently  increased  by  the 
arrival  of  liloods  and  Blackfeet  from  Montana 
to  3,500.  Mr.  Maclean  settled  upon  the  reserve 
set  apart  for  these  Indians  and  diligently  set  to 
work  to  master  their  language,  history,  f  to 
and  on  thest*  subjects  he  has  published  anum 
her  of  articles  in  the  maga/.ines  and  society 
publications.  At  the  recjuest  of  the  ant-hropo- 
logical  eouiniittec  of  the  British  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science.  Ur.  Maclean  has 
for  several  years  prepared  notes  on  thelanguage, 
customs,  anil  tnulitions  of  the  Blackfoot  Con- 
federacy, ami  I  lie  results  of  this  labor  arc  partly 
given  in  on'  "I  the  reports  of  the  committee. 
Although  liiirilened  with  the  labors  of  a  mis- 
sionni\v,  he  found  time  to  prepare  a  post-gradu- 
ate cours(Mn  history  and  took  thedegreeof  Ph. 
I),  at  the  Weslcyau  University,  lUoomington, 
III.,  in  1888.  Besides  the  articles  which  have 
apjieared  under  liis  own  name.  Dr.  Maclean  has 
written  extensively  for  the  press  under  the  nom 
lie  plume  of  liobin  Rustler.  He  is  now  (Febru- 
ary, 18'J4)  stationed  at  Port  Arthur,  Ontario, 
('anada.  having  left  the  Indiin  work  in  July, 
1889.  He  was  for  several  \  irs  inspector  of 
schools,  and  a  member  of  tlie  lioard  of  educa- 
tion and  of  the  board  of  i  x;iminers  for  the 
Northwest  Territory. 
Mr.  Maclean  is  engageil  In  the  preparation  of 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


45 


Maclean  (J.) — Continued. 

a  stiries  of  letters,  to  be  piiblishKl  under  tlie 
title  "Canadian  Savage  Folk,"  which  will 
include  chapters  on  the  languaj**'^  and  lit«ratu  re 
of  these  people. 

Maisonnenve:  This  word  following  a  title  or 
within  purentheHes a 'ter  a  note  indicates  that  a 
copy  of  the  work  refdrrert  to  has  hcen  sotai  liy 
the  compiler  in  the  Lookstore  of  Maisoiineuve 
ft  ("ie,  I'ari»,  France. 

Maka.  Vocabulary  of  200  words  of  the 
Makah  Indiausot  Oregon;  from  a  chief 
at  San  Francisco. 

ManuNcript,  II  pages  folio;  formerly  in  the  li- 
brary of  the  lato  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea.  Elizabeth,  N.J. 

Maka: 

(jieneral  di8<'U88ion  See  Kells  (M.) 

Geographic  names  Kells  (M.) 

Geographic  names  Swan  (-I.G.) 

Numerals  Hartlett  (J.  R.) 

Numerals  Kell^^(M.) 

Numerals  Gibbs  (G.) 


Maka — Continued. 

Numerals  See 

Numerals 

Tiopor  names 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabnlary 

Voi'abulary 

Vocabnlary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

VcH^abulary 

Vocabulary 

Marchand  (£tienne). 
P.  C.  de). 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society :  These  words 
following  a  title  or  within  ]>arenthesesaflcr  a 
note  indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred 
to  has  been  wen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library 
of  that  sfH'iety,  Itostiiu,  ^Ihhh. 

Millbank  Sound  Indians.    S(<e  Hailtsuk. 


Grant  (W.  C.) 
HHldemann(S.  8.) 
Swan  (J.G.) 
Iiartlett(J.  R.) 
UuHcbmann  (J  C.  K.( 
Oaliano  (D.  A.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Latham  (K.G.) 
Maka. 

Pinart(A.L.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 

See  Fleurieu  (C. 


N. 


point 
which 
by   the 
lontana 
reserve 
set  to 
,  « to 
a  num 
society 
tbropo- 
tion  for 
lan  has 
guage, 
t  Cou- 
partly 
mittee. 
a  uiis- 
gradu- 

of  I'll. 

ngton, 
h  have 
an  has 
le  nom 
Febru- 
ntarlo, 
I  July, 
tor  of 
educa- 
[or  the 

Ition  of 


National  Musenm:  Thesis  words  following  a  title 
or  within  l  arentlicfc.s  alter  a  note  indicate  that 
a  copy  of  Jtio  woik  rcl'i'rred  t<i  has  been  seen 
by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  that  institu- 
tion, Washington,  I>.  (,'. 

New  York  Historical  Society:  These  words  follow- 
ing a  title  or  within  |):ircntlM'se8  after  a  note 
indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  lias 
been  seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  that 
society,  New  York  City. 

Nitinat : 

General  discussion  See  Knipe  (C.) 


Numerals 
Numerals 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Nlwiti : 

Vocabnlary 
-  Vocabulary 
.Words 

Norris  (Philetns  W.) 


Norri8(P.  W.)  —  Continued. 

1  1.  infrodnctiim  pp. 9-1^,  contenls  pp.  13-14, 
illustrations  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  17-170, 
notes  pp.  171-L'21,  glossary  pp.  223-233.  gnide 
book  pp.  2115-275.  map.  sm.  8°. 

Glos.sary  of  Indians  words  and  provincial- 
isms, pp.  22a-2;i.>.i'ontain8  a  number  of  terms  in 
the  Nootka  hinguagc- 

Copiet  teen :  National  Museum,  Pilling. 
Powell. 


(irant  (W.C.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Pinart  (A.L.) 
Spioat  (G.  M.) 

.See  (lallatin  (A.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Pott  (A.  F-) 

The  I  calumet  of 
theCoteau,  and  other  poetical  lef!;ends 
of  the  border.  |  Also,  |  a  glos.sary  of 
Indian  names,  words,  and  western  jiro. 
vincialisms.  |  Together  with  |  a  guide- 
book I  of  the  I  Yellowstone  national 
park.  By  P.W.  Norris,!  live  years  super- 
intendent of  the  Yellowstone  national 
park.  I  All  rights  reserved.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  U.  IJppincott  & 
CO.  I  1883. 

Frimtispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice  1 
1,  dedication  verso  blank  1 1.  poem  verso  blank 


Numerals: 
Hailtsuk 
Hailtsuk 
Hailtsuk 
Hailtsuk 
Klaokwat 
KwaViutl 
Maka 
'-•aka 

Maka 

Maka 

Nitinat 

Nitinot 

>'utka 

Nutka 

Niitka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Nutka 


See  Boas  (F.) 

Hnschmann  (J.  C.  E.) 
Eell»(M.) 
Latham  (U.G.) 
Buschmanu  (J.  C.  £.) 
Boos  (F.) 
Bartlett  (J.  R.) 
Eells(M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Grant  (W.C.) 
Haldi^mann  (S.  S.) 
Grant  (W.C.) 
Knijie  (C.) 
Adelung  (J.C.) 
Anderscm  (W.) 
Bourguing  (J.  F.) 
Classical. 
Cook  (J.) 
Dixon  (G.) 

DuHot  de  Molras  (E.) 
Fleurieu  (U.  P.  (J.de). 
Haines  (EM.) 
Hiimlioldt  (F.  vou). 
Kerr  (R) 
Knipe  (C.) 
LaHurpe  (J.  F-de). 


46 


Numerals  —  Cou  tinned. 


Niitka                   8eoPott(A.l<\) 

Niitka 

RtHiuufeuil  ((J.  lie). 

Tokoaat 

Eells(M.) 

Tokoant 

Knipe  (C.) 

Tokoaat 

Sproat((t.  M.) 

ka: 

(;at»ohiHiii             S<'c  Itrnbiint  (A.J.) 

(luneral  UlriCUMHiou 

ISalbi  (A.) 

Oenornl  diHciiAHion 

Hancroftdl.  H.) 

0«neral  (lisniSBion 

Husfhmann  (J.C.  K.) 

General  dlsciiHHion 

Gat8cliet  (A.S.) 

General  (UscusHion 

Gibbs  (G). 

General  diHcugaiun 

.I61ian  (h.V\ 

General  iliHCiuHinn 

Lntbam  {11.  •  I  > 

General  ilim'UBsiun 

I'richara  (J.C.) 

General  discuRsion 

R«quefeuil(C.«le). 

GenU'8 

Boas  (F.) 

Graniniatiu  trcatiHO 

Brabant  (A.  J.) 

Granimatic  treatise 

Buscbmiinn  (J.  C.  K.) 

Gramniatlc,  troatif*e 

Kotttbernian  (A.) 

Lord'H  praj'er 

Brabaut(A.J.) 

Numerals 

A<lelunB(.I.(;.) 

Nuiuerals 

Anderson  (\V.) 

Numerals 

Bourgoinn;  (J.  F.) 

NumeralM 

Classical. 

NiimeralH 

Cook  (J.)  and  King  (J.) 

Numerals 

Uixon  (G.) 

Numerals 

DuflotdeMol'ras(E.) 

Numerals 

Fleurieu  (C.  P.  C.de). 

Niimi-rals 

Haines  (K.J.) 

N\imerals 

Humlioldt  (F.  von). 

Numi-rals 

Kerr(K.) 

Numerals 

Knipe  (C.) 

NuuitTiils 

La  Unrpo  (J.  F.di<). 

Numerals 

Pott  (A.  F.) 

Niuuerals 

Roquefeuil(C.de). 

I'rayers 

Brabant  (A.J.) 

Prayers 

Seglier8(C.J.) 

I'roper  names 

Quimper  (M.) 

Songs 

Koa«  (F.) 

Songs 

Jewitt(J.  R.) 

Text 

Brabant  (A.J.) 

Vocaliulary 

Adelung  (J.  C.) 

.Voi'iiliulary 

Anderson  (\V.) 

Vocabulary 

Armstrong  (A.N.) 

BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF    THE 


Nutka — Cont! 
Voe^bulary 
V^ot^abulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vm'abulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabuliry 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocaliulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Voi'abulary 
Winds 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Wonls 
Words 
Wonls 
Words 
Wonls 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 


1 


nneil. 

See  Balbi  (A.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Brabant  (A.J.) 
Bulmer  (T.  S.) 
Biischmann  (J.C.  E.) 
(;anipb<dl(J.) 
CiMik(J.)and  King  (J.) 
Kills  (W.) 
Forster  (J.  G.  A.) 
Fry  (K.) 
Galiano  (1).  A.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gilibs  (G.) 
Haines  (E.M.) 
Hale  (H.) 

Humlmldt  (F.  von). 
J.'ban  (L.  F.) 
Jewitt  (J.R.) 
Kerr  (R.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
iM  Hariie(J.  F.de). 
I.ii*'  am  (R.G.) 
l'ablo(J.E.S.) 
Quimper  ;M.) 
Scouler  (J.) 
Sproat  (M.) 
Swan(J.  G.) 
Yankiewitch  (F.) 
Baehiller  y  Morales  (A.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Bulmer  (T.  S.) 
Dna(L.  K.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Ellis  (R.) 
Featherman  (A.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Jewitt  (J.  R.) 
Liitliiim  (R. G.) 
Lubliock  (J.) 
Norris  (P.  VV.; 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Pricliard  (J.C.) 
Swan  (J.G.) 
Ura6ry(J.) 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


47 


K.) 
({(J.) 


n). 


de). 


lies  (A.) 
) 


Pablo  (Jnan  '.ingenio  Santolizes).  [Vo- 
cabularies of  the  Nutka  lauguivgo.]  (') 

Manuscript,  It.  1-53,  folio,  in  the  library  of 
tlie  British  Mnstmm  (additional  MS.  17031). 
TliK  following  description  hai  been  fnrnisbed 
me  by  Mr.  R.  Nisbet  Bain  of  the  alravo-named 
lil)rary : 

Tlie  vocabularies  in  tlie  above  voliinio  wore 
compiled  by  Juun  Kugenio  Santelizes  Pablo, 
at  the  request  of  Don  Jusef  de  Espinoza,  to 
whom  he  addresses  nn  introductory  letttT  (f.  I), 
dated  Mexico,  16  March,  1791,  in  which  he 
states  there  is  no  connection  between  the  dia- 
lects of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  Kutka,  and 
Mexico. 

The  flr.^t  five  vocabularies  nro  hoade<l  as 
follows : 

1.  Vooab.   CastcUano  -  NutkeDo  ■  Mexicano. 

Contains  about  lOO  words,  f.  4. 

2.  Vocab.    Castellono  -  NntkeiSo  •  Sandwich  - 

Mezicano.  Contains  about  80  words,  f.  H. 

3.  Vocab.  Castellano- Sandwich -Mexicano. 

Contains  about  250  words,  f.  8. 

4.  Yocab.    .    .    .    de  los  Indias  de  Kootka. 

Contains  about  350  words,  f.  12. 
6.  Yocab.  del  Idioma  do  los  Natnrales  del 

Principe  OuiUermo  cituado    .    .    .    &c. 

Contains  about  80  words,  f.  15, 
Those  descril)ed  above  are  all  copies  of  the 
originals. 

6.  Another  copy  of  Xo.  4,  the  Spanish  wc-ds 

being  place<l  before  the  Kutka.  f.  17. 

7.  A  copy  of  part  of  No.  5,  f.  21. 

8.  Vocab.    Castellano  ■  Kutka  •  Sandwich   y 

Mexicano;  apparently  contains  all  the 
words  In  Nos.  1  to  4  in  alphabetic  order, 
f.22. 
9-14.  [Vocabularies  which  do  not  relate  to 

Korth  Aintsrical,  ff.  30-53. 
I  am  inclined  ti>  think  the  vocabularies  of  tlM< 
northwest  const  are  taken  from  Oook  and  King. 

Petitot  (Phx  fimilo  Fortune  Siauislus 
Jo8ciih).  Moiiographie  |  'les  |  Dout^- 
Diutljid  I  par  |  le  r.  j).  E.  Petitot  |  Mis- 
eioimaire-Oblat  do  Maric-Immaciude, 
Ofiicier  d'A<!ad6mie,  |  Meinbre  cono- 
Bpondant  de  rAcad<^iiiie  do  Nancy,  |  de 
laSoci6t6d'Anthropologie  |  et  Meinbre 
honoraire  do  la  Soci6t6  do  Philologio 
et  d'Ethnographie  <lo  Paris.  | 

Paris  I  Ernest  Leroux,  6diteur  |  li- 
brairo  do  la  8oci6t6  Asiatique  do  Paris, 
I  de  I'^cole  des  laugues  orientalos  vi- 
vantes  etdes  socidtds  Asiatiques  de  Cal- 
cutta, I  deNow-Haven(fitatH-lJnis),de 
Shanghai  (Chine)  |  28,  ruo  Bonaparte, 
28  I  1876 

Cover  titlo  as  above,  half-title  verso  name  of 
printer  1  1.  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  I.  text 
pp.  l-109,list  of  publications  1 1.  8^. 


P. 

Petitot  (fi.  P.  S..I.)  — Continned. 

Verbal  cui^jugatiims  of  the  Yukulta  (to  eat 

and  to  drink),  p.  104 Vocabulary  (8  wonls)  ef 

the  Yukulta,  p.  105.  Material  furnished  by 
Viiro  Fou(|uet. 

Copies  seen :  Astor,  Brlntun,  Eaniu.s,  Pilling. 

Do  la  formation  du  langage ;  mots 

forni6s  par  le  redoubletuent  de  racines 
hdt^rogenes,  quoitpie  de  signification 
synonynie,  c'est-A-dire  par  r<Slt(5ratiou 
copulative. 

Tn  Asso<;iatlon  fran^aise  i>our  I'avancement 
des  soil  ncos,  compte-rendu,  I'Jt  li  session  (Uouen, 
1883),  pp.  097-701,  Paris,  1884,8°.  (Geological 
Survey,  Pill'ng.) 

Contains  ojaniples  in  a  number  of  North 
American  lan^  uag<-8,  among  them  the  Yokultat. 

liinils  Fort.in6  Stanislas  Joseph  Petitot  was 
born  December  3, 1838,  at  (Jrancey-lc-Chilteau, 
department  of  '^«*)te-d'()r,  Burgiiudy,  Franco. 
His  studies  were  pursiuMi  at  Marseilles,  tirst  at 
the  Institution  St.  Louis  nna  later  at  the  higliur 
aeminaryof  Marseilles,  which  heentered  in  1857. 
He  was  made  deacon  at  Ureuobie,  and  priest  at 
Marseilles  March  15,  186l.  A  few  days  thereafter 
he  went  t<»  England  and  sailed  for  Amiirica.  At 
Montreal  be  found  MonseigneurTach^',  bi.simp 
of  St.  Boniface, with  whom  he  set  out  for  the 
Northwest,  where  he  waH  continuously  engaged 
in  missionary  work  an)oug  the  Indiiins  and 
FiSkimos  until  1874,  when  he  returned  to  France 
to  supervise  the  publication  of  some  of  Ills 
works  on  linguistics  and  geography.  In  1870 
he  returned  U>  the  missions  and  spent  another 
period  of  nearly  six  years  in  tlie  Northwest. 
In  1832  he  once  more  returned  to  bis  native 
cou.itry,  where  ho  bos  since  remained.  In  1888 
ho  WIS  appointed  to  the  curacy  of  Mamuil 
les  Jieaux,  wlii  ■  he  still  retains.  The  uuiiiy 
years  he  spent  in  the  inhospitable  Northwest 
were  busy  and  eventful  ones,  and  Htforded  an 
opportunity  for  geographic,  linguistic,  or.d  eth. 
nologic  observations  and  studies  such  iw  few 
have  enjoyed.  He  was  tins  first  missionary 
to  visit  (rreat  Bear  Lake,  which  he  did  for  the 
Hrst  time  in  1866.  He  went  on  foot  from  Oood 
Hope  to  Providence  twice,  and  made  many 
tours  in  winter  of  forty  or  fifty  days'  length  on 
snowshoes.  He  was  the  first  missionary  to  the 
Eskimos  of  the  Northwest,  having  visited  tliem 
in  1865.  at  tlie  mouth  of  the  Anderson,  again  in 
1868  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mackenzie,  and  in  1870 
and  again  in  1877  at  Fort  McPherson  on  Peel 
River.  In  1870  his  travels  extended  into 
Aliiska.  In  1878  illness  caused  him  to  return 
south.  Ho  went  on  foot  to  Attiabasca,  whence 
he  passed  to  the  Saskatchewan  in  a  bark.  In 
1879  he  established  the  mission  of  St.  Itaphael, 
at  Angling  Lake,  for  the  Chippewyans  of  that 
region ;  there  he  remained  until  his  final  deiiart- 
urc  for  France  in  January,  1882. 

Father   Petitot   has   done  much  Hnguistio 


48 


BIBLIOGKAPHY    OF   THE 


Petitot  (15.  F.  8.  .1.)  — Coutinued. 

work  HinonK  tlio  Kokiniaiian,  Algoiii|iiiuii.  and 
Alha|MiH(uiii  )HM>plf«H.  Toran accoiintnf  whirli h<'u 
the  bibliu);rapliU!8  or  tlioHo  familieH  of  Hpt-ooli. 

Pilling:  This  word  followiu<;  a  title  or  within  pa- 
rnnthfiHeii  after  n  note  indicateH  tliat  a  copy  of 
tlio  work  referred  to  In  In  the  poHseHsion  of  the 
compiler  of  tlii»  bibliugrupliy. 

Pilling  (James  CoiistantiiuO.   .SinittiHoii- 
iiui  iiiHtitntioii — Bureau  of  ethnology  | 
.'.W.  Powell  director  |  Proof-eheets  |  of 
a  I  bibliography  |  of  |  the  languages  | 
of  the  I  North  American  IndianH  |  by  | 
JauicH  CouHtantine  Pilling  |  (Distrib- 
uted only  to  collaborators)  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing 
office  I  1885 

Titla  verso  blank  1  1.  notice  Higned  J.  W. 
Powell  1).  iii,  prefa<;e  pp.v-viii,  introduction  pp. 
ix-x,  lint  of  aiithoriticH  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of 
librarieH  referred  to  liy  initinlH  pp.  xxxvii- 
xxxviii,  list  of  fac  similes  pp.  xxxix-xl,  t«!Xt  pp. 
l-S-tO,  additions  and  corrections  pp.  841-1091), 
index  of  lauK"<>)<es  and  dialects  pp.  1091-1135, 
plates,  4°. 

Arrangetl  alphabetically  byname  of  author, 
translator,  or  first  word  of  title.  One  hundred 
and  ten  copies  printed,  ten  of  them  on  one  side 
of  the  sheet  only. 

Pinart(Alphon8o  L.)  [Linguistic  mate- 
rial ndating  to  the  Wakashan  lan- 
guages.] C) 

Some  yearn  aj!0,  in  response  to  a  renuest  of 
mine  for  a  list  of  the  manuscript  linguistic 
inat«rial  (collected  by  him,  Mr.  Pinart  wrote  mo 
as  follows : 

"I  have  oollootfld,  during  my  fifteen  years  of 
traveling,  vocabularies,  texts,  songs,  etc.,  gen- 
eral linguistic  materials,  in  the  following  lan- 
guages or  dialects.  It  is  impossible  at  present 
to  give  you  the  niuuber  of  pages,  etc.,  as  most 
of  it  is  to  bo  found  among  my  notebooks,  and 
has  not  been  put  in  shape  as  yet." 

Among  the  languages  mi-ntioned  by  Mr. 
Pinart  were  the  Nitinaht,  Makah,  and  the  tribes 
of  Vancouver  Island. 

Pott  (August  Friedrich).  Die  |  quinare 
iind  vigosiinale  [  Zlihlmetlioth)  |  bei 
Volkern  aller  Welttheilo.  |  Ncbst  aus- 
filhiliiheren  Bennerkungcn  |  iibcr  die 
Zahl  vvfirtcr  Indogermanischen  Stainmes 
I  und  oiuem  Anhange  iiber  Fingerna- 
men.  Von  |  Dr.  August  Friedrich  Pott, 
I  onl.  Prof.  f&c.  four  lines.]  | 

Halle,  I  C.  A.  Schwotschko  und  Sohn, 
I  1847. 

Cover  title  nearly  as  above,  title  as  alwve 
verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verno  blank  1  1.  ded- 
icatory notice  1  1,  preface  pp.  vii-viii,  text  pp. 
1-304,8°. 


Pott  ( A.  F. )  —  Clontinued. 

Many  North  American  languages  are  repre- 
sentiul  by  numerals,  linger  names,  etc.,  among 
them  the  Indians  of  Nootka  Sound,  p.  304. 

Copiri  tten  :  A stor,  Iloston  Public,  British 
Museum,  Eamca,  ^yatkinHon. 

Doppelung  |  (Reduplikation,  Gemi- 
nation) lals  I  eiucs  dcr  wichtigstcn  Bil- 
dungsmittel  der  Sprache,  |  beleiichtet  | 

I      ausSprachen  aller  Welttheile  |  durch  | 
Aug.  Friedr.  Pott,  Dr.  |  Prof,  der  Allge- 

j      mi-inen  Sprachwiss.  an  der  Univ.  zu 

j      Halle  [&c.  two  linos.]  | 

]  Leingo  St  Detmold,  |  im  Verlage  der 

j      Meyer'schen  Hof  buchhandlung  1862. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  quo- 
tation 1  1.  preface  pp.  iii-iv,  contents  pp.  v-vi, 

j       text  pp.  1-304,  list  of  books  on  verso  of  back 

I        cover,  8°. 

I  Contains  exam))le^4  of  reduplication  in  many 

i  North  American  languages,  among  them  the 
N'ewiteo,  pp.  36,  90;  Noiitka  or  Wakash,  p.  36; 
N(K)tka  Sonnd,  pp.  43,  .'iS. 

Copienteen :  Astor,  liritlsh  Museum,  Karnes. 

Einleitung  in  die  allgomeine  Sprach- 

wissenschaft. 

In  Int«rnationale  /oitschrift  f  iir  ullgemeine 
SprachwiHsenschafI,  vol.  1.  pp.  1-68, 329-;i54,vol. 
2,  pp.  54-113.  a09-L'51 ;  vol.  3,  pp.  110-126,  249-275 ; 

I  Supp.,  pj).  1-193 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  (i7-96 ;  vol.  5,  pp.  3-18, 
Leipzig,  1884-1887,  and  Ileilbnmn,  1889,  large  8'^. 
(Bureau  of  Ethnohigy.) 

I  The  literature  of  American  linguistics,  vol.  4, 

\ip.  67-96.  This  portion  was  published  after  Mr. 
Pott's  death,  which  occurred  July  5, 1887.  The 
general  editor  of  the  Ziiitschrift.Mr.  Techmer, 
states  in  a  note  that  Pott's  paper  is  continued 
from  the  niannsuripts  which  he  left,  and  that  it 
is  to  close  with  the  languages  of  Australia.  In 
the  section  of  American  linguistics  publica- 
tions in  all  the  more  important  stocks  of  North 
America  are  mentioned,  with  brief  characteri. 
/.ation. 

Powell :  This  word  following  a  title  or  within  i)a. 
nmthcscs  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  lil)rary  of  Major  J.  W.  I'owell, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Po^well  (il/<y.  John  Wesley).  Indian 
linguistic  families  of  America  north  of 
Mexico. 

In  Bureau  of  Kthnology,  .Seventh  Annual 
Report,  pp.  1-142,  Washington,  1891,  royal  8". 

The  AVakashan  family,  with  a  list  of  syno- 
nyma  and  principal  tribes,  derivation  of  the 
name,  h.-vbitat.  etc.,  pp.  128-131. 

Issued  separately  with  title-page  as  follows: 

Indian  linguistic  families  of  America 

I  north  of  Mexico  |  by  |  J.W.Powell  | 
Extract  from  the  seventh  annual  report 
ofthe  Bureau  of  ethnology  [Vignette]  | 


WAKA8HAN   LANGUAGES. 


49 


innual 
18". 
syiio- 
of  the 

Hows : 

erica 

relll 
3])ort 
Itte]  1 


Powell  (J.  W. )  —  (Jontinuod. 

Washington  |  Uoverniiiviit  )>riiiting 
office  I  1891 

Cover  tillo  iia  uImivo.  no  inside  title,  half-title 
p.  l.cnntentH  etr.  pp.  3-fl,  text  pp.  7-142,  map, 
royal  8°. 

LlDKniHtic  coiitoiitHaHiintlertitleiiuxtaliove. 

Copiet  leen :  Biin^aii  of  KthiioloKy.  Karnes, 
PillinK,  Powell. 

Departiiifiit  of  tlie   interior.  |  IT.  S. 

gi'ograpliicul  and  geological  Hiirvey  of 
the  Bocky  mountain  region.  |  J.  W. 
Powell,  GeolugiHt  in  Charge.  |  f'ontri- 
butioiiB  I  to  I  Nortli  American  etlinol- 
ogy.  I  Volume  I[-VIIJ.  |  [Seal  of  the 
dc]>artment.]  | 

Wnfihington:  |  Government  printing 
office.  I  1877[-18{»0J. 

7  \-ol8.  (vol.  2  iu  two  partH),  4°. 

Dall  CW.H.),  Trihes  of  the  extreme  iicrth 
west,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-157. 

Copies  teem  Awtor,  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
Eames,  Harvard,  Pilling,  Powell.  Trumbull. 

Prayer  hook : 
Kwakiutl 


Prayers : 

Nutka 
Nutka 


See  Hall  (A.. I.) 

See  Rrabant  (A.  J.) 
Seghers  (C.J.) 


Frlchard (.James Cowles).    Researches  | 
into  the  |  physical    hi.»ttory  |  of  |  Man- 
kind. I  By  I  .lames  Cowles  Prichard,M. 
D.  I  Second  edition.  |  In  two  volnmcs. 
|Vol.I[-II].  I 

London :  |  iirinted  for  John  and  Ar- 
thur Arch,  I  Coriihill.  |  1826. 

2  roU. :  frontispiece  1  I.  title  vur.so  name  of 
printer  1 1,  dedication  verso  blank  1  I,  preface 
pp.v-viii,  contents  of  bofli  volume.^  pp.  ix-xxx, 
explanation  of  pliiteM  pp.  xxxi-xxxii,  text  pp. 
l-52;i,  notes  pp.  .525-529,  index  of  nations  pp. 
5111-544,  nine  other  phites;  title  verso  name  of 
printer  1  1.  text  pp.  1-613,  note  pp.  614-623, 
plate,  8°. 

General  dlHCUHsiun  of  tlie  YuouHtl  or  Xoutka 
(vol.  2,  pp.  375-1179)  contains  renuirks  on  their 
language,  and  a  few  words  of  Slexiean  and 
Kootka  compared, p.  370. 

Copiei  seen:  British  Museum,  Eames, 
Gcolosieal  Survey,  Hiirvard. 

The  first  edition.  I.on<h>n,  1X13,8'',  contains 
i:o  linguistics.    (British  Museum.) 

Researches  |  into  the  |  physical  his- 
tory I  of  I  mankind.  I  By  |  James  Cowle.s 
Prichard,  M.  D.  F.  R.  S.  M.  R.  L  A. !  cor- 
responding member  [&c.  three  lines.] 
I  Third  edition.  |  Vol.  It-V].  | 

London:  |  Sherwood,    Gilbert,    and 
Piper,  I  Paternoster  row;  |  and  J.  and 
A.  Arch,  I  Cornhill.  |  1836[-1847]. 
WAK 4 


Prlohurd  (J.  C.)  —Continued. 

5  vols. 8°.  The  words  "Third  «><lition,"  which 
are  includeil  on  the  titles  of  vols.  1-4  (dated 
res|>ectively  1830, 1837, 1841, 1844),  arenoton  the 
titleofvol.  5.  Vol.  3  was  originally  issued  witha 
title  numb^'red  "Vol.  III. -Part  I."  This  title 
was  afterwanl  canceled  and  u  new  one  (mini- 
b.Ted  'Vol.  III.")  substituted  iu  its  place.  Vol. 
I  was  reissueil  with  a  new  title  containing  the 
words  "Fourth  editmn"and  bearing  the  Im- 
print, "London:  I  .Sherwood, (illbert.  and  Piper, 
1  Paternoster  row.  |  1841."  (Astor):  and  again 
'' FiMirth edition.  |  Vol.  I.  i  London:  |  Houlston 
and  .Stoneman,  |  6.'>,  Paternoster  row.  I  1851  " 
(Congress,  Eames.)  Volume  2  also  appeared 
in  a  "  Fourth  edition,"  with  the  latter  imprint 
and  dato  (Eames).    These  several  issues  differ 

I        only  in  the  insertiv>n  of  new  titles  in  the  places 

I        of  the  original  titlei. 

I  On  the  languages  ;!f  the  nations  inhabiting 

I        the  western  coast  of  North  Amerii:a  (vol.  5,  pp. 

I  435-441)  includes  a  brief  discussion  of  the 
f>''ootka-(Julumbians,  pp.  435-437,  with  a  few  (5) 
examples  of  the  Nootka  compared  with  the 
Mexican,  pp.  438-4.19. 

Copies  teen :  Bancroft,  Boston  Athenienm, 
CongrcsH.  Eames.  Lenox. 

Naturgeschichte   |  des  |  Menschen- 

geschloehts  von  |  James  Cowles  Prich- 
ard, I  Med.  D.  f&c.  three  lines.]  |  Nach 
der  [&c.  three  lines.]  |  von  |  Dr.  Ru- 
dolph Wagner,  I  [&c.  one  lino.]  jErster 
[-Vierter]  Band.  | 

LcMpzig,  I  vcrlag  von  Leopold  Bosk. 
I  1840[-1818]. 

4  vols. ;  vol.  4  in  two  parts.  12°.  A  translation 
of  the  5  vol.  edition  of  the  Physical  History. 

Discussion  of  American  languages,  vol.  4,  pp. 
311-341,  357-363,  458. 

Copies  seen  :  British  Museum. 

The  I  natural    history  |  of  |  man;  | 

compriHing  |  inquiries  into  tlie  modify- 
ing influence  of  |  physical  aiul  moral 
agencies  |  on  the  different  tribes  of  the 
Iiuman  family.  |  By  |  James  Cowles 
Prichard,  M.  D.  F.  R.  S.  M.  R.  I.  A.  | 
corresponding  member  [&c.  five  lines.] 

I  With  I  Thirty-six  Coloured  and  Four 
Plain  lllustrutions  |  engraved  on  steel, 

I  and  ninety  engravings  on  wood.  | 

London :  I  H.  Bailliere,  219  Regent 
Htreet;  |  fon  ign  bookseller  [&c.  two 
lines.]  I  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere, libraire, 
rue  de  I'Ecolo  de  Medecine.  (  Leipsic: 
T.  O.  Weigf  1.  I  1843. 

Half-title  verso  note  1  1.  frontispiece  1 1.  title 
verso  names  of  printers  1  1.  dedication  pp.  v-vi, 
advertisement  pp.  vii-viii,  explanatitm  of 
engravings  on  steel  p.  ix,  index  to  engravings 
on  wood  p.  X,  contents  pp.  xi-xvi,  text  pp.  1- 
546.  index  pp,  547-556,  8°, 


50 


UIULIOORAPIIY   OF   THE 


Priohard  (.).  C.)  —  Contiiiiieil. 

Briur  nirnriMictiM  l.i  tlut  Nndtka-OciliiiiiUlnii 
and  lliu'ltziik  |i«<)|)l«H,  |>|i.  4i:i  -il'i. 

dopitii  tern:  lloHtoii  AtlKinieuni,  Ilritidli 
Museum,  Kuiuch,  Ilarvunl. 

— —  Th«  I  iiiitunil  hiHtory  (  of  |  inuii;  | 
compriHiiiK  |  intpiiri*!)*  into  tlix  iiioilify- 
iiiK  inthioiico  of  |  physical  and  inoriil 
agoneit'M  |  on  tlio  diffonint  tril»«^»  fiftlio 
hiuniin  family.  |  liy  |  JaniuH  CowleH 
rrichftnl,  M.  D.,  F.  U.  S.,  M.R.  I.A.  | 
corntHpouiling  member  [JLv.  Hoven 
liiit's.]  I  8(M-ou(leilition,onIai'gotl,  I  with 
I  Forty-four  C'ohmred  and  Fivo  Plain 
IllustrationH  |  ou;;raved  on  Hteul,  |  and 
ninety-Hovtm  cnjjravingH  on  wood.  | 

London:  |  Hipiiolyto  liuillieru,  puh- 
HhIut,  219  Hdfjisnt  Htreet ;  |  foreign  liook- 
seller  t(;  tlio  Royal  collogo  of  surgeouB, 
I  and  to  tlio  Royal  niodico-chirnrgical 
Hocit'ty.  I  PariH:  J.  B.  Baillicro,  librairc 
du  TAiadoniio  royalo  do  luedeciue.  | 
Leii)8i(!:  T.  O.  Woigol.  |  1845. 

lliilt'titlo  vorno  nutu  1 1.  froiitiHpioo«  1 1.  titlu 
verso  blank  1  I.  lUKliciUioii  p|).  v-vi,  ailvtirtine- 
incut  ])p.  vii-viii,  oxplauatioiiH  to  tlio  ciigrav- 
IngH  on  steel  \>.  i\,  index  to  the  i'nf{ravinj;«  on 
wood  p.  X,  cuntontspp.  xi-xvi,  appendix  p.  xvii, 
text  pp.  1-586,  index  pp.  587-500, 8°. 

LinfjuiKtic  contents  aa  under  title  next  iihove, 
pp.4i;i-41.'i. 

Gojiietgeen:  Itritish  Museum,  KameH. 

The  I  natural    luHtory  |  of  |  man;  | 

I'ompriaing  |  imiuiries  into  the  niodifv- 
ing  intluoncu  of  |  physical  and  moral 
agencies  |  ou  thoditl'crent  tribes  of  the 
human  family,  j  By  |  Jamos  Cowles 
Priohard,  M.D.,  F.  R.  S.,  M.R.  I.  A.  | 
corresponding  member  [&c.  six  linos.] 
I  Third  edition,  enlarged,  |  with  |  Fifty 
Coloured  and  Five  Plain  Illustrations 
I  engraved  on  steel,  |  and  ninety-seven 
engravings  ou  wood.  | 

London:  |  Hippolyte  Bailliero,  pub- 
lisher, 219  Regent  street ; !  foreign  book- 
seller to  the  Ivoyiil  college  of  surgeons, 
I  and  to  the  Eoyal  mcdico-chirnrgical 
society.  |  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere, libraire 
do  1' Academic  royalo  do  medocine.  | 
Leipsic:  T.  O.  Weigel.  |  1848. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  names  of  printers 
1  1.  dedication  pp.  v-vi,  advertisement  pp.  vii- 
viii,  explanation  of  illustrations  pp.  ix-x,  con- 
tents pp.  xi-xvii,  text  pp.  1-546,  appendix  pp. 
547-666,  index  pp.  667-677, 8^. 

Linguistic  contentftas  under  titles  above,  pp. 
413-415. 

Copies  gee II :  .Astor,  liritisli  Museum,  Con- 
gross,  Harvard. 


Priohard  (J. C.)  —Continued. 

The  I  natural  history  |  of  |  man;  | 

comprising  |  iu(|uiries  into  the  modify- 
ing influence  of  |  physical  and  moral 
agi^ncieH  |  on  the  difTorent  tribes  of  the 
hiimait  family.  |  By  |  James  Cowles 
Pri<hard,M,  D  F.  R.  S.  M.  R.A.  I.  | 
presi<lent[«&c.  four  lines.]  |  Fourth  Edi- 
tion, Edited  and  Enlarged  by  Edwin 
Norris,  |  of  the  royal  Asiatic  society  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  |  Illus- 
trated with  sixty-two  coloured  plates 
engraved  on  steel,  |  and  one  huudre<l 
engravings  on  wood.  |  In  twovolaines. 
I  Vol.It-II].| 

London : '  II.  Bailli^^o,  publisher,  219, 
Regent  street,  |  and  290,  Broadway, 
New  York,  U.S.  |  Paris:  J. B. Baillifere, 
libraire,  rue  Hautefenille.  |  Madrid: 
Bailly  BailliJtre,  callo  del  principe.  | 
1855." 

2  vols. '  Iialf'title  verso  notice  1  I.  plate  1  I. 
title  verso  names  of  printers  1  1.  content's  pp. 
v-viii,  explanation  to  the  engravings  on  steel 
II.  ix,  index  to  tlio  engravings  on  wood  p.  x,  edi- 
tor's preface  pp.  xi-xiii,  intro<luctory  note  pp. 
xv-x\,  short  biographical  notice  of  the  author 
pp.  xxi-xxiv,  text  pp.  1-343,  sixteen  other 
plat4!S;  half-title  verso  notice  1 1.  plate  1 1,  title 
verso  names  of  printers  1  1.  contents  pp.  v-vli, 
text  pp.  343-714,  index  pp.  715-720,  forty  four 
other  plates, 8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above, 
vol.  2,  pp.  571-573. 

Vopiet  teen :  Barnes,  Harvard,  Lenox. 

Priest  (Josiah).  American  antiquities, 
I  and  I  disGovoricB  in  the  west:  |  being 
I  auexhibitionoftheevidence  |  thatan 
ancient  population  of  partially  civilized 
nations,  |  differing  entirely  from  those 
of  the  present  In- !  dians,  peopled  Amer- 
ica, many  centuries  before  I  its  discov- 
ery by  Columbus.  I  And  I  inquiries  into 
thoirorigin,  with  a]  copious  description 
I  Of  many  of  their  stupendous  Works, 
now  in  ruins.  |  With  |  coiyectures  con- 
cerning what  may  have  |  become  of 
them,  i  Compiled  |  from  travels,  authen- 
tic sources,  antl  the  researches  |  of  | 
Antiquarian  Societies.  (  By  Josiah 
Priest.  I  Third  Edition  Revised,  j 

Albany:  |  printed  by  Hoffman  and 
White,  I  No.  71,  State-Street,  |  1833. 

Folded  frontispiece,  title  verso  copyright 
notice  1  1.  preface  pp.  iii-iv,  contents  pp.  v-  viii, 
text  pp.  0-400,  map  and  plate,  8°. 

Rafinesqne  (C.  S.),  Tabular  view  of  th« 
American  generic  languages,  pp.  309-313. 


WAKAHHAN   LAN(JUA(»KH. 


51 


Priest  (J.)— Coiitinuod. 

('opielieen:  lloitloii  T*iiliUr,(/'oiiKrt»iH,  Kuiiit-H, 
llttrvitrd,  MiiHmirliiiHi-tttt  niatorinil  SiH^inty. 

Till)  ]irinlt\v  I'opy.  no.  MVri,  hoIiI  fur  fl  M. 

TIiIh  iirticlK  lit  ii'iiitti'il  ill  tlio  L'urlier  ttiiil 
lator  oilitlnns  of  IVIoHt'H  work. 


Proper  iiiiiiii'h: 
KliU)kwul 
Makii 
Niitkii 
SfMliat 
Tokonat 
Tokouat 


.StwCalUii  ((}.) 
Swan  (J.(i.) 
Qllllll|l<^r(M.) 
KiilfMi  (C.) 
KIll|l(^  {{',.) 

8|>roat  (O.  M.) 


Q- 


Qagntl.    Sir  Kwakintl. 

Qulmper  (/>.  Miiiuiol).  So^iiiulo  reeono- 
ciiiiiuntixloliiciitrutliKlo  Kticiiy  coNtu  | 
roiiipreuditlii  uiitn;  <-lla  y  lii  (It«  N'ootka, 
heoho  I  ul  aao  tlo  1T!)0  con  lu  baliiii<lra 
"Prill- I  coMft  Ri'iil "  miuuIikIo  por  «•! 
alforc/.  <l()  I  uavio  I).  Maiiiiol  (jiiituitor. 
MiiiiiiHt'.ri])!,  ill  till)  Ilaurroft  Library,  San 
Fraiicisto.    FoniiH  jip. 3k:)-4».">  of: 

'  'iijjeH  I  en  lu  I  costa  iil  Norte  |  do  lait  |  Cali- 


Quimper  (M.)  — t'oiitiimcil. 

foriiiiui.   I  1774-1700.  |  Copia   Sacaila  |  ilu   Ion 
.\r('liivo8  ilu    KHpHKiiH.  {    liauorotl    Library  | 
1874. 

Sliort  vocabulary  iif  tlii<  inliabitunlM  of  the 
iiiaat   bi'Cwfi'ii  lat.  4H  '  anil  50'^,  pp. 'Jl  'J.'l  (|ii,-> 
407.)  — Nootka   vorabillary,  collrctiil    with   tilt) 
aH.sJHtAnco  of  In<jr»liiiiii,   pp.  :i4-4.'i  (418-429),— 
NainoH  of  vlllaKi'8  and  cliiufM.  p.  46  (430). 

QuoquoU.     Si'u  Kwakintl, 


R. 


md 

light 
ili, 

|th« 


Rafinesque  (CoimtaiitiiK)  Saiiiiiul).  At- 
lautic, journal,  |  au»l  |  Iriond  of  knowl- 
edge, I  In  ci^ht  nuinbors.  |  Containing 
uhont  1)>()  original  articles  and  tracts  on 
Natural  and  |  Historical  Sciences,  the 
DcHcriiitioii  of  about  150  Niiw  Plants,  | 
andlOiv^ewAiiinials  or  Fossils.  Many 
Vocabularies  of  Langua-  |  ges,  Histor- 
ical and  Geological  Facts,  &c.  &v.  &c. 
I  By  C,  S.  Raftncsiiue,  A,  M.  .  .  Ph.  1). 
I  Profe.ssor  of  Historical  and  Natural 
Sciences,  Member  of  seve-  |  ral  learned 
societies  in  Europe  and  America,  »&c.  | 
[Quotation  and  list  of  Hgnres,  six 
lines,]  I 

Philadelphia:  |  1832-1833.  |  (Two 
dollars,) 

Tabularviowrecto  blank  1 1.  titlu  vorno  iiulex 
1  1.  ioonograpby  and  illustrations  I'tr.  1  I.  text 
pp.  1-202, 205-212, 8°.  Originally  issued  in  num- 
bers (1-8,  and  extra  of  no.  3), from  tlio  "sprinj; 
of  1832"  to  the  "winter  of  ISXJ." 

4.  American   history.  Tabular  view  of  the 
.  American  Goueric   lan;;iiai;('s    [iiicludin){  the 
WacasbJ,  and  Original  Nations,  pp.  6-8. 

Copiet  teen:  Boston  Athenaium,  British 
Museum,  Congress,  Eanies. 

This  artiel))  is  reprinted  in : 

Priest  (J.),  American  Antiiiuities,  pp.  300- 
312,  Albany,  18;J3,  8°. 

Constantino  Samuel  Uaflnesquo,  botanist, 
born  in  Oalatz,  a  suburb  of  Constantinople, 
Turkey,  in  1784,  died  in  rhilailelphia,  Pa.,  Sep- 
tember 18, 1842,    Ue  was  of  J<>euch  parentage, 


Rafinesque  (0.8.) — Continued. 

and  his  futhi'i',  aiiiereliuut,  died  in  I*liiladi<lphia 
about  1791.  The  sun  came  to  I'hilailelphia  with 
his  brother  in  1HU2,  and,  after  traveling  through 
I'ennsylvania  and  Delaware,  ri'turneil  with  a 
I'ollectiou  of  botanical  specimens  in  180.'>  and 
went  to  Sicily,  whcie  he  spent  ten  years  as  a 
merchant  and  in  the  study  of  iMilany.  In  181.5 
ho  sailed  for  New  i'ork.  but  was  shipwre-j;.  /d 
on  the  Long  Island  coa.st,  and  lost  bl.t  valuable 
books,  colhH'tions,  manuscripts,  and  drawing.s. 
In  1818  ho  went  to  the  west  and  became  pro 
fessor  of  botany  in  Transylvania  L'nivei-sity, 
Lexington,  Ky.  Subsequently  ho  travelo<l  anil 
lectured  in  various  places,  endeavored  to  estab- 
lish a  magazine  and  botanic  garden,  but  with- 
out success,  and  finally  settled  in  I'hilailelphia, 
where  ho  resided  until  his  death,  and  where  ho 
)iublis1ied  The  Atlantic  Journal  and  Friend  of 
Knowledge;  a  CyclopiUilie  Journal  and  Meview, 
of  w  li  icli  only  eigli  t  numbi'r.><  appeared  ( 18.)2-'.'13) . 
The  numberiif  generaaiulspeciesth.it  hriutro- 
dueed  into  his  works  produced  great  confusion. 
A  gradual  deterioration  is  found  in  Ratinesque's 
botanical  writings  from  1810  till  1830,  when  the 
passion  foe  establishing  new  genera  and  apecies 
seems  to  have  become  a  monumani.i  with  him. 
lie  assumeil  thirty  to  one  hiindriHl  years  as  tlio 
average  time  required  for  the  prwluctiou  of  a 
new  species  and  Ave  hundred  to  a  thousand 
years  for  a  new  genus.  It  is  said  that  ho  wrote 
a  paper  describing  "twelve  new  species  of 
thunder  and  lightning."  In  addition  to  trans- 
lations and  iiuflnished  botanical  and  zoological 
works,  he  was  the  author  of  numerous  books 
and  \>amith\i6ta.—A}>pletoii'»  Cyclop,  of  Am. 
Biog, 


ilt 


52 


niBLIOGKAPIIY   OF   THK 


Relaolon    drl    viii((i>    .    .  Hiitil    y 

Mfxiciiim.     Hex  Oallano  ( I  >.  Alnilii). 

Rlvlngton  (  — ).    Sett  Gilbert  (— )  ami 
Rlvington  (— ). 

Roquefeuil  (C'ltniillr  do).  Joiirnul  |  (run 
voyagf  I  iiiitdiir  ilii  iiiondo,  |  puiitlitiit 
1<>H  miiK^oB  IKlli,  IKI7,  \H\H  vt  IHU),  I  pur 
M.  Cuiiiillo  d«)  H(>(|ii(«f«iiil,  I  lioiitenniit 
d«  viUHHciiii,  <-1i)'vtilior  do  Siiiiit-LouiH  | 
ut  de  liv  lo;rioii-d'lioiiiu;iir,  |  Coiniiiand- 
aiit  do  navirti  lo  Hor<lclaiN,  anii«^  par 
M.  Malgiifrix  Junior,  |  <ki  Itonlcanx.  | 
Tonu*  ]>rt'inier[-MO('()nd].  | 

PariH,  I  Ponthion,    lilirairu,  Palacio- 
royal,    (lalorio    do    boioM,    no.    252.  | 
LfHage,  lihiaire,  t\U'  dii  Paon,  no.  8.  | 
(Jido  flls,  libraiiT,  rue  iSaint-Marc-foy- 
douu,  no.  20.  |  1H23. 

'JvoIh.  :  liiilf'titl«  viTSu  iiiiniK  of  printor  1  I 
titlr  Vfi'HO  liluiik  1  1.  pi'i'lut'K  ))|).  v-xi,  iutrodiio 
tloii  pp.  xlil-xlix,  crratii  p.  [IJ.tuxt  pp.  1-3HB, 
oimtciits  pp.  :i;)7-:i4-l;  tillo  vor«o  hlmik  1  1.  text 
pp.  l-:i<'<4,  viicaliiilHry  of  marine  tcriiiH  iim'd  in 
tlie  worli  pp.  ;)8l>-;ttH),  <'uiitout8  pp.  1107-407,  maji, 
8°. 

ReniarltH  on  thn  Noutka  and  otiicr  lanKUHii<!H 
of  tlio  nortliweHt  coaHt,  and  on  tlivir  HyHtoui  of 
nuninrntiou,  vol.  2,  pp.  216-219. 

"Wo  Imvo  ol)servi-d  four  (liflerrnt  dinloi-tH  in 
tlio  piirtH  of  tlio  nortli  west  cuaMt  wliiuli  wu  liavo 
uxplori'd:  Tluit  of  Noutkii,  wliicli  witli  Hiiniu 
variations  in  (common  at  Nitinat,  nnil  I  bi'liovo 
in  nil  tlio  (Juadra  and  Vanconver  isli';  that  of 
(jnceu  Clmrlotte,  which,  nimlitird,  i8  apoken 
alHo  in  tlio  Prince  of  Wales  iiilnnd ;  another 
imed  at  Sitka,  in  Chatham  Strait,  and  in  Chrin- 
tian  and  Frederick  SonndH,  afllnentn  to  the 
aonth;  the  fourth  in  Lynn  Canal." 

Oopieggeen:  CougresH. 

A  I  voyagci  |  round      tlio      world,  | 

between   the   yours  l«l(i-181».  |  By  M. 


Roquefeuil  {V.  dr)  — ('nntinued. 

Cuniillo  de  Ko<|net°euil  |  in  the  Hliip  le 
HordtdiiiN.  | 

London :  I  printed  lor  Hir  Kicharil 
PiiillipH  and  (.'o.  |  Mrido-oourt,  iiridge- 
Htreot.  I  1823. 

Title  verso  name  of  priiiler  I  I.  lex)  pp.:ill2, 
8'. 

Brief  reniarkn  upon,  and  a  fi'u  wortJH  In.  the 
NiHitka  lanKiiaKe,  p.  100. 

Coiiiei  teen ;  Connri'HH. 

Rost  (KiMiihuld;.  Tiio  |  lord'H  prayer  |  In 
Tliroe  Hundred  Lanj^nu^oH  conijiriHinp; 
the  I  leading  LuiKuagoH  and  their  prin- 
oipal  dialectH  |  throiigliont  tho  world  | 
with  tho  places  wliero  Hpoken  |  With  a 
preface  by  Ueinliold  RoHt,  |  C.  I.  K., 
LL.D.,PH.  I).  I 

London  |  (iilbort    and    Rivington  | 
Liniitod   St.  Jidin'.Mlioiiso,  ('lorkonwell, 
r..C.  I  18<tl  I  (All  riKhtH  roHorvod)  | 

Title  vcrao  (|UolationH  1  I.  pre  fare  2  II.  uon- 
tents  1  1.  text  i>p.  1  88,  4°. 

Tlio  Lord's  jira.ver  in  a  niiniber  of  American 
laiiKiiaKeH,  anion);  tliem  the  KwaKiitl,  p.  42. 

Copieii  seen :  Eiinies. 

The  I  lord's  prayer  (  In  Three  llnu- 

drod  LaiiguugoH  |  coinitriNing  the  | 
leading  luugiiagon  and  their  principal 
dialei^tH  |  throughout  tiio  world  |  with 
tho  ]daco8  whore  Hpoken  |  With  a  jtref- 
aceby  Reinhold  Host,  |  C.  I.  E.,  LL.  D., 
PH.  D.  I  Second  edition  | 

London  |  Gilbert    and    Uivington  | 
Limited  i  St.  John's  house,  Clorkonwell, 
E.C.  I  1891  I  (All  rights  reserved)  | 

Title  verso  quotationa  1  I.  pi-eface  2  II.  con- 
tents 1 1.  text  pp.  1-88,  4\ 

Linpiistie  contenta  an  under  title  next  aliove. 

Copies  seen :  I'illiu);. 


WAKAHHAN    LANmJA(JK8. 


r>a 


8. 


D., 


ell, 


S<ibin    (.loHopli),    A  i  <lii-ti<iiiiiry  |  of  | 
KookH  roltttiii^  to  AiiiiM'ini,  |  tVniii  itn 
<liHiM)V)^ry    to    Mio    |ii'i'Hciif/    tiiiK'.  |  My 
.li)M('|ili  Siiltiii.    I    Volninit  I  [-XI\].  | 
[ThiMMt  liiifs  qiioliitidii.  I  I 

\<'\v-Y()ik  :  I  Josrpli  Siiliiii,  HI  NiiHHaii 
HtH'Ct.  I  1WW[-1S!»11. 

19  vnU,  8<^.  Still  ill  ('i)iirMr  of  iiiililicutioii. 
I'lirtH  CXV-ixvi.  ((iiiiim'liriii;;  vol. 'JD  iillil  ri'Hcli- 
iiiK  III"  I'litry  "Smilli,  wi'ii'  inililixliril  in 
Miircli,  189'J.  Ni.w  cililoil  hy  Mr.  WillM'ilom. 
Kanu'H, 

C'ontaiim,  luiHHiiii.  litli-x  ol'a  iiiiiiilii'iiit'  Inidks 
rt'lutiiiK  III  tlic  Wakimliiiii  laiiuiiiiKcN 

Coi'ift  li'fii :  CiPiisirr.sM,  Kaiiii'.M.  (iinliiuiial 
Siirvf/,  Lkikix. 

S«'o  Field  (T.W.) 

St.  Onge  {Pirn  I.oiiIh  NiijxileoiO.      Soi> 
Bulmer  (T.S.) 

"Tlio  Hiilijuct  or  tills  Hkutoli,  tho  Rov.  LouU 

N.  St.  Oligr.  (if  St.  .\l|iliiiM«ii  (In  Ujtiiori  |iiiilnli, 
wan  liiirn  |iii  tlie  villnKc  of  St.  ('o«airo]  ii  IVw 
inili'HHoiilliof  Moiiti'ntl.Cniiiula,  April  14,  I84'J. 
Ho  tiniHlii'il  lii.s  classical  coiiimo  wIicii  yet  very 
yonnj;,  after  wliii'li  lioHtinlicd  lawforf  woyoars. 
]''i'cllii)r  callcil  to  another  tit^lil,  lin  j;avii  up  tliis 
rarcrr  in  onliT  to  prciiaro  liiumclf  to  work  for 
(itxI'H  ti\t>Ty  MM  uu  Imlian  niiitHionary  in  tlio 
i.ioccHO  of  Nfsiiiially.Wasliinuton  'IVrritory. 

"A  year  anil  a  half  Iw^foro  IiIh  onlinalioii, 
lUnht  Kuv.  A.  M.  lilani'lu't,  his  biHliop,  onlvrt'tl 
him  to  Vancouver,  AV.T.,  where  ho  wa.socciipicU 
as  a  profoHflor  of  iiiitiiral  pliiloHophy,  a.stron- 
ouiy,  ami  other  liranehcH  in  the  Holy  Anjjel's 
Collejje.  All  his  spare  time  wan  <'(insecraUi(I  lo 
the  Htutly  of  the  Indian  laii};iiaKe.>i.  in  wliirh  ho 
is  to-day  one  of  tho  inoNt  expert,  .so  that  liu  was 
ready  to  go  on  uetivo  niiMHionary  work  a.s  soon 
aM  ordained. 

"  Tho  fii-Ht  year.s  of  his  niiMHionury  life  were 
occupied  in  visiting  dilt'ereiit  tribes  of  Indians 
and  doing  other  missionary  work  in  the  Terri- 
tories of  Washington,  Idaho,  Montana,  andotlii'r 
Rocky  Mountain  districts,  among  Iiiilians  and 
miners.  Aftersiich  labors  lie  was  then  appointed 
to  take  charge  of  the  Yakamas,  Klikitats, 
Winalclms,  Wishranis,  Pshwanwapams,  Nar 
die/,,  and  other  Indian  tribes  inhabiting  the 
central  part  of  Washington  Territory.  Havini; 
no  means  of  support  in  his  new  mission,  Itishop 
lllanchet,  in  his  self-sacrillcingciiarity  for  the 
Indians  of  his  extensive  dioi'cso.  furnished  him 
with  tho  necessary  outfit ;  and  with  a  number 
of  willing  though  unskilled  Indians  as  appren- 
tice earjienters,  the  young  missionary  set  to 
work  to  rebuild  the  St.  Jo.seph's  mission, 
destroyed  lu  1856  by  a  party  of  vandals  called 
the  Oregon  Volunteers,  who  had  been  sent  t^> 
fight  the  Takainas. 


I  St.  Oiige  (Ii.  N.)— Continiintl. 

I  "After  four  yea  IS  of  l.ilnir,  he  and  hisdevnteil 

I  oonipaiiioii,  .Mr.d.  il.  Itciilet  (now  ordiiiiied  and 
stationed  aiiioiig  the  Tulalip  Indians)  bad  the 
satiHtiictioii  to  see  not  only  u  I'onifortable  resi- 
delii-e,  but  also  a  neat  chiinli,  eiTiteil.  and  a  lino 
tract  of  land  planted  uilli  fruit  trer-t.  and  in  a 
pri'l'table  slate  of  cultivation,  where  fiirnierly 
only  ruin  and  desfdation  reigned, 
I  "  His  health  bri'akiug  down  entirely,  he  was 

forced  tob'ave  Ills  present  and  ilaily  iiiereasing 
congregation  of  neophytes.  Wishing  to  give  him 
the  best  medical  treat  incut,  Itishop  KlaiiihetHent 
Katlier  St.  Onge  to  bis  native  luid  with  a  le.ive 
of  abscneu  until  his  health  would  be  restored. 
During  biseiuhteeii  iiionlhs' stay  in  a  hospital 
he,  however,  iitili/ed  his  time  by  composing  and 
,        printing  two  small   Indian  books.  coiitaiuiDg 
I        rules  of  grammar,  laleehlsm.  livnins,  aiidChrlH- 
tian    prayers    in    Vakaiiia   and    Chinook    lan- 
giiages-tho  fonner  for  cbihlreii,  the  latter  for 
the  ii.to  of  missionaries  on  tho  I'acille  coast. 
j  ' '  Ily  t  he advieeof  bis  |)liy sieinn  he  t  lieu  under- 

took a^  oyago  to  Kiirope,  where  ho  s|ient  nearly 
a  year  in  search  of  lioaltli.     liack  again  to  this 
country,  bo  bad  charge  of  a  congregation  for  a 
I        couple  of  years  in  Vermont ;  and  now  he  is  (ho 
pastor  of  the  two  Kiencli  chiirelies  of  (ilens 
i        Falls  and  Sandy  Hill,  in  the  dlueeso  of  A  Ibany, 
I        N,  Y. 

I  "  Father  .'it.  Onge,  though  a  man  of  uncommon 

I        physical  ai>pi'araiice,  stoutly  built,  ami  six  feet 

and  four  inches  in  height,  has  not  yet  entirely 

]        recovered  his  health  and  strength.  Tho  Krencli 

liopnlatiim  of  (ileus  Falls  have  g 1  cause  lor 

!        feeling  very  much  gralilieil  wit  lithe  present  con- 
I        ditionof  tbeall'airsof  the  jiarishof  St.Alphonso 
I        de  I. igiiori,  and  should  receive  tho  hearty  con- 
gratulations of  the  entiro  coiiimiinity.     Fatlur 
St.  Onge.  a  man  of  gre.it  eradition,  »  devoid 
servant  totheehiirch,  and  possessing  a  person- 
ality whose  geniality  and  courtesy  have  w.ui 
I        him  a  pliu'e  in  the  hearts  of  his  people,  has  by 
!        his  taithfnl  application  to  his  parish  developed 
it  and  brought  out  all  that  was  to  innre  to  its 
benilit  and  further  advance  its  interests,"  — 
(lleim  t'alh  {\.  V.)  KepHblicau,  ilarchSS.  IH-iti. 
Father  St.  Onge  reiiialneil  at  (ilens  Falls  until 
I        October,  IS'.ll.  when  increasing  inlirinities  com- 
pelled him  to  retire  permanently  from  the  min- 
istry.   Ho  is  now  living  with  his  brother,  tho 
rector  of  St.  .lean  lla|itisto  church,  in  Troy,  N. 
Y.    .Since  bis  ritirement  bo  has  compiled  an 
Gnglish-(yliinook,largondictioiiary  of  about  six 
thousand  words,  and  this  ho  intends  lo  siipple- 
inentwlthacorresponilingJargun-Knglishpart. 
He  has  also  begun  the  preparationof  a  Yakunni 
dictionary,  which  ho  hopes  to  make  much  mort) 
complete  than   that  of   Father  I'andosy,  pub- 
lished in  Or.  Shea's  Library  of  American  lin- 
guistics. 

I  have  adupteil  the  spelling  of  his  iiauie  us  it 


54 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE 


St.  Onge  (L.N.)  — Continued. 

•VpeurH  on  the  titlepaK"  "f  Bishop  Ueinera's 
Chiuook  Jargon  dictionary,  tliou(ih  the  true 
spvUiiig,  aiid  tho  one  he  use*  now,  in  Suint 
onKe— that  L)f  a  Freneh  province  in  whiith  iii* 
ancestom  lived  and  from  which  four  or  five  fam- 
ilic!*  came  in  1690,  all  adopting  the  name.  11\» 
family  nrme  1h  Payaut. 

Sayoe  (Archibald  Henry).  Introduction 
to  the  I  Rcien«e  of  language.  |  By  )  A. 
H.  Sayce,  |  deputy  professor  of  compar- 
ative philology  in  the  university,  of 
Oxford.  I  In  two  volumps.  |  Vol.I[-II]. 
I  [I>eHign.]  I 

London:  |  C.  Kt^^-^a  Paul  &  co.,  1, 
Paternoster  s«]uaro.  |  1880. 

2  vols.;  half' 1 1 th)  verso  blaulc  I  1.  title  v.>  lo 
quotation  and  notice  1  1.  preface  pp.v-viii,  taule 
of  cont<iut8  verso  blao'' '  1.  text  i)p.  1-141,  colo- 
phon verso  blank  1  /.. ;  half-title  verso  blank  1  1. 
title  ver?o  quotation  and  notice  1  1.  tnbleof  con- 
♦jiats  verso  b'ank  1  1.  text  pp.  l-;i52,  selected  list 
of  works  i(;j.  ;i53-363.  index  pp.  365-421,  12^. 

A  classirtciCiioii  of  Aincriciin  lanKoagcs  (vol. 
2,  pp.  57-114)  includes  the  Niitku  or  Yucuatl.  ]i. 
01. 

Copiegseeii:  Bureau  of  Kthnology.  Eames. 

Introduction  to  the  |  Hcionce  of  lan- 
guage. I  By  I  A.  H.  Sayce,  |  doputy- 
proffssor  of  conipai'titive  philology. 
Oxford,  I  Hon.  LL.  D.  Dublin.  |  In  two 
volumes.  |  Vol.  1[-II].  |  [Desigu.]  | 
Second  edition.  | 

Lonilon:  |  Kegau  Paul,  Trench,  A 
CO.,  1,  Paternoster  square.  |  1883. 

2  vols.:  half-title  verso  blank  1  I.  title  verso 
quotation  and  notico  1  1.  tjjblc  of  contents  verso 
Idaiik  1  1.  preface  to  the  second  edition  pp. '.-xv 
vers.,  blank,  preface  pp.  xvii-xx.  text  jip.  1-141, 
colophon  verso  blank  I  1.;  Iialf-titlc  verso  blank 
1  i.  title  verso  quotation  and  notice  1  1.  lalde  of 
content;;  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-3,'i'J,  selected 
list  of  Morks  pp.  .';.")3 -303  v«rso  blank,  index  pp. 
30,>-4".l,  12-\ 

Liufiuistics  as  in  tlie  lirst  edition,  vol.2,  pp. 
.1V-(I4. 

Copientfen:  K.anies. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Rowe).  Historical  I 
iind  I  stiitisticiil  luforiniitioii,  |  re.s|)ect- 
iiig  tho  I  history,  couditiou  and  ))ros- 
pects  I  of  the  (  Iiuliau  tribes  of  the 
United  .**tates:  |  collected  and  prejiared 
under  the  diredion  |  M'  the  |  btirciiu 
oi'  Indian  iitl'airs,  |  per  tictof  CongresH 
of  March  Md,  1K47, :  by  Henry  K.  Schonl- 
craft,  LL.l),  Illustrated  liyS.  Eastiuitu, 
capt.  U.  8.  A.  I  l^nblished  by  Authority 
of  Congress.  |  Part  I(-VI1.  | 
Philadelphia:  |  Lippiiteott,    Graiuho 


Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  —  Continued. 
&    company,  |  (successoni    to    Grigg, 
Elliot  &  CO.)  I  18.-)1[-1857] 

Engraved  title  :    (Kngraving.]  |  Historical  | 
and  I  statistical  information  I  respecting  the  | 
liistory,  couditiou  and  prospects  of  the  Indian 
trilx's  of  tlie  United  States:  |  Collected  and  jue 
pared  under  tlu)  |  direction  of  tlie  bureau  of 
Indian  aflairs  i>er  act  of  Congress  |  of  March 
3"<1847,|byUenryR.  Schoolcraft  L.L.I).  |  Illus- 
trated by  I  S.  Eastman,  capt.  ir.  S.  army,  i  |Coat 
c*"  ••rms.]  I  rublished    by  authority  of  Con- 
gress. I  I'art  I[-VI].  I 

Philade'phii' :  I  Lippincott.  GramlKj  i  co. 

0  vols.  4^.  Beginning  with  vol.  2  the  wonU 
"Historical  and  statistical'  an'  left  otf  the 
title-pages,  boih  engraved  and  luinted.  Subse- 
quently (lo33)  vol.  1  wa.s  also  i.ssued  with  tho 
abridged  title  ijeglnning  "Inl'onniition  respect- 
ing the  history,  condition,  and  piospeetaof  the 
Indian  tribes,'  inakiou  it  nnifoim  with  the 
other  parts. 

Twoeditiims  with  these  title  p:iges  werejuib- 
lished  by  ^he  .same  lioiise,  one  nu  thinner  and 
somewhat  .smaller  paiier.  of  wliich  but  vols.  \-5 
were  issued. 

Part  I,  18.:>1.  Ilalf-title  (Ethnt  !-Jsical  re- 
searches, respecting  the  red  man nf  America) 
verso  blank  1  1.  engraved  title  as  a' ove  verso 
binniv  I  1.  printed  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1. 
introductory  documents  pj).  iii-vi,  preface  pp. 
vii-x,  list  of  plates  pp.  xi-  xil,  c(  otents  pp.  .viii- 
xviii,  text  pp.  1.3-324,  appi'iidix  jip.  325-,")68, 
plates,  colored  lithographs  and  maps  numbered 
1-76. 

Part  U,  1852.  Half-title  (as  in  part  l)  ver.so 
blank  1  l.engravedtitlc  (Information  respecting 
the  history,  conditioti  ami  i)rospects,  etc.)  verso 
blank  1  I.  printed  title  (Information  resijeutins; 
thchistory,  condition  and  prospe<'t»,  etc.)  veiso 
jvrintcrs  1 1.  dedication  \-erso  Idankl  1.  Introduc- 
tory document  pji.vii-xiv,  contents  pp.  xv-xxii, 
list  of  i)lates  pp.  xKi>i-xxiv,  text  pp.  17-608. 
plates  and  maps  numbered  1-29,  31-78,  and  2 
plates  exhibiting  the  Cherokee  alphabet  and  its 
applic.ttion. 

Part  III  lfi,'i3.  Half-title  (as  in  part  i)  \crso 
Idankl  1. engraved  title  (as  in  part  ll)  verso  blank 
I  I.  printed  title  (as  in  p.-jrt  ll)  vi  rso  printers  1  1. 
tliinl  repjrt  pp.  v-viii,  list  of  divi  luii:'  p.  ix, 
contents  t)]i.  xi- xv,  list  of  pUites  pp.  xvii-xviii, 
text  )'p.  Ii(-ti3".  plates  and  maps  numhered 
1-21,2,5-45. 

Part  IV,  IS.  Ualftitlo  (as 'o  part  \t  verso 
bliink  I  'i.engravi(iti;l.  („.-.'••.  part  II)  verso  hlauk 
1  1.  printed  title  (as  in  part  it)  verso  blank  I  I. 
dedication  pp.  v-vi,  fourth  report  pp.  vii-x.  list 
of  divisions  p.  xi.  contents  pp.  xiii-xxiii.  list  of 
plates  pp.  xxv-xxvi,  text  pji.  l'.Mi(J8,  plates  aud 
m.'ips  niiinliered  1-4". 

Part  v.  IS,'),'>.  'ialf-tille  (as  in  part  i)  verso 
blank  11.  engraved  title  (as  in  part  II)  versobliink 
1  1.  printed  title  (as  in  part  \\\  verso  Idank  1  I. 
dedii'atiiiiip|i.vii-viii.  tifth  report  pp  ixxii,  list 
of  divisions  p,  xiil.  synojiMis  of  general  cont4*ut8 


H\   I 


|i! 


Sip 


WAKASHAN    LANGUAGES. 


55 


\  ITSO 
,'I'S  1  1. 

p.  ix, 
-wiii. 


|>k  I  I. 

.list 

IliKt  of 

auti 


I  veino 

Ihliink 
Ilk  1  I. 

lii.liAt 


Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  —  Contimicd. 

ot"  vols,  l-v  |ti>.  xv-.tvi,  I'lmtfiits  pp.  xvii-xxii 
li.'^t  of  |>liiti'.'4  i>i>.  xxiii-xxiv  text  pp.  ;J5-ti2.>.  up- 
peiiiUs  |ip.  037-712.  plat<>8  anil  iiiapit  uunilwrexl 
l-«,  10-36. 

Part  VI,  18i>7.  Half-title  (Ooneriil  lii«tory  !  of 
the  I  Nor*';  American  Iniliann)  v«rHO  blank  1  1. 
portmitl  I.priat<'iltitletnint4(ry  loftlio  Indian 
trilieH  of  tlio  Uuiti'il  Statos:  |  tUiur  |  present 
condition  ami  pronp«ct.s,  |  and  a  skctfli  of  their 
I  ancient  status.  |  i'uhlishcd  liy  order  of  Con- 
t^esn. ;  under  the  i.irection  of  the  Dopartnient  of 
the  interior— Indian  bureau.  By  |  Henry  Ilowo 
Sehotdcraft,  LL.  D.  I  Member  [&,c.  six  lines.]  | 
WithlllustrationsbyEminentArtists.  |  Inone 
volnms.  1  Part  vi.  of  tlie  series.  |  Pliila<U'lphia: 
I  J.  B.  Lippiueott  &  eo.  |  18."i7.)  verso  blank  1 1. 
inscription  verso  blank  1  1.  letter  to  the  Presi- 
dent pp.  vii-viii.  report  pp.  ix-x.  preface  pp.  xl- 
rvi,  cont^'Dts  pp.  xvii-xxvi,  list  of  plates  pp. 
Iivii-xxviii,  text  pp.  2.">-T.l4.  index  pp.  74r)-7.'>0, 
fifty-seven  plates,  partly  »electe<l  from  the  other 
ToliimeR,  and  three  tablt   . 

QaUatin  (A.),  Table  of  ^'enorio  Indian  fanii- 
lies  of  lansiuages,  vol.  .1.  pp.  :!1)7-102. 

Gopiet  *cc.n:  Astor,  Uani'roft,  lioston  Atlie- 
nnium,  British  Museum.  Congress.  Eames, 
National  Museum.  Powell,  Shea.  Trumbull. 

At  the  Fischer  sale.  no.l."irtl,  (^uaritch  bought 
acopy  for-tJ.  10s.  The  yield  copy,  no.  207.'>,  sold 
for $72;  the  Menzios  copy,  no.  1705,  for.'fliiJ ;  the 
.Squior  copy.  no.  12l.(,  $120;  no.  20V.'.  $00:  the 
Riimii'eacopy,  no.773(.">  vols.).  ol.Tts.;  tlie  IMnart 
copy,  no.  828  (.")  vols,  iii  ■i»,20!<  IV. :  the  Murphy 
copy,  no.  222.'*.  !)iO.'>.  Priced  by  (Juaritch,  no.  :ii)0l7, 
lot.  10«.;  by(;iarko  ,1;  eo.  1 880,  $6'> ;  by(iuari*"li. 
in  1888, i;W. 

Uelssued  with  titlo-p'igoi>  an  follows: 

Art'hivi's  of  Atu>ri<>;iniil  Kiiowledjio. 

I  Contain i  11  j;  iill  the  |  Original  Pii])ev.s 
laiil  before  Congress  |  respoctiiig  tlio  | 
History,  AnTniiiitios,  Liingnugo,  Eth- 
nology, Pi<-logranhy,  I  Ritis,  Siipersti- 
tiouH,  anil  Mythology,  |  of  tho  |  Indian 
Trihosof  tlu' Uniteil  Sfiiti's  |  l>y  Honry 
n.  Si-hoolcraft,  LL.  ]).  \  With  lUnstra- 
tions.  I  Ona-ndnii  ih  ion  innzzinyognn 
nn. — Algonquin.  |  In  wix  vi>lninos.  | 
VolnmoI[-VIl.  | 

Pliil.adtdphia :  I  .1.  l\.  Lippincott  A 
Co.  I  1800. 

Eit:irniwdlitlf  :   f-.if.irmation  |  i-esiiectin^  the 
I  HL-tory,  (Ninditiou  and   Pn)sp<'<ls  |  nf  the  ! 
Indian  Tril)es  ,>f  tlie  IJiiifed  States:  |  "ollcM'ted 
and  prepared  under  the  |   Itureaii  ol'    tndiau 
Alf.iir:'  I  By  Henry  H.  .Schoolcraft    L.  L.  n.  | 
Mem:  Iloyal  Iri'o.  Society,  I.tiiidon.  Koyal  -Aii- 
ti<|uarian  Soilefy.    Ciiiienbay;en.   Kllmoloylcal 
.So(iet.\.  P.iris.&c,  &e.  |  lllustraled   by  |  Cap.' 
S.  Kastinan.r.  S.A.aiidotheiemiiienl  artists.  | 
[Vinoette.]  |  Piildisheil   by  authoiil.\   of  Con- 
(iress.  I 

f  Uilatlelpbl't:  |  ■!.  It.  Lippiucolt  &  t.'o. 


Schoolcraft  (II.  U.)  —  Continued. 

0  V(ds.  maps  and  phites.  4 '. 

This  edition  a;;rci>s  in  the  text  pajfc  for  page 
with  the  ori<;iiial  titled  above.  ,ii<l  contains  iu 
addition  an  index  to  eauh  volumi>. 

Copien  xeeii  •  Congress. 

Partially  reprinted  with  title  ;n  foUows: 

[ ■]  Th(i  I  IndiiMi  tribes  of  tho  llnitod 

States :  I  tUoir ,  history,  antiquities,  cus- 
toms, religion,  arts,  language,  |  tradi- 
tions, oral  logonds,  and  myths.  |  Editt^il 
by  Francis S.Drako.  |  Illnstratod with 
one  hundred  line  engravings  on  steel. 
I  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I[-n].  | 

Philadcli)hia:  |  .1.  H.  Lippincott  &. 
CO.  I  London:  16  Southampton  street, 
Coven t  Garden.  |  18«L 

2  vols.:  portr:iit  1  I.  title  verso  copyriglit 
1 1.  preface  pp.  It-.',  coulents  pp.  7-H,  listof  plates 
pp.fl-10.  iiitroductiou  pp. 11-24,  text  pp.  2.)-».")8; 
frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  1  I. con- 
tents pp.  ;t-0.  list  of  plates  p.  7,  text  pp.  !i  -14.'>, 
index  pp.  4l7-4.">.  plates,  4'^. 

"  lu  the  i'ollowing  pa^i'S  the  attempt  has  been 
made  to  ]daco  before  the  public  iu  a  i:oiivenient 
and  accessible  form  tlie  results  of  the  lifeloni; 
labors  in  the  titUd  of  aboriginal  researcli  of  tlie 
late  Henry  It.  S:ht)olcraft." 

Chajiter  n.  Lanituag'-,  literature,  and  pic- 
to.!i;rapliy,  vol.  1,  pp.  47-0:!,  ci>iitain-<  ;j;em'ral 
remarks  011  the  Indian  languajjes. 

Cupi-'g  Si  en  :  (>oiij;ress. 

I'riccd  b\  ('l:irko  &  co.  1880,  no.  0J70,  $2."). 

Henry  Kowe  .Sclioolcr.u't.  ■■tlinoloy;ist,  burn  iu 
[Watervliet]  Albany  County,  \'.  Y..  Mar.  h  J-", 
1703,  died  iu  'tVasliiimliui,  1).  (.'.,  Ddcemher  10. 
1804.  Was  .■.lu.Mtcd  at  Middlebury  College, 
Vermont,  and  :it  I'nion,  whiM-e  he  jiiirsueil  ih.' 
studies  of diemi-ilvy  :iiiil  miiieralc^iy.  In  1817-18 
he  traveled  in  .MUsniiii  and  .\rlvaiisas,  ami 
retnr'icd  witli  n  '-ir:,:'.^  colic  t ion  of  y;eolo);i('al 
and  miiii'raloLrical  Hpecimens.  In  tHJO  he  was 
appointed  ^coliiijist  tot  ten.  I^ewis  (.'ass  s  explor- 
ing expedition  to  Lake  Superior  :ind  tlie  hiMil- 
waters  of  Mississippi  River.  He  was  .sei'n<- 
tary  of  a  commission  to  treat  with  the  Indians 
at  <,'liica.;;o,  and.  after  :>  .imu'iiey  tliniiiy;li  Illi- 
nois and  :tloii;j:  \\':iliash  and  Miami  livers,  w:is 
iu  1822  appoint  !  !  .1  li  1  1  iLjiiit  for  tin- trilies 
id'  the  bike  re:iii>n,  est  ildishiiifj  himsell  at 
Saiilt  Siiinti'  .\I:irie,  and  aft'Tward  :it  M:iik- 
iiiaw.wlii'i-i',  ill  isj;i.  lie  married  .lau.-  .Inliuslmi. 
:ir,'<iidilaii;;lili'r  <il'  Waboojee;!,  a  noted  t  >jibway 
chief  wlio hail  rei'eivcd  hereducationiii  lOiirope. 
In  1828  he  founded  the  Miehijjnn  histori<Mil  soci- 
ety and  in  18;  I  tlieAlific  society.  From  18281  ill 
I8:!2  ho  was  a  Miember  of  the  tcrritorhil  lej;isla- 
lureof  Mi.'hii;:iii.  In  I8;i2  he leil  a  government 
evpi'ditiiui.  wlii.li  f >1  iiwimI  the  Miasisaippi 
Kivcr  up  to  its  soiin  e  in  It:isc,i  Lake.  In  18:10 
he  ne-.'Dtiated  a  trcuy  with  the  Indians  on  the 
np|)'r  lakes  for  the  ccssinn  In  the  fiilted  .States 
of  10,000,000  acres  of  their  lands.    He  was  theu 


"I 


56 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Schoolcraft  (H.  R.) — Continued. 

appointed  actins;  Hiiperiiiteudoiit  of  Tiidiaii 
afl'airM,  and  in  18:i9  chief  diDbiirainj;  agent  for 
tliu  nortliem  depnrtniiint.  On  IiIh  return  from 
Kuropo  in  1842  he  made  n  tour  through  western 
Virginia,  Ohio,  and  Canada.  He  was appmntcd 
by  the  New  York  legiHl.itnre  in  184.'>  a  conimin- 
Hioner  to  take  the  e^nsiiH  of  tlie  Tudians  in  the 
State  and  colloc.t  information  ccmconiing  tlie 
Six  JfationH,  After  tlio  perfonnanee  of  tliia 
task,  ('ongrcss authorized  hiiu,  on  March  3, 1847, 
to  o)>tain  tlirougli  the  Indian  l)nreau  reports 
relating  to  all  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  country 
and  to collat« and  edit  tliclnforniiition.  In  this 
work  hoHpent  tlie  remaining  years  of  his  lile. 
Through  bin  influence  many  laws  were  enacted 
for  the  ])rotection  and  benefit  of  tlie  Indians. 
Numerous  scieutitic  societies  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe  elected  him  to  membership, 
and  the  I'nivcrsity  of  Oeneva  gave  biiu  the 
degree  of  LIv.D.  in  1846.  He  was  the  iii\tlior  of 
numerous  poems,  lectures,  nud  reports  oh 
Indian  subjects,  besides  thirty-one  larger 
works.  Two  of  his  lectures  Ixsfore  the  Aljiic 
ao<'iety  at  IJelroit  on  the  "Grammatical  Con- 
structi(mof  the  Indian  Languages"  were  trans- 
lated into  French  by  Peter  S.  Duponccnu  and 
gained  for  tlieir  author  a  gold  medal  from  the 
French  institnte.  .  .  .  To  the  five  volnmc.f 
of  Indian  researches  (compiled  under  f  he.direc- 
tion  of  the  war  department  be  added  a  sixth, 
containing  the  ]>ost  Columbian  history  of  the 
Indians  and  of  their  relations  with  Europeans 
(Philadelphia,  18,").  Ilehad  colliictcd  material 
for  two  additional  volumes,  but  the  goverii- 
nieut  suddenly  suspended  the  publication  of 
the  work. — Applelon'x  Q/cJo/i.  »/  A  in.  liior/. 

Scouler  ( Dr.  .I»bu),  Ob.sfi'vatious  on  tho 
imlijJ!;ent)n:-i  tribes  of  tbo  N.  \V.  coast  of 
America.  Ky  Jobii  S<'(Mib'r,  M.  D.,  I'. 
L.  S.,  &c. 

In  Koyal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London.  .lour.  vol.  11, 
pp.  215-251.  London,  1841,8".  ((ieologii^al  Sur- 
vey.) 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tlao()ual(li  (soutliwest 
extremity  Vaucouver  Isbind),  about  Kill  word.s 
(obtained  from  Dr.  Tolmie),  jip.  242-247. 

On  tbe  Indian  tribes  inhabitiMj>  tbe 

nortli-west  coast  of  America.  Hy  John 
Seonler,  M.  D.,  F.  L.  S.  Commiiuieated 
by  tile  Ethuoh)gic!il  Society. 

In  Kdiiiburgli  New  I'liihis(i|ih.  .four.  vol.  41, 
pp.  108-102,  Kdinburgli,  1846.  8  '. 

Vocabulary  (10  words)  of  the  (.Ihikcelis 
[(.'hinook  Jai'KonJ,  showing  alliiiities  with  the 
TlHO<|uatcb  (I'liiiiiTohuie)  and  with  the  Nootka 
(from  Slozino  and  .lewitt),  p.  176. 

Reprinted  in  Ktlinological  Soc.  of  London, 
Jour.  vol.  1,  pp.  228-'r.2,  London  [  1848],  8  .  (Con- 
gress.) 

Linguistic  I'imtciit!,  ;is  above,  p.  "JliC. 

Sebaia : 

Grammatic  treatise   See  llancrul't  (H.  H.) 


Seghern  {Jrchbishop  Charles  John). 
[Roman  Catholic  prayers  in  the  Nes- 
(piiat  or  Ntitka  language,]  (*) 

Mannscript;  i:oiiipiled  in  1874.  See  note  to 
Brabant  (A.. T.) 

Ciiarles  John  Scghers,  second  and  fourth 
Bishop  of  Vancouver  s  Island  and  second  Arch- 
bisho)>  of  Oregon  City,  w.".s  born  in  the  ancient 
city  of  (rhent,  in  Belgium,  December  26,  18.19. 
While  a  mere  iad  he  began  to  feel  that  he  was 
called  to  the  priestbotMl,  and,  after  going 
through  the  ordinary  course  at  the  theological 
semiuar>'  of  Ghent,  be  entered  the  American 
College  in  the  I'nivcrsity  of  Lonvain.and  was 
ordained,  in  the  cathedral  of  Mechlin,  in  ISe.l, 
for  the  American  i  lission,  choosing  Victoria, 
Vancouver's  Island,  at  the  instance  of  Bishop 
Deniers,  who  was  tnen  on  n  \  isit  U>  his  natixo 
country.  For  cigl  t  j-ears  he  was  attached  to 
St.  Andrew's  Cat!  edral,  Victoria,  as  assistant, 
as  rector,  and  vi'iir-general,  being  a])pointed 
administratorof  t  le  diocese  in  1871.  on  the  death 
of  Bishop  DiMHcr  (.  In  18711  he  was  consecrated 
bishop  of  these,',  the  youngest  prelate  of  the 
American epi8C(.pa<y  at  that  time.  .  .  .  But 
bo  had  always  a  strong  predilection  for  the 
primitive  nativi,  Amerii'ans.  No  Catholic 
missionaries  had  as  _\>  t  attemjitcd  tho  conver- 
sion of  the  Indians  of  Alaska,  for  the  reason 
tli:it  while  it  was  under  the  Kussian  dominions 
access  had  lieen  denied  to  them.  ...  In 
1878  IMsliop  Segbers  made  bis  first  visit  to 
Alaska  in  order  to  .judge  what  could  be  done 
there,  and  began  to  stiuly  the  native  langu.igc. 

In  tlie  meantime  Archbishop  Blancliot,  of 
Oregon  City,  having  grown  old  and  feeble, 
IJisliop  Segbers  was  niade  bis  coail.jutor,  with 
right  of  siiccessioii,  while  tbe  see  of  VancoiiviT 
was  assumed  by  Bishoj)  Brondel.  No  sooner 
was  111'  installed  as  coadjutor  of  ( Iregon  f'lly 
than  Bishop  Segbers  devoted  a  year  to  acquiring 
practi(ral  knowledge  of  the  vast  region  belong- 
ing to  his  province.  .  .  .  On  tbe  resigna- 
tion of  Archbishop  lilanchet,  in  1881,  Arch, 
bishop  Segl'-  -»  became  the  metropolitan  in 
name  as  well  as  in  fact.  But  for  some  time  his 
mind  bad  been  set  on  the  conversion  of  Alaska, 
and  in  188:t  he  went  to  Kome  to  Ix'g  that  he 
might  beallowed  to  lake  up  that  work.  The  see 
of  Vancimvei  was  again  vacant.  Bislioji  Brondel 
having  been  translated  to  the  new  see  of  llilcun. 
At  his  urgent  icijiicst,  therefore,  the  Tropa- 
ganda  authorized  An'hbislmp  Segbers  to  resign 
tho  important  see  of  Oregon  City  for  the 
bumlilcr  and  more  laborious  one  of  Van- 
couver. .  .  .  By  the  opening  of  1885  he  was 
back  once  more  at  Victoria.  .  .  .  Arch- 
liisho])  S"ghi'rM,  accompanied  by  two  .lesnit 
fatheis,  Tosi  and  Baiiaiit.  and  a  .servant  named 
Frank  Fuller,  an  American.  arri\ed  at  (iiiikat, 
on  till'  lower  <^o,i.st,  and  diseiubarUed.  Theme 
they  traveled  northwesterly  along  the  foot- 
hills of  the  coast  laugo  until  tliey  i-eailied  tbe 
station  of  the  Alaska  Trading  (/oiiipaiiy  iit  the 
headwatera  of  Stewart's  Hiver.  Here  thu  Jesuit 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


57 


Seghers  (C.  J.)— Continnetl. 

fiilhei-H  reiiiHined  to  oHtalilish  i\  mission  for  tiie  j 
Stfkin    ImliaiiM,   wliilo    Arrlibixliop   .S«^gller8, 
accompanied  liy  lli^<  mtrvniit  niiil  »oiii«i  riidiaii  ; 
Cuidea,  ])UHbfd  on  forthotriidin<!-|M)Mt  nt  Miikla- 
kayet.  ncnr  tlip  ii".>iiih  ot  tlii;  Taiiaaiiali  River, 
rRacliiiig  tliat  (loiiit  late  ill  Octolx'i'.    .    .    .    T)io  | 
journey   '".as  iVHiiiiicd   with  tlio    intrntimi  of 
Htrikiiij'.  tlio  Yukon  Ki\er  at   Xiilata.     Alter 
Ht'ven  days  willi  tlie  ulnln,  tliiriiij;  «  liicli  llii-y 
liad  ai't'oiiipliHlind  alMMit  170  miles,  tliey  caniii  to 
adoi-erted  villajio  31)  miles  from  Niilala.  and  on   . 
the.,'   !co  of  the  Indians  Arclibislioji  SeglierM   ' 
determined  to  lialt  liore  for  the  night,  hut  to  go 
on  the  next  day  a  fewmilos  to  an  Indian  settle-   : 
ment,  and  there  to  estaldish  u  mission.    Fuller, 

'  however,  who  seeuis  to  have  heen  of  a  moro.so 
disjiosition,  was  averse  to  iiurauin;;  the  jouriH'y 
any  farther,  and  tjiive  way  to  a  fit  of  anjifrwhen  i 
he  found  that  the  Indians'  advice  jirevailed 
against  his  own  with  the  archbishop.  The  party 
entered  an  aliandoned  hut  and  lay  down  in  a 
line  before  the  lire  and  Hle]>t.  In  spite  of  tlie 
archbishop's  soothing  words,  Fuller's  anger  at 
the  prospeet  of  having  to  go  further  into  this 

r  desolate  region  nuist  liaverankled  in  the  man's 
heart.  At  daylight  the  next  morning,  Sunday, 
November  28,  Fuller  went  out  ami  brought 
some  sticks  for  the  firo.  and  then  sat  down  opjio- 
site  the  sleeping  prelate.  I'hking  up  his  ritle, 
he  leveled  it  at  the  prelate's  head,  at  the  s:imo 
time  calling  out,  'Archbishop,  get  uj>!"  The 
ari'hbisho)>  raised  his  head.  As  he  did  ,so 
Fuller  pulled  the  trigger,  and  the  liiily  nilssidu- 
ary  received  tlie  buUet  between  the  eyes  and 
fell  hiu'k  deail  without  a  sound.  ,  .  .  The 
body,  which  the  Indians  had  covered  up  and 
left  behind  them  in  the  hut.  was  sent  fm' at  once 
and  forwarded  to  tlie  seaport  of  SI.  Michael's. 
Tliere  it  was  encotlined,  and  at  the  request  of 
the  Knssian  priest  was  deposited  in  tin'  Hu.<sian 
church  until  it  could  be.  taken  to  Victoria  for 
inlernicnt.  The  miirden'r,  on  being  lirought 
to  St.  Michael's,  acknowledged  bis  guilt  and 
professed  great  sorrow.  The  lamentation  over 
the  death  of  this  devoted  missionary,  refined 
scholar,  adventurous  explorer,  and  at  the  same 
time  humble  and  amiable  Christian,  was  \o\i- 
ticiilarly  great  tln'ouglioiit  the  Northern  I'ac  iHc 
coast,  where  his  personality  had  become 
endeared  to  all  sorts  of  people  during  li  is  llllcen 
yeuisofaitiveClirislian  work  in  that  region. 
7'.  F.  (Inlwey  in  the  Catholic  Fainili/  Amiual/nr 

IS.SS. 
Sentences: 

llailtsiik 
Seshat : 

I'roper  niiiies 

Smithsonian  Institution:  These  winds  following 
a  title  nr  iMcluilid  wllliiii  parentheses  after  a 
note  iiiilieatt^  lliat  a  I'opy  ol  llie  work  referred 
to  b;is  been  :<een  by  the  eompih'r  in  the  library 
of  that  institution.  Washington,  l>.C 

Some  iK'i'iiiiiil  of  I  III'  Tiilikalit  liiii^iiii^c. 
.Sue  Knipe  (C.) 


Songs : 

KwakiutI 

Kwakiutl 

Xutkii 

Nutkft 

Wakasli 


See  Bona  (F.) 

Fillmore  (.I.e.) 
lions  (F.) 
Jewitt  (.T.  R.) 
Itoas  (F.) 


See  Itanerolt  (II.  II.) 
See  Knipe  {I'.) 


Qproat  (Gilbt^rt  Miilcolm).  Scones  ami 
Htiulio,s  I  of  siiviij^e  life.  |  I»y  (iilliort 
Miilcolm  Sprout.  |  [Two  lines  ((nota- 
tion.] I 

London:  Smith,  Elder  and  co.  |  M\8, 

Froiiti»iiiece  1  I.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  dedica- 
tion verso  blank  1  I.  contents  pp.  v-x,  preface 
pp.  xi-xii,  text  pp.  I-IIO,  appendix  pp.  riil-317, 
colophon  p.  [:il8],  12^. 

Chapter  xv.  Intellectual  capacity  and  lan- 
guage [of  the  Alits).  contains  a  di.scussion  on 
the  numeral  system;  divisions  of  the  year; 
grammatical  .uialysis;  the  Xilinalit  dialect  |of 
the  .\ht] ;  (;ook's  list  of  Xisitkiih  words ;  afiinity 
of  the  Indiau  hiuguages  of  the  northwest  coast ; 
a  table  showing  altinities  between  the  Chinook 
Jargon  and  Aht.  and  trlhalnames.  p|).  110-14:i.— 
Vocabulary  of  the  Aht  language,  with  a  list  of 
the  numerals  1-200;  an  alph.ibetical  list  of 
words  obtained  at  Nitinalit  (or  Barclay)  Sound, 
but  fairly  representing  the  language  of  all  tl  ) 
Aht  tribes  on  the  west  coast  of  Vancouver 
Island,  including  words  invented  since  their 
contact  with  white  men,  )ip. 'J!t5-:in7.— List  of 
Aht  tribes  on  the  outside  coast  of  Vancouver 
Island  in  I860,  p,  1108. —Aht  naini'S  of  mer  and 
women,  jip.  308-30!) :  of  places,  p.  ;I10 ;  of  berries, 
p.  310. 

Much  of  this  material  is  extracted  I'roin 
Knipe  (('.),  Some  account  of  the  Tahkaht  lan- 
guage. 

Copies  aein :  Hanerol't.  Kostoii  Public,  Jtril ish 
.Museum,  Congress.  Kames.  (leorgelown. 

Stewart  {('aiil.  —).    See  Oibbs  ((t.) 

STvaii   (.lames    Oilclirist).     The  |  north- 
west   coast;    I  or,  |  three    \i'ar,s'    resi- 
dence   in   \Vashiu<(ton  |  tiMi'itnry,  |  Hy 
James  G.  Swan.  |  [Teiritorial  seal.]  | 
With  iinmiMons  illnstriitioiis,  | 

New  York:  |  H.irper  \  hrotliiTs, 
piiMishers,  |  Franklin  si|iiare.  |  ]H.")7. 

Frontispiece  I  1.  title  verso  cupyri^iht  notice 
1  1,  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  iiitroiluetion  pp. 
\-vil,  contents  pp.  i\-xiv,  list  of  Illustrations 
p.  Ixv],  map,  text  pp,  17  409,  apiienilix  iiti.411- 
4'J!).  index  pp.  4:il~4:i,">.  12  . 

Chapter  xviii.  Language  of  the  In(li;ins  ijip. 
:(06-320l,  includes,!  V(icalmlary(  .2  words)  of  the 
Xootk;i  ciimiiared  with  the  Chinook,  p.  ;I07,— 
List  of  [H0|  words  in  tlicNootkan  language,  the 
most  in  use.  I'rom.Iohn  U..rewitt's  Narrative  of 
the  massacre  of  (he  crew  of  the  ship  lioston  by 
thesjivagesof  (^iieen  (Charlotte  Sound.  IHO.t,  pp. 
421-422.— Comparative  words  (12)  in  the  NiMilka 
and  CheniHik  (U'.Iaigon,  pp,  422.— Many  Nootka 
words  puHHim. 


58 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


Swan  (J.  G.)  — Continued. 

Copiei  letn :  AnUtr,  liancnift,  Boftton  Ath- 
entRum,  British  Miiseuiu,  Eanies,  (Srolofticnl 
Suney,  Harvanl,  Mallet,  Villiiig. 

Imu«<1  iiIho  with  titlo-pafte  au  folIowH: 

The  I  northweHt    coast;  |  or,  |  three 

y>  iirs'  reBidenco  in  Washington  |  terri- 
tory. I  By  I  James  G.  Swan.  |  With 
nunierons  lUustrationB.  | 

London:  |  Sampson  Low,  Son  «Sr.  co., 
47  Ludgato  hill.  |  New  York:  Harper 
&  hrothers.  |  1857. 

KrontiBpieco  1  1.  titlo  1  1.  de<lication  verwo 
1)1  a  Ilk  1  I.  introduction  pp.  v-vii,  contents  p|>. 
ix'Xiv,  liHt  of  ilhiBtrationH  p.  xv,  map,  t^^xt 
pp.  17-409,  appendix  pp.  411-420,  index  pp.  4:il- 
435, 12^. 

Linguistic  coutonts  oh  under  titlenpxtaliovo. 

Copiet  teen:  Charles  L.  Woodwiird,  New 
York  City. 

Smithsonian  contribntions  to  knowl- 
edge. 1 220  I  The  |  Indians  of  capo  P'lat- 
tery,  |  at  the  entrance  to  tlic  strait  of 
Fnca,  I  Washington  territory.  |  By  | 
James  G.  Swan.  |  (Accepted  for  publi- 
cation, .June,  1868.) 

Title  verso  name»)  of  commission  otc.  1  1.  ad- 
vertisement signed  by  Josepli  Henry,  secretary 
S.  I.  p.  iii,  prefatory  note  signed  l>j'  Cuorge 
tiililm  p.  V,  contents  p.  vii,  list  of  illuatralions 
j>.  ix,  text  pp.  1-106,  index  pp,  107-108,  jdates.  4°. 

Forms  article  vlii.  of  vol.  xvi,  Smithsonian 
Instit\ition  Contribntions  to  Knowledge,  Wash- 
insrton,  1870,  4^ 

The  Makali  Indians  and  the  names  by  which 
tliey  are  known  to  other  Indians,  p.  1. — Animal 
names,  j).  7. — Species  of  whales,  p.  10. — The 
harpoon  and  it.n  parts,  p.  21. — The  canoe  and  its 
partH  p.  21. — Porpoises,  seals,  otters,  etc.,  p. 
;iO.— I'er.soiial  names,  p.  .18.-— Mythology,  p)i.  Cl- 
70,  int^ludes  many  native  terms, nami^s  of  gods, 
etc.— Names  of  the  months,  elements,  etc.,  pp. 
01-92.  —  Makah  vocabulary,  idpliabetically 
arran}.'ed  by  Knglish  words,  pp.  9;i-l(l.5.— Local 
nomeiK'lature  of  the  Maknhs,  pp.  10,5-106. 

Oitpienteen  :  (Jeological  .Survey,  Smithsonian. 

Issued  separately  with  titlepago  as  follows : 


—  Sniithaonian  Contribntions  to  Knowl- 
edge. I  220  I  The  |  Indiansof  cape  Flat- 
tery, I  at  the  entrance  to  the  strait  of 
Fiica,  I  Washington     territory.  |  By  | 
James  G,  Swan.  | 


S^^an  (J.  G.) — Continned. 

Washington  city:  |  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  institution.  |  1869. 

Cover  title  ns  altove,  title  as  atwve  (except 
the  Imprint,  which  rends  Accepted  for  publi- 
cation, Jnne,  1868")  verso  names  of  the  commis- 
sion and  of  the  printer  1 1,  advertisementsigned 
by  Joseph  Henry  p.  iii,  prefatory  note  signed 
by  George  Gibbs  p.  v,  contents  p.  vli.  list  of 
illustrations  p.  Ix,  text  pp.  1-106,  index  pp.  107- 
108,  jdates,  4°. 

Linguist  ic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copie*  seen :  Karnes,  Pilling,  .Smithsonian, 
Trumbull,  Wellealey. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Makah 

Manuscript,  10  leaves,  4°,  written  on  one  side 
only ;  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Recorde<l,  March,  1865.  on  one  of  tho  forms  (no. 
170)  issued  for  collectors  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution.  Equivalents  of  all  the  211  words 
called  for  are  given. 

A  copy  of  this  vocaltulary,  7  leaves,  folio, 
m.idebyDr.GuorgeGibbs,  isin  thesamelibrary. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Makah. 

Manuscript,  21  leaves,  folio,  written  on  one 
side  <mly ;  in  tho  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Kth- 
nology. 

Contains  abont  1,000  words  alphabetically 
arr.nn^cd  by  English  words. 

Mr.  James  Gilchrist  Swan  was  bom  in  Med- 
lord.  Moss  ..January  11, 1818, and  was  educate«l 
at  an  .iculemy  in  that  place.  In  1833  he  went  to 
lioston  to  reside,  and  remaine<l  there  until  1849, 
when  he  left  for  San  Francisco,whero  he  arrived 
in  1850.  In  1852  he  wont  to  Shoalwater  Uay, 
where  he  remained  until  1 8.">(),  whep  ho  returned 
east.  In  18!>9  lie  returned  to  PugetSound;  since 
then  PortTownsend  has  boon  hisheailiiuarters. 
In  1860  Jtlr.  Swan  went  to  Neah  Bay.  In  June, 
1802,  he  was  appointed  teacher  of  the  Makah 
Indian  llcservation,wheTO  he  remained  till  1860. 
In  1809  ho  went  to  Alaska,  and  in  May,  1875,  ho 
went  a  second  time  to  Alaska,  this  time  under 
the  direction  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  as 
a  commissioner  to  purchase  articles  of  Indian 
manufacture  for  the  Philadelphia  Centennial 
Exposition.  This  lino  eollectiou  is  now  in  the 
U.S. National  Mupeum  at  Washington.  July 
.11,  1878,  Mr.  Swan  was  appointed  an  inspector 
of  customs  at  Neah  Bay,  Cape  Flattery,  and 
remained  there  until  August,  1888,  oildlngmuch 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  Makah  Indians,  which 
was  reported  to  Prof.  Baird  and  published  in  a 
bulletin  of  the  IJ.  S.  National  Museum .  In  1883 
he  went  to  Queen  (Charlotte  Islands  for  tho 
Smithsonian  Instituticm  and  ma<le  another  col- 
lection for  the  U,  S.  National  Museum. 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


69 


T. 

Tate  (Per.  Charles  M<mtK<>iiieiy).  Tho 
lord's  prayer  [in  tlic  llailtsiik  laii- 
gna«e]. 

1  leaf,  verso  blank,  S''. 

Copiet  geen :  Pilling. 

Mr.  Tate  caiim  to  Britinh  Ooliimliia  from 
Nortliumberlaiiil,  Kiiglaiul,  in  1870.  Hi'  rngagoil 
in  inLssion  work  among  tlii>  Klnthond  hxlinns 
at  Nanaimo,  Vanconvpr  Island,  in  1871,wliero 
lie  Itiarned  the  Anlianir^nnni  languagit  spoken 
by  tbe  Indian  tribes  on  tlie  ea.^t  <'oa»t  of  Van- 
conver  Island,  lower  Krascr  Uiver,  and  I'nget 
Sonnd.  lloro  be  .spent  tbreo  years,  wlien  lie 
reniovwl  to  Port  Simpson,  on  tlie  borders  of 
Alaska,  among  tlie  Tsimpsboans.  lie  next 
moved  to  tbe  Finuser  River  and  spent  seven 
years  amongst  tlio  Flatliead  tribes  between 
Yale  and  Westmie'ifor,  frequently  visiting  tlio 
Indians  on  tbo  Noots^uhk  River  in  Washington 
TeiTitory.  Mr.  Tate  spent  f^mr  years,  1880  to 
1884,  among  tbo  Delia-Bellas,  returning  in  tbe 
latter  year  to  tin;  mission  on  FraserKiver. 
Tahkaht.  See  Tokoaat. 
Text: 

\ntka  See  Brabant  (A.  J.) 

Tlaoquatch.    See  Klaokwat. 
Tokoaat : 


Dirtionary 
Oraniniar 

Orammatic  treatise 
Nnnieral.s 
Xiimerals 
Nnmerals 
Proper  names 
I'roper  na:iie.s 
Tribal  names 
Tribal  uaiiius 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 


See  Knipo  (C.) 
Knipe  (V.) 
Hproat  ((}.M.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Sproat  (U.M.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Sprout  (G,  M.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Sproat  ((i.  M.) 
Cliaiiiberluiii  (xV.  F.) 
Sproat  ((>.  M.) 
Tolniio  (\V.  F.)  and 
Dawson  ((J.  M.) 

Tolmie  {Dr.  William  Frascsr).  [Vocalni- 
larit^s  of  tlni  luirthwtst  coast  of  Nortli 
America.] 

In  Hoyal  (ioog.  .Soe.of  London,  .lour.  vol.  11, 
pp.  2:10- 240,  London,  1K41,K0,  (geological  Sur- 
vey.) 

Vocabulary  ot  tbo  Tlaoiinatih  (about  Kio 
words),  pp.  242-247. 

Tliis  vocabulary  and  others  by  the  same 
author  are  iiu^liided  iu  an  article  liy  Scouler 
(J.),()b.servatiiuis  on  tlio  indigenous  tvilics  ol' 
the  nortliwest  coast,  pp.  215-251. 

and  Daw8on  (G.  M.)  (Ji'olojjical  and 

natural  history  survey  of   (Junada.  | 
Alfred   II.  V.  Selwyu,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  (J.  S., 
Director.  |  Conijiarative    voealinlarics 
I  of  the  I  ludiau    tribes  |  of  |  Itritish 


Tolmie  (W.  F.)  and  Dawson  (O.  M.)— 

Continued. 
Colnnihia,  ^  with  a  map  illustrating  dis- 
tribution. I  By  I  W.  Fraser  Tolmie,  | 
Li(!eutiate  of  the  Faculty  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons,  Glasgow.  |  And  |  George 
M.  Dawson,  D.  S.,  A.  S.  R.  xM.,  F.  G.  S., 
&e.  I  [Coat  of  arms.]  |  Pnblished  l>y 
authority  of  Parliament.  | 

Montreal:  |  Dawson  brothers.  |  18X4. 

Cover  t  i  t  le  nea  1  !y  as  above,  t  i  tie  as  above  verso 
blink  1  1.  letter  of  transmittal  signed  by  G.  M. 
Dawson  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  signed  by  G.  M. 
Dawson  ]ip.  r)B-7p,  introtlnctory  note  signed  by 
W.  F.  To'.ruic  pp.  9b-12b,  textpp.  UB-131B,  map, 
8°. 

(^'ompn'-atire  vocabulary  (225  word.s)  of  (ivo 
languag's,  amor.g  thoni  theAht(Kaiookwuhk), 
pp.  SOB-COn.— "(Comparative  table  of  a  few  of 
tbe  words  [GK]  in  tbe  foregoing  vocabularies," 
including  tbe  Abt.  p.  127B — Comparison  of  4 
words  in  various  Indian  languages  of  ?fortli 
America  (from  various  sources),  among  them 
the  Aht,pp.  128n-129D. 

Copies  Hern :  Eames,  Pilling,  ■WcUesley. 

William  Fraser  Tolmie  was  bom  at  Inverness, 
S<;otland,  February  ;i,  1812,  and  died  December 
8,  1886,  after  an  illness  of  only  three  days,  at  his 
residence,  Cloverdale,  Victoria,  B.  C.  He  wtt.s 
ediicatod  at  Glasgow  University,  where  lie 
gradiii  ted  in  August,  18l!2.  On  SepUmiber  12of 
thesaiiio  year  he  accepted  a  position  as  surgeon 
andch'.^k  with  tlie  Hudscui's  Bay  Comiiany,aiid 
left  liouie  for  tlie  (Columbia  River,  arriving  at 
Vancouver  iu  tbe  spring  of  18X1.  Vancouver 
was  then  tbe  (^lilef  jiost  of  tho  Hudson's  Hay 
Company  011  this  coast.  In  1841  be  visited  his 
native  land,  but  returned  in  1842  overland  via 
the  plains  and  the  Columbia,  and  was  placed  in 
charge  of  the  Iluil.son's  Bay  posts  on  Piiget 
Sound.  lie  here  took  a  prominent  part,  during 
the  Indian  war  of  18.').'>-'r)(!,  in  pacifying  the 
Indiiins.  Hciiig  an  ex<'ellent  linguist,  ho  lia<l 
acquired  a  knowledge  of  the  native  tongues, 
and  was  Instiiinient^il  in  bringing  about  pernio 
between  the  whites  and  the  Indians.  He  was 
a|ipiiiutcd  chief  liu'tor  of  the  Hudson's  Hay 
Company  in  I8.").'i.  removed  to  Vancouver  Island 
in  185'.!,  wlieii  he  went  into  stockraisiiig,  being 
the  tirst  to  introduce  tlioroiiglibied  st^ick  into 
British  Culiiiiibia;  was  a  iiieiuber  of  the  local 
legislatiiretwot^Tius,  until  1H78,'  wasamember 
oi' tbe  first  bo.ird  of  education  for  several  yoars, 
exercising  a  great  iiiHuence  iu  educational  mat- 
ters; heldniauyotlices  of  trust,  and  was  always 
a  valued  and  respected  citizen. 

Mr.  Tolmie  was  known  to  ethnologists  for  bis 
contributions  to  the  history  and  linguistics  of 
thelititive  races  of  the  West  Coast,  and  dated  his 
int^'Vest  iu  ethnological  matters  from  Iii8c4<utact 


60 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


Tolmie  (W.  F.)  and  Dawson  (0.  M.)  — 
Continued, 
with  Mr.  Horatio  Ilnlfl.  wlio  vi8it«*1  the  WoHt  , 
CoOHt  08  an  ethiiologJHt  to  tlio  WilkoH  (;x])loi'iii); 
expedition.    Hu  aftcrwanlH  transmitted  vocab-  I 
ularieH  of  a  nuinbor  of  tho  tribex  to  Dr.  Scouler 
and  to  Mr.  Goor(;o  Uibbs,  aoiuo  of  whicli  went  | 
)iiibliHli(id  in  Contributions  to  Xortli  Anioriciin  I 
Kthnology.  In  188-4  heiiublishcd,  in  iioivjiinction 
with  Dr.  (r.  M.  Dawson,  a  nearly  com plcto  sericH  i 
ofsliortvocabularivg  of  tho  principal  lungnugcH 
met  with  in  liiitiHli  Coliinibia,  and  his  name  is  ' 
to  be  found  frt'i|ucntly  fjuotcd  as  an  authority 
on  tlio  lilstory  of  tho  Northwest  (!cogt  and  its  ■ 
ctliuology.     Ho  frequently  contributi'd  to  the 
prexH  upon  public  quoHtiona  and  oventH  now  ' 
liiMtorical. 

Treastiry.    Tho  Treasury  of  Langnngc^. 
I  A  I  rudimentary   dictionary  |  of  |    i 
nniversal  philology.  |  Daniel  iii.  4.  | 
[Oneliiioin  llohrow.]  I 

HallaiuiCo.,25,  Paternosterrow, Lon- 
don. |  (All  riuhts  reserved.)    [1873 f]       \ 

Colophon:  London:  |  printed  by  Grant  and 
CO.,  71i-78,  Turnraill  Htroet,  E.  C. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  advertisement  {dated 
February  7th,  1873)  verso  Idank  1 1,  introduction 
(signed  J.  B.  and  dated  October  31st,  1873)  i)p. 
i-iv,  dictionary  of  languages  (in  alphabotieal 
order)  pp.  1-301,  list  of  c(mtributors  p.  [302|, 
errata  verso  colophon  1 1. 12°. 

Edited  by  James  Bonwick,  Esq.,  F.  R.  G.  S., 
assisted  by  about  twenty-two  contributors,  ' 
whoso  initials  are  signed  to  the  most  important  i 
of  their  respective  articles.  In  tho  conipila-  > 
tion  of  t  lie  work  fri<e  use  was  made  of  Bagster's 
liible of  Every  LandawA  Or. Latham's  ^Jeiiwn^* 
()/  fhmparatve  Philology.  There  are  also 
references  tc  au  appoiulix,  concerning  which 
there  is  tho  following  note  on  p.  301 :  "Notice.  — 
Owing  to  the  unoxpi:ctod  enlargement  of  this 
Book  in  course  of  printing,  the  Appendix  is 
necessarily  postponed  ;  and  tho  more  especially 
as  additional  matti^r  lias  been  received  suflicient 
to  make  a  second  volume.  And  it  will  be  pro- 
ceeded with  so  soon  as  au  adequate  list  of  Sub- 
scribers shall  bo  obtained.''  Under  the  nauu>  of 
each  language  is  a  brief  statement  of  tho  family 
or  stock  to  wlilch  it  belongs,  and  the  country 
where  it  is  or  was  spoken,  together  witli  refer- 
ences, in  many  cases,  to  the  principal  aulhnr- 
ities  on  the  graunuar  and  viwabulary.  An 
addenda  is  given  at  the  end  of  each  letter. 

Scattered  references  to  the  dialects  of  tlu) 
Wakaslian. 

OojJi  ('»  seen ;  Eames. 

Tribal  names: 

Nutka  See  Kc.ane  (A.  H.) 
Tokoaat  Knipe  ((J.) 

Tokoaat  Spnmt  ((!.  M.) 

Wakash  Kane  (T.) 

Trubner  (Ni(--olaN).  SeeIiudevng(II.  K.) 


TrumbtUl:  Tliis  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  alter  a  noteindicatesthatacopyof 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Dr. .J.  Hammond  Trum- 
bull, Ilartforil,  Conn. 

[Trumbull  ( />»•.  .lames  Hammond).]  Cat- 
alogue I  of  the  I  American  Lii>rary  |  of 
thi^late  I  nu'.  George  Brinley,  |  of  Hart- 
ford, Conn.  I  Part  I.  |  America  in  gen- 
eral I  New  Franco  Canada  etc.  |  tho 
Hritish  cohniie.s  to  1770  ]  New  England 
I  [-Part  V.  I  (Jeueral  and  miscellane- 
ous. I  [Ac. eight  lines.]  | 

Hartford  |  Press  of  the  Case  Lock- 
wood  &,  Hraiiiard  Company  |  1878 
[-1893] 

5  parts,  8'^.  Compiled  by  Or.  .T.  II.  Trumbull. 
There  is  an  Indix  to  the  coM/ot/Kfi, etc.,  com- 
piled byWm.  .1.  Fletcher,  Hartford,  1893,8'. 
(Pilling.) 

Indian  languages:  geiu-ial  treatises  and  col- 
lections, jiart  3,  pp.  123- 1 '.24;  Northwest  coast, 
p. 141. 

Cojiien  neen  :  Kami>s,  I'illing. 

.lauu's  Ilauuuoiid  Trumbull,  jdiilologi-st, 
horn  in  Stouingtou,  Couu.,l)eceml)or  20,  1821. 
He  entered  Vale  in  18.'18,  and  though,  owing  to 
ill  health,  he  was  not  graduated  with  his  cliuss, 
his  name  was  enrolled  anioug  its  members  in 
1850  and  ho  was  given  tin  'grce  of  A.  M.  Ho 
settled  in  Hartford  in  1  ,  and  was  assistant 
secretiiry  of  state  in  1847-'.'J2  and  18o8-'()l, 
and.-<ecretary  in  1801-'rt4,  also  state  librarian  in 
1854.  Soon  after  going  to  Hartford  ho  Joined  tho 
Connecticut  Historual  Society, was  its  corre- 
sponding seirotiu-y in  1849-'03, and  waseloeted 
its  president  in  1803.  He  has  been  a  trustee  of 
tho  Watkinson  free  library  of  Hartford  and  its 
librarian  since  1863,  and  lias  been  an  ollicer  of 
the Wadsworthatliemeum  since  1804.  Dr.Trum- 
biill  was  au  original  member  of  tho  American 
Philological  .Vssociation  in  1809  and  its  presi- 
dent in  1874-'75.  Ho  has  lieen  a  niemberof  tho 
Amerii'an  Oriental  Society  since  1860,  and  the 
American  Kthuological  Society  since  1807,  and 
honorary  memlier  of  many  State  historical  soci- 
eties. In  1872  he  was  elected  to  the  National 
Academy  of  Scieiui's.  Since  IS'iS  he  has  devoted 
special  attention  to  the  subject  of  the  Indian 
languages  of  North  America.  He  h.as  prepared 
a  dictionary  and  vocabulary  to  John  Eliot's 
Indian  bible  and  is  )irobably  the  only  Amer- 
ican scholar  that  is  now  able  to  read  that  work. 
In  1873  he  was  chosen  lecturer  on  Indian  lan- 
guages of  North  America  at  Yale,  but  loss  of 
health  and  other  labors  soon  compelled  his 
resiguiition.  The  degree  of  LL.  I),  was  con- 
ferred on  him  by  Yale  in  1H71  and  by  Harv;ird 
in  1887,  while  Clidumliia  gave  hiui  an  L.  H.  D. 
in  1887 — Appleton's  Cyclop,  of  Am.  liiog. 

Turner  (William  Wadden).     8ee  Lude< 
wig(n.E.) 


WAKA8UAN   LANUUAO£». 


61 


Ucalta,     See  Ukwulta. 
Ukwnlta: 

(iciieral  (liHcuHHioii 

(inuniiiiitiu  treatise 

Voeabuliiry 

Words 


See  AnilefHon  (A.  C.) 
Tetitot  (E.) 
IVtitot  (E.) 
Petitot  (£.) 


u. 


nm6ry  (J.)    Siir  ri(1entit<^  du  mot  ni^rc 
(laiiH  li>H  idioiiK'M  do  toiiH  Ioh  pt'iiplcs. 

Ill  Ucvuo  Orientale  t>t  Aiii^ricaiuo.  vrl.  8,  pp. 
335-338, 1'orin,  18«3,  8\ 

Aiiiong    tli<^    languages    mentioned    is    tlie 
Noutka. 


V. 


jude- 


Vancouver  Island  Indians.    See  Nutka. 

Vater  {Dr.  Juhauu  Sevtn-iii).  Untersu- 
chnngoii|ii1tt!i\  Amorika's  Bevolkerung 
I  aiis  doni  |  alteii  Kontiiionte  |  duni  | 
Herrn  Kaiiimerherm  |  Alexander  von 
Humboldt  |  gewidmot  |  voii  |  Johanii 
Sovi'iin  Vater  I  Professor  und  Biblio- 
tbekar.  | 

Ltsipzig,  I  bei  Fiiedricb  dbristiau 
Wilhelin  Vogel.  |  1810. 

Colophon ;  Halle,  gednickt  bei  Juliuun  Jacob 
Gebauer. 

Title  verso  blank  1 1.  dedication  verso  blank  1 

I.  verolirungswiirdiger  Hoit  Kauiiiiorliorr  2  11. 
inhalts-auzeige  pp.  is-xii,  halt'tille  verso  blank 

II.  testpp.  3-211,  errata  and  eolopbonp.  [212], 8<^. 
A  few  words  in  the  Nutka  language,  pp.  Ifi4. 

196. — Vergleichungen  Amerikanischcr  Sprach- 
eii  (pp.  195-203)  also  contains  a  few  words  in  the 
same  languages,  p.  201. 

Copies  seen:  Astor,  JSntish  Museum.  Con- 
gress, Eamcs,  Harvard,  Wutkinson. 

At  t  lie  Fischer  sale,  catalogue  no.  2S79,  a  copy 
was  bought  by  Quarltch  for  1».  6d. 

Liiigiiaruin   totius  orbis  |  ludox  | 

alphaboticuB,  I  quariim  |  Graiuiuaticae, 
Lexica,  |  coUectioucs  vocabnlorum  | 
recensentiir,  |  patria  vsigniticatiir,  liis- 
toria  aduinbratiir  |  a  |  Joanne  Severi  no 
Vatero,  |  Theol.  Doct.  et  Profess.  Bib- 
liothecario  Keg,,  Oru.  |  S.  Wladimiii 
eqiiito.  I 

Berolini  |  In  ofBcina  libraria  Fr. 
Nicolai.  I  MDCCCXV[1815]. 

Second  title:  Litteratiir  |  der  |  (irammatiki'ii. 
Lexica  |  und  |  Wortorsamiiilungeii  |  aller 
Sprachen  der  Erdo  |  nach  |  alphabetischerOrd- 
iiung  der  Sprachen,  |  niit  einer  |  gedrangt«ii 
Uebersicht  |  dos  Vaterlandes,  dor  Schieksale  | 
und  Verwaudtschaft  derselben  |  von  |  Dr. 
Johanu  Severin  Vater,  |  Professor  und  Biblio- 
thekiir  zii  Kiinigsberg  dos  S.  Wladimir-  |  Or- 
dens  Uitter.  | 

Berlin  |  in  der  Kicolaisiihoi)  Buchhuuiliuie. 
|1H5. 


Vater  (J.  S.)  —Continued. 

Latin  title  vorso  1. 1  recto  blank,  Uerman  title 
recto  1.2  verso  blank, dedication  verso  blank  1 
I.  address  to  the  king  1  I.  preface  pp.  l-ii,  to 
the  reader  pp. lH-iv,haUtitlo verso  blank  1  1. 
text  pp.  3-2.")9, 8^.  Alphabetically  arranged  by 
names  of  languages,  double  columns,  German 
and  Latin. 

List  of  works  containing  material  relating  to 
tlie  language  of  Xutka  Sound,  p.  171. 

Copies  seen :  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Eamos, 
Pilling. 

A  later  edition  in  (rernian  witli  title-page  as 
follows : 

Littoratur  |  der  tiramniatiken,  Lex- 

ika  I  und  |  Wortorsaiuniliiiigeii  |  aller 
Hpracben  dor  Erdo  |  von  (  Johanu  Se- 
verin Vater.  |  Zweite,  vJillig  unigeai- 
beitote  Ausgabo  |  von  |  13.  Jiilg.  | 

Berlin,  1847.  |  In  der  Nicolaisohou 
Buchliandlung. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1 
1.  preface  (signed  B. -Jiilg  and  dated  1.  Decem- 
ber 1816)  pp.  v-x,  titles  of  general  work.s  on  the 
sultjectpp.  xi-xii,  t(^xt  (alphabetically- arranged 
by  names  of  languages)  pp.  l-4r)0,  additions 
and  corrections  pp.  4.")1-5-U,  8ubje<'t  index  pp. 
542-563,  author  index  pp.  504-592,  errata  2  11.  8'. 

List  of  works  containing  material  relating 
to  the  language  of  Xutka  Sound,  pp.  267-288, 
528. 

Copies  seen :  Congress,  Eames.  Harvard. 

At  the  FLsiln-rsalo,  no.  171U,  acopy.sohlforl*. 

.SeoAdeluug(J.  C.)and  Vater(J.  S.) 

Vocabularies : 

See  Hoas  (V.) 

Ituscbmnnn  (J.  C.  E.) 


Hailtsuk 

llailtsiik 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

Hailtsuk 

KliioUwat 

Klaokwat 


(.'ampbell  (,1.) 
Dall(\V.n.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
tJibbs  (G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Latham  (R.G.) 
Powen(J.W.) 
Tolinie  (W.  F.) 
Bulnier  (T.  S.) 
)lu.9chmaun  (J.  C.  B.) 


62 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE 


Vocabularies - 

Klaokwat 

Klaokwat 

KImikwat 

Klaokwat 

Klankwat 

KwakiuU 

Kwakiutl 

Kwakiutl 

KwakiuU 

Kwakiutl 

Kwakiutl 

Kwakiutl 

Kwakiutl 

Kwakiutl 

Lekwiltuq 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Maka 

Niwiti 

Niwiti 

Nitiuat 

Niliiiat 

Nitinnt 

Xulka 

Nutka 

Nutka 

Kutka 


-Cuntiutiud. 

Sue  Oil)lis((f.) 
Latham  (11.  (i.) 
Loinmeim  (T.  N.) 
Htioulor  (J.) 
Waters  (A.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Canadian. 

(^Iiainberlain  (A.  F.) 
l)all  (W.  H.) 
DawHoii  ((>.  M.) 
UibliM((;.) 
Kwakiutl. 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
WilHon  (E.  F.) 
Itoat*  (K.) 
BarlUtt  (J.  U.) 
Bii8i'liinauu(<l.  C.  IC.) 
(}aliaiit)(D.  A.) 
Gallatiu  (A.) 
(iibl)H  ((i.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Latham  (R.G.) 
Maka. 

Piiiait(A.  L.) 
Swim  (J.(i.) 
(iallalin  (A.) 
Knij)!)  (C.) 
Kiiipo  (C.) 
I'inart  (A.  L.) 
Sproat  ((}.  M.) 
A(lol»ns(J.  C.) 
AiidiTBou  (\V.) 
AriUMirong  (A.  N.) 
lialbi(A. 


Vooabularies  - 

-('((utiiiuetl. 

Niilka 

S<>(t  lioaH  (F.) 

Nutka 

Mriil)aiit  (A.>I.) 

Xutka 

Bulniir  (T.  S.) 

Nutka 

KusuhninMn  M  C.  E.) 

Nutka 

CampbclKJ.) 

Nutka 

(;ook(J.) 

Nutka 

ElliH(W.) 

Nutka 

Pry  (E.) 

Nutka 

Forntcr  (J.(i.) 

Nutka 

(ialiaiio(n.  A.) 

Nutka 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Nutka 

(fiblm  <('r.) 

Nutka 

HainrH(E.  M.) 

Nutka 

llaliMH.) 

Nutka 

Hunibohit  (K.  von). 

Nutka 

.l<!han(L.  V.) 

Nutka 

Jowltt(.I.R.) 

Nutka 

K.Ti(R.) 

Nulka 

Knipo  (C.) 

Nutka 

Ln  Ilarpe  (J.  F.  <le). 

Niitlta 

Latham  (R.G.) 

Nutka 

Pablo  (J.  E.  S.) 

Nutka 

Quinip<;r(M.) 

Nutka 

Scouler  (J.) 

Nutka 

Spr(>nt(G.M.) 

Nutka 

Swan  (J.  G.) 

Nutka 

YaukiowiUh  (F.) 

Tokoaat 

Chamborlain  (A.  F.) 

TokiMiat 

Sproat  (G.  M.) 

Tokoaat 

Tolniio  (W.  F.) 

tikwulta 

Potitot(E.F.S.J.) 

\Vaka«h 

Latliani(R.G.) 

Wakash 

Pinart(A.L.) 

w. 


Wakashan : 

ClaHHitication 

ClaHHitication 

ClaHsilication 

ClaH.siQcation 

(JliiHsitlcation 

('laHHiflcation 

ClaH.silluation 

CInssiflcation 

ChiMsiticatiou 

ClasHifluation 

(JIaHHitlcation 

Ciassifloation 

Clastiitit'atiou 

Claasificatioii 

CIstsHiiication 

t'lH8»iHi'atiun 

('iHHsilication 

ClaHHilication 

Clasoiticatiou 

(JIaHHiticatiun 

General  (linrussion 

General  tliscuHHiou 

General  diHciisnion 

Guncrnl  discussiun 


See  Hates  (H.W.) 
15each(W.W.) 
Berijhaus  (11.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Brint(ui  (l).G.) 
BuHcliniauii  (J.  C  F..) 
Dawson  (ti.  M.) 

DoUfjUlNH  (J.) 
Drake  (S.(i.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Haines  (G.M.) 
Kane,  (P.) 
Keane  (A.H.) 
liathain  (K.  <i.) 
Powell  (.r.  W.) 
Priest  (J .) 
Rnlincsque  (C.  S.) 
Hay  ee  (A.H.) 
Sehoolcral't  (U.  R.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Beaeh  (W.W.) 
Jlerghaus  (H.) 
Drake  (S.G.) 
Latham  (R.  G.) 


Wakashan  —  ( 'oiitinuetl. 

General  disuussiou        Treasurj-. 
Son^s  Iloas  (F.) 

Vocabulary  Latham  (R.G.) 

VoealMilary  Pinart(A.L.) 

Words  Hidmer  (T.  S.) 

Words  l)aa  (L.  K.) 

Waters  ( '  ^irabam).  A  |  vocabulary  of  | 
Words  u  Hancock's  Harbor  |  Lan- 
guage, I  On  the  North  West  Coast  of  N. 
America.  |  Taken  by  Abraham  Waters, 
who  I  sailed  to  that  plac"  Avith  Capt. 
Gray  of  |  Boston  (about  20  years  ago) 
whoso  widow  |  presented  the  Original, 
from  which  this  is  j  transcribed,  to 
Elbridge  G.  Howe.  |  Paxton  Dec.  13. 
1«28. 

Manuscript,  U  pages,  8° ;  in  the  library  of  the 
American  AMticiuarian  .Society,  Worcester, 
Mass.  "  HaDonck'a  Uarbor,  lat.  49°  9',  long. 
125°." 

Contains  11U  words  iu  the  Klaokwat  lan- 
guage. 


a 

A 
Y 
V 

t: 
V 

b 


WAKA8HAN    LANGUAGES. 


63 


of  I 
Lan- 
3f  N. 
^tei'8, 
;!apt. 
I  aj?o) 
riiiul, 
|l,  to 
13. 

|()ftbe 
leater, 
1  long. 

Ian- 


Watkinson:  Tbmwonl  I'olluwlnK  n  tltlu<ir  witlilii 
paivntlixHeM  altera  note  iuiUt'iitUH  thiituropy  of 
tlio  work  ruferroil  to  hnn  Im-i'II  Hr<Mi  by  therom- 
|)ihT  in  tlio  WatkiuHon  library,  Hnrtfonl,  (Jonn. 

Wellealey :  ThiH  word  folio wiug  a  titlo  or  within 
pnrtmtlioseH  aflur  ii nutu  ind icatos  tbat  ac.opy  of 
the  work  rofcrrotl  to  haH  bocn  seen  by  the  com- 
piler bolonKinii  to  tlie  library  of  WoUeHley 
college,  WulloHley,  MaHH. 

'Whymper  (Frederick).    Travel  mid  ad- 
venture I  in  tbe  |  territory  of  Alaska,  | 
formerly  Russian  America — now  ceded 
to  tlio  I  United  States — and  in  various 
o'tbor  I   parts  of  the  north  raciric.   | 
Uy  Frederick  Whymper.  |  [Design.]  | 
With  map  and  illustratiotis.  | 

London:  |  John  Murray,  Alhemarle 
street.  |  1868.  |Therij,;htof  Transhitiou 
is  reserved. 

Half-title  veriio  blank  1  1.  titlo  verso  uamesof 
printers  1  1.  dedication  verHo  blank  1  1.  preface 
pp.  vii-ix,  contentH  pp.  xi-xix,  liHt  of  illiixtra- 
tionnp.  [sx],text  pp.  1-yOO,  appendix  pp.  SOT- 
SSI,  map,  plates,  8°. 

A  few  Claoqinilit  phranes,  pp.  ;)0, 31. 

Copictieen :  itoston  Piildic,  liritisli  MuHeum, 

Conjn'Chs. 

At  the  Field  miU',  eutalogiio  no.  2539,  a  copy 
bronght$2.75. 

Travel     and    adventure  |  in    the  | 

territory  of  Alaska,  |  formerly  Uussian 
America — now  ceded  to  the  |  United 
States— and  in  various  other  |  parts 
of  the  north  Pacific.  |  By  Frederick 
Whymper.  |  [Design.]  |  With  map  and 
illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  <fe  brothers,  pub- 
lishers, I  Franklin  scinare.  (  1869. 

Froutispiocu  1  1.  title  verxo  blank  1 1.  dedica- 
tion verso  iilank  1 1.  preface  pp.  xl-xii  couceutH 
pp.  xiii-xviii,  liHtof  illnstrations  p.  xiz,  text 
pp.  21-3S2,  a])pendix  pp.  3S3-U53,  map  and 
plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
pp.  49, 50. 

Copies  seen :  Bancroft,  Kostou  Athena>um, 
Powell. 

Keprinted,  1871,  }>\t.  xix,  21-353,  8°. 

A  French  edition  witli  title  um  I'ollows: 

Frederick    Wliymper  |  Voyages    et 

aveutures  j  diins  |  I'AIaska  |  (aiiciennc 
Amdrique  russe)  |  Ouvrage  traduit  de 
I'Anglais  |  avec  I'autorisatiou  do 
I'auteur  |  par  Ilimilo  Jonveaux  |  Ulus- 
trd  do  37  gravures  sur  bois  |  et  accom- 
pagn<>  d'une  carte  | 

Paris  I  librairio  Hachette  et  C'*^^  | 
botilevard  Saint-Germain,  79  |  1871  | 
Tons  droits  reservda 


Whymper  (F.)— Continued. 

Cover  title  as  alMtve,  half-title  verso  name  of 
printer  1 1,  title  verso  blank  1 1.  preface  pp.  i-ii, 
half-title  vorsu  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  3-405,  tnblo 
des  chapitrea  pp.  407-412,  map,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  alwve,  p. 
41. 

Copies  ««?» :  I'iUlng. 

Wikenak : 

Vocabulary  See  Iloas  (F.) 

Wilson  {Uet\  Edward  Francis).  A  com- 
parative vocabulary. 

In  the  Oanadian  Indian,  vol.  1,  no.  4,  pp.  104- 
107,  Owen  Sound,  Ontario,  January,  1891,  8'^. 
(I'illing.) 

A  vocal)ulary  of  teu  words  in  about  50  lan- 
guages, mostly  North  American,  among  them 
the  Kwakiool. 

Kev.  Edward  Francis  Wilson,  sou  of  the  late 
Itev.  Diuiiel  Wilson,  Islington,  jircbuudary  of 
at.  Paul's  cathedral,  and  grandson  of  Daniel 
Wila>m,  bishop  of  Calcutta,  was  born  in  Loudon 
December  7, 1844,  and  at  the  age  of  17  left  suhool 
and  emigrat«<I  to  Canada  for  the  purjMiseof  loail- 
ii.g  an  agricultural  life;  soon  after  his  arrival 
lie  was  led  to  take  an  intor(>st  in  the  Indians 
and  resolved  to  become  a  missionary.  After  two 
years  of  preparation,  much  of  whicli  time  was 
spent  among  the  Indiaus,  ho  returned  to 
Kngland,  and  in  December,  1807,  was  ordained 
deacon.  Shortly  thereafter  it  was  arranged 
that  lie  should  return  to  Canada  as  a  missionary 
to  tlie  Ojibway  Indians,  under  tlie  auspices  of 
the  (y'hurcli  Missionary  Society,  which  hedid  iu 
•Tilly,  1808.  He  has  labored  among  the  Indians 
ever  since,  building  two  homes— the  Shiugwauk 
Home,  at  SuiiU  St e.  Marie,  and  tlieWawanosh 
Home,  two  miles  from  the  former — and  pre- 
paring linguistic  works. 

Wiiconsin  Historical  Society:  These  words  fol- 
lowing a  title  or  within  parentheses  after  a  note 
indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has 
been  seen  by  tlie  conijiiler  in  the  library  of  that 
institiitiou,  Jladisoii.  Wis. 


Word*: 

Haiitsuk 

See  Boas  (F.) 

Haillsiik 

l)aa(L.  K.) 

Hailtauk 

Oibbs  ((}.) 

llaittsuk 

Latham  (U.U.) 

Klaokwat 

l)aa(L.  K.) 

Klaokwat 

Latham  (U.U.) 

Klaokwat 

Whymper  (F.) 

Kwakiiitl 

Boas  (F.) 

Kwakiiitl 

Hale  (U.) 

iCwiikiutl 

Pott(A.F.) 

\utka 

liachiller  y  Morales 

Nutka 

Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

Nutka 

Boas  (F.) 

Nutka 

Biilmer  (T.  S.) 

Nutka 

Daa(L.K.) 

Nutka 

Eells  (M.) 

Nutka 

Ellis  (W.) 

Nutka 

Feathernian  (A.) 

Nutka 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Kutka 

H«le(H.) 

t.^f^ 


64 


BIULIOOKAPHY   OF  THE 


Words  —  CoiitiiUHxl . 


Words  —  C'uiitiniied, 


Nutka 

8«e  Jewitt  (.r.  R.) 

Nutka 

See  tTni*ry  (.1.) 

Niitkn 

La'haiu  (K. (i.) 

Nutka 

Vatur(J.H.) 

Nutka 

Lublioi'k  (J.) 

Nutka 

Youth'ii. 

Nutka 

NorrlH  (P.  W.) 

Ukwultii 

rttit4)t  (E.  K.8.J.) 

Nutka 

Pott  (A.  V.) 

WakHRli 

nnlnicr  (T.  8.) 

Nulka 

Priclinrd  (.1.  C.) 

WakoNli 

I)iiii(I..K.) 

Mutka 

Swan  (J.  O.) 

Wikcnok 

BOBH  (F.) 

Y. 


Yale;  This  word  roUowing  »  titlnor  within  imrt'lt- 
tli«H)'H  al'tcr  It  iiute  in<lirat«'«  tliiit  ii  copy  of  tint 
work  rofcrrort  ,o  ha«  ))een  8w>n  by  tlic  ciiiiipilrr 
111  tlu)  lil)rttry  p  f  Yale  College, Now  Bavon,Coini. 

[ Yankiewito  ti    (Feodor)    dc    Miriewo.'] 

CpaBIIIITC.IbllbrI  I  IJUBapb  |  BCtXl  |  HllblKORb  II 

iiiipli'illl,  I  no   JU«6y<iHuvy  nnpH.iKy  |  paiiiaio- 
weiiiibiH.  I   HicTb   iiepBiiH[-'iuTB«pTnii]   |  A-4 

[C-0].  I 
Bb  CaiiKiiinniicpC^yprli,  I7))U[-I7U1]. 

Trantlation:  Comparative  |  dictiunary  |  of  all 
I  liiiiKiiagi'H  aul  (Uului'tH  I  in  nliilinlietical  order 
I  arrange<l.  |  I'lrt  first  [-fourth]  A-l)(S-Tli].  | 
At  St.  Petersb  irg.  noo[  1791] 

4  vols.:  titlt  verso  l)lnnk  1  1.  text  pp.  1-454: 
title  veraolilaiik  1  1.  text  pp.  1-41>0;  title  vurHo 
blank  1  1.  text  pp.  l-518i  title  verHo  l>lank  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-018,  ,". 

About  two  hundred  and  »cventyf<iur  Ian- 
guagCM  and  dnleotH  are  licre  reprenented.  of 
which  twenty  five  are  American.  Among  the 
latter  is  one 

Bho6.iiicinii  HyniKH  RbrliBPpo-.iiiiinjiin  li  AMepiihh 
[In  the  region  Nutka,  in  northwestern  Amer- 
ica.] 

Each  page  is  divided  into  tliree  columns,  the 
first  containing  in  alphahotical  order  the  words 
of  various  laugnnges,  tlu!  second  showing  the 
KuHsian  equivalents,  and  tlie  tliird  giving  the 
names  of  the  languages  represented  in  tlie  first 
column.  Tliis  edition  was  edited  by  Feodor  Yan- 
kiewilcli.    One  thousand  topics  were  |)rinteil. 

Tlieworkof  wliich  the  above  is  a  re  arrange- 
ment was  begun  by  the  empress  Catharine  II 
of  Russia  in  tlio  summer  or  autumn  of  17R4. 
After  lalioring  on  it  personally  for  about  nine 
months,  she  called  Trof.  Peter  Sinu>n  Pallas  to 
her  aid,  and  ordered  him  to  digest  tlie  material 
and  preiiare  it  for  the  press.  On  tlio22d  of  May, 
1785,  a  circular  or  prospectus  of  the  work  was 
issued ;  and  in  1786  a  ModHe  du  vocabnlaire,  qui 
doit  servirdla  comparaiton  de Unitcaletlanguen, 
4 11. 4°,  was  printed,  and  sent  out  for  tbepurpose 
of  obtaining  additluEpl  information. 

One  copy  or  niore  of  this  specimen  was  for- 
warded to  General  Washington,  through  the 
Marquis  de  Lafayette,  with  ii  request  for  some 
authentic  vocabularies  of  the  North  Anicriran 
Indians.  The  receipt  of  tliis  ap)ilication  was 
ijclfpowledged  on  May  lOtli,  1786,  by  General 


Yankie Witch  (F.)— Continued. 

AVasli  ington,  who  wrote  on  the  2Uth  of  the  follow- 
ing August  to  Capt.  Thomas  Hiitchins,  eiietos- 
iug  the ])rintedH{M-cinien.  and  asking  lor  vocaliu- 
l.'iriesof  tlieOliioIndiaus.  A  fewmoiitlislater, 
Noveniher'J7tli,  1780,  hearing  that  Kichard  Hut- 
lerhad  been  apjioinlcd  superintendent  of  Indian 
affairs.  General  Washington  wrote  to  him, 
r<'qiu-.-<tiug  him  to  obtain  the  printed  form  fnini 
Capt.  IJiitehins,  and  to  collect  the  deslre<l 
information.  A  little  more  than  a  year  passed 
before  the  material  was  ready.  On  the  IMtli  of 
January,  1788,  AVashingtiui  transmitted  to 
Lafayette  a  vocabulary  of  the  .Shawaiiese  and 
Delaware  languages,  collected  l>y  Mr.  liuller, 
together  with  a  shorter  .HpeciiiK'ii  of  the  lan- 
{  giiiigeof  the  soiitli'  '11  Indians  liy  Mr.  ISenjaniin 
Hawkins. 

In  tlio  meantiiiK. by  order  of  the  empress, 
work  on  the  great  comparative  vocabulary  had 
been  rapidly  hurried  im.  The  first  section  was 
completed  and  piiblisheil,  r.itli  Latin  titles  pre- 
fixed, Linijtiarum  totius  orhii  vocahularia  com- 
parativa;  augwitinhimae  cu>-a  (■oHc(7o,l'etroiioli, 
1780-1789,  2  vols. 4°.  (Fames.)  It  comprised 
words  in  51  European,  i:i7  Asiatic,  and  12  Poly- 
nesian languages,  with  the  niinierals  at  the  end 
in  225  languages,  all  in  Itussian  characters ;  285 
selected  words  were  treated  separately,  i;(0  in 
the  first  volume  and  155  in  tlie  second.  Tlie 
Russian  word  was  placed  at  the  head  of  each  list, 
and  followed  in  numerical  order  by  the  names 
of  the  2U0  languages,  each  witn  its  equivalent 
word  in  one  lino. 

The  second  sdction,  which  was  intended  to 
comprise  the  American  and  African  words,  in 
one  voliune,wa8  never  printed.  This  wasdiieto 
a  change  of  plan.  The  emiiress,  it  seems,  was 
not  satisfied  with  the  result.  She  now  wished 
to  have  all  the  words  arranged  in  one  general 
alpliabct,  irrespt«tive  of  language.  As  Prof. 
Pallas  was  busily  engaged  in  otlicr  scientific 
labors  which  had  licon  assigned  to  him,  the  serv- 
ices of  Feodor  Yankiewitch  do  Miriewo,  director 
of  the  normal  school  at  St.  Petersburg,  were 
immediatelycallwl  into  requisition.  Under  his 
direction  all  the  material  in  print  and  manu- 
script was  rcHJast,  tlie  American  and  African 
words  included,  and  the  whole  published  in  four 
volumes,  as  described  above. 

Copieii  letn :  Jiritish  Museum,  Fames, 
Yokultat.    See  Ukwulta. 


WAKASHAN   LANGUAGES. 


65 


Youth's.     Thu   yoiith'M  |  loniixitiion:  |  u 

I  monthly    niuKii/itiu  |  iiiihliNlxd     for 

tlM  »ioni<(it  I  (if  th«^  I  riiKi'tHoimil.W.  T. 

IiuliiiiiiiiiHmiiim.  |  VoIiuiiotirHt[-fifth  H 

I  [ViKi.ottf.]  I 

Tiilalip  Indian  U«'Horvuti<»n,  |  1882 
[-188((f]. 

5voIh.  1()\  1  ImvcfUfii  but  two  voliiincHltlui 
flrnt  anil  hi'coikI)  with  cover  tillc  anil  iiiHiiln 
tilli'  both  ns  iiImivc.  tliimn  b<<Iiiii^ni;;  to  nivirll ; 
tlii^ri'iiiaiiiiii);  piirlh  'I  I  Iiiivi'hi'I'iiiiiiIv  in  Minn- 
Ihth,  tlii>  last  of  wliii  li  Im  lii^ailfil  Vol.  V.  Ma.v, 
1886.  No.  (Ml.  TlieHO  niinibiTH  aro  rach  hcailcil 
IIH  foUowH: 

Tbi*  yoiitb'H  'umipanion:  a  jiivcnili' monthly 
niaKwrino  piihliHhi'il  lor  thrbi'ni'tltol'tli)-  I'lip't 
Siniiiil  Catholic  Inilian  MlHNlonH;  anil  hi'I  to 
tyjio,  iirinteil  and  in  part  written  by  tlio  pupils 
of  the  T\ilallp,  Wa»b.  Ty.  Indiiatrlal  Uoariliug 

WAK ") 


Youth's — Contiiiiiod. 

Si'IiooIn.  uiidrr  the  eontntl  of  Ihii  ^SiHll<ril  of 
Charity.  Approvi'il  by  the  !{t.  Ur\.  lllHliup. 
Vol.1.  May,  18«1.  No.  i[-Vol.V,  May,  18W1.  No. 
«U.| 

It  wan  eiliteil  by  Uov.  J.  I).  Ikiiilet,  ami 
inHti<ailof  beiiiK  paceili'Dntiniioii.sly,  eonliiiiiril 
ai'tirb'H  liaveaHepiirale  pauinatioiiiliviiliii;:  tlio 
regular  nnmberiiiK.  For  inMtanee.  ni  no.  I,  pp. 
II  14  (I.ivex  of  the  MiiintH)  are  miimlH'red  14. 
and  the  artiele  ia  toiilinurd  in  no. '.'on  pp.  .'•  8, 
taking  the  plaee  of  41  (4  of  (he  reu'nhir  iitiinbi  r- 
in;;.  'I'lie  piibliiation  wan  iliMinnliinied  after 
.May,  188(i  on  aceoiint  of  the  prolraeleil  illiie.iH 
of  the  editor. 

A  few  wordu  in  the  N'outHaik  lanuiui^e.  vol. 
■i.  p.  ISO. 

('njiieii  ucen ;  Conj^-cas,  Georgelowii.  I'lllinK. 
Wellialey. 

Yukulta.    See  Ukwulta. 


'•1=11 


il 


CHRONOLOGIC  INDKX. 


1788 

NatUa 

Vornl)iilarv 

Kills  (W.) 

1788 

Niitka 

Vdculiulary 

Kills  (\V.) 

1783 

Kiitka 

Vii<'.il)ulary 

Kills  (W.) 

1784 

Nutkii 

Vncaliulaiy.nimiprals 

Anderson  (W.) 

1784 

Niitkii 

Vocaliiilary,  nuiiittraU 

Cook  (J.) 

1784 

Nuiku 

Vuraluilar.v,  iiuniurala 

(.'ook  (J.) 

1784 

Niitka 

V'lH'ulMilury,  uunieraU 

Cook  (J.) 

1784 

Nutka 

\(Miil>ulary,  nninorniM 

Cook  (J.) 

1786 

Niilkn 

Vcicaluilary,  uuinttnilH 

Cook  (.1.) 

1785 

Nutka 

Vocalmlarv.  nunuralu 

Cook  (.1.) 

1785 

Niitkii 

Viicaliulary,  nuincralrt 

Cook  (.1.) 

1785 

Niitku 

V'iMiiliulary,  nuiiiiMaltt 

Cook  (J.) 

1785 

Nutka 

Voraluilury,  uunu'ials 

Cook  (.1.) 

1780 

N'lilkii 

VcM'aliularv 

Im  llarpo(.I.F.) 

1787 

Nutkn 

V'dcnliularv,  nunii'ralH 

tNiok(.T.) 

1787-'8« 

Nutka 

\'ocal)ulary,  uuiui'i'alH 

Cook  (.1  ) 

17H0 

Nutka 

Nuinorala 

l)ixoii(tt.) 

1700 

Nutka 

Nuinorals 

Dixon  ((i.) 

1700 

Nutka 

Vocalnilnry,  oto. 

•iiiiniiier  (M.) 

1790-01 

Nutka 

Viicaliulary 

Vankiewiteli  (K.) 

1701 

Nutka 

Vocaluilury,  nunii^rals 

Korsier  (.1.  (i.  .\.) 

1791 

Nutka 

Vof^abulary 

l>alilo(J.  K.  <i.) 

17»2 

Xutka 

Numerals 

HourKoinn  (.1.  K.) 

1705 

NutKa 

Nuuirrals 

Dixou  (G.) 

1708-1800 

Nutka 

Nuuiurala 

Flcurieu  (C.  P.C.) 

1798-lSOil 

Nutka 

Nunicruln 

Kleurieu  (C.  1'.  (J.) 

1700 

Nutka 

Vocabulary 

Fry  (K.) 

18U1 

Nutka 

NuuioralH 

Fleurieu  (U.I'.  C.) 

1801 

Nutka 

Nuniurals 

Fleurieu  ((;.  I'.  C.) 

180'i 

Mnka,  Nutkn 

Vocabularies 

Oaliaiio  (U.  A.) 

1H06-'I0 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  nuineralx 

Oiok  (J.) 

1S06-'17 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  niimeralH 

Adeliinj{  (J.  (J.) 

1800  'lit 

Nutka 

NuuioralH 

IliiiiilioUlt  (K.  von). 

1810 

Nutka 

NiiuicralM 

Humboldt  (F.  von). 

1810 

Nutka 

Words 

Vatcr  (J.S.) 

1811 

Nutka 

Numerals 

Classical. 

1811 

Nutka 

Nunionila 

llumbolill  (F.  von). 

1811 

Nutka 

Numerals 

Humboldt  (F.  von). 

1811 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  numorals 

Humboldt  (F.  von). 

1811 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  iiiimcralH 

Humboldt  (F.  von). 

1811-'10 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  iiumcraU 

CoQk  (1.) 

1811-'16 

Nutkn 

Vocabulary.  nunieralM 

ICorr  (F.) 

I81S 

Nutka 

Numerals 

Huiniioldt  (F.  von). 

1814 

Nutka 

Numerals 

iluiiilioldt  (F.  von). 

I81S 

Nutka 

iiililiii);iapliy 

Vator  (J.S.) 

1815 

Nutka 

NuiiU'ials 

llumboUll  (F.  von). 

1815 

Nutka 

Vocabulnry,  sent; 

Jowitt  (,r.  U.) 

1815 

Nutka 

ViKNiliulary,  Hong 

Jewill  (.I.U.) 

1810 

Nutka 

Numerals 

Humbolilt  (F.  von). 

1816 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  soujif 

.lewitt  (J.  R.) 

1810 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  song 

Jewitt  (J.  R.) 

1810/ 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  hoiir 

Jewitt  (J.R.) 

1810 

Nutka 

Vocabnlnry,  inmierals 

La  Harpo  (J.  F.) 

1820 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  numerals 

La  Harpo  (J.  F.) 

1820 

Nutka 

Vocabulary,  song 

Jewitt  (.r.R.) 

1822 

Nutka 

Numerals 

Hnmboldt  (F.  von). 

67 


68 


CHKOWOI.OGJC    INDEX. 


18M 

1828 
1884 

1824 
1824 
1H35 

1825-1827 


■ii 


1893  Nntka 

Ktitka 
Niifkn 
Js'ntka 
Ku(ka 
Nntki 
Xiitka 

lilltkll 

Kulka 
Ntttka 
Xutka 

Klaokwat 

Niitka 

Wiikash 

Wakasii 

Nulkn 

Maka,  Ifutka 

Nijtka 

Xutha 

Klaol.wat 

Kluek'vat 

Niitka 

Niitka 

(l.iilt^.ak 

llailtsuk 

Nutkfi 

Nutk  . 

Hailt  iiik 

UailtMik 

Ivlaokwa  „  Kntka 

'lailtsii'i.^utka 

llailt'iik.  Niitkii 

XuC.a 

K-.iika 

Ilailtsiik.  Xiitka 

H,-.:!tsuk,Xiitka 

ICIaokwa'.,  Nutka 

Var.ovs 

Nntka 

Various 

Niitkh 

Hailtmik,  Nutka 

Wakasliaii 

Nulkii 

AYakaHli 

Waka.sli 

Hailtsuk.Niiika 
ItSf  Kwakititl 

1867  M.ka,  Nurka 

1867  Maka,  Nntka 

1867  Nutka 

1867  Nutka 

1867  Nutka 

1867  \arious 

1887  Various 

1867  Various 
1198  Maka 

1868  Nutka 

1868  U'aka><haii 
18A9  Wakashan 

1869  Wakashan 
1858  WakaHluu 
1860  Maka 
1869  VariouB 
IMQ  WakaMliHU 
Mi|.  Nutka 


1«8» 

i»m 

l>*a2  '38 

7.8;iS 
188» 

iKie 

18:.^  '47 

1840-'48 

1841 

1841 

1341 

»«l 

184« 

1M4 

18«4 

18«ft 

18i» 

184« 

1840 

184S 

1846 

1S47 

1847 

184S 

im 

1848 

1848 

1840 

18C0 

f8»l 

1851 

18,'i1-'57 

1862.' 

1H5'J 

1808 


/ocabiilnry,  nnnicralH 

Voi'abulary.  nuiueralw 

Nunioralfl 

\\>inl» 

Nnnieralfl 

Vocabulary,  sonii 

Vocaliiilary.  inimt'ralf 

Vocabulary 

NnnicralM 

General  lUscnssion 

\'o(^abulary 

Vocabulary 

Voialiulary,  luuncrals 

(ionoral  discnssion 

ClasHiticatioi'. 

Kunierals 

Vonalnilarlosi 

(loiiiral  discussion 

(icKcral  (liscuBHiou 

Vo(al)ulary 

Vocabulary 

Nunioialfl 

Voi/abulary,  numerals 

liineral  discuHHioii 

Vocabulary 

Numerals 

Words 

Vocabulary 

Nnniernls 

VocabuliU'ios 

Vocabul-.r,..s 

Vocabularies 

IJiidiograpby 

Numerals 

Vocabularies 

Gciicrat  disi'(!?.>?ion 

VooabularicH 

Various 

Vocabulaiy.  sonn 

Various 

Vocab  a  1  ary ,  son  ^ 

Classification 

ClassiticatMin 

Vocabulary.  uuiueraN 

General  discussion 

Classilication 

General  discussion 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vo.      ulary,  fcc. 

Vo(!al)ularv,e*. . 

General  '".iMciissior. 

Numerals,  etc. 

Words 

Numerals 

Vocabubny 

Classification 

Classification 

Cia.ssiiiialioii 

Classiliialion 

Nuuu  ral.. 

Various 

Classillcntioii 

\\'iirds 


Humboldt  (F.  von). 
La  Harpo  ;,).  F).  note. 
Kofiuefeuil  (C.  iT.) 
Jl<K(uefouil  (C  J.> 
Huuibolill  (F.  von). 
Jewitt  (J.U.) 
Kerr  (R.) 

La  Jlarpe  (J.  F.),  note. 
Hu'uboldt  (F.  vou). 
I'ricb.  rd  (J.  C.) 
Balbi  (A  - 
CnoK  (il.) 
Waters  (A.) 
hn  IIarp«(J.F.) 
iiailaesi|ut!  (<". S.) 
Priest  (J.) 
Humboldt  (F.  von). 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Pricbard  (J.  C.) 
Priclir.rd  (,I.  C.) 
Sconler  (.1.) 
Tolmi?  (W'.F.) 
Flourieu  (C.  P.O.) 
Cook  (.1.) 
Pridiard  (J.  C.) 
Dunn  (J.) 

UuHot  de  Mofra.s  (E.) 
Bacliiller  y  Morales  (A.) 
Dunn  (J.) 
Latham  (K.G.) 
Scoulcr(J.) 
Hale(H.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Vator  (J.  S.) 
Pott  (A.F.) 
Ga'latin  (A.) 
Prichard  13.  C.) 
Scoulor  (J./,  note. 
Latbani  (K.  G.) 
Jewitt  (J.R.) 
Litaam  (R.  (i.i 
J'sitt  (J.R.) 
Latiiam  (R.  G.) 
Hcbotilcraft  (U.  R.) 
Cook  (J.) 
IJcrjjhana  (H.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Pricbard  (J.  C.) 
Kwakiutl. 

liujckmanu  (J.  C.  E.) 
liuscbmaun  (J.  V.  E.) 
yirmsfrons  (A.  M.) 
Wwan  <J.G.) 
Swan  (J.  O.) 
Anderson  (A.  C),  note. 
Lathaie  (R.  G.) 
Daa  ,1..  K.) 
Grant  (W.  C.) 
Jchan  (L.  F.) 
Kano  (P.) 
LndewiK  ill,  E.) 
Ruschmann  (J.  C  E.) 
lluscbnuinn(.I.  C.  E.) 
llaincs  (EM.) 
Latham  (It.  G.) 
.Schoolcrafl  (U.K.) 
Jewitt  (JR.) 


; 


CHKONOLOfJiC    INDEX. 


69 


IMS 

VarloiiH 

Vui'uhulnrics 

1862 

Various 

Wonl.1 

IMS 

ViiriDUH 

(iiMicral  )li84'ussion 

1868 

VarioiiH 

ViK^iiiiilario/* 

1868 

V'arioim 

Vocaliularii"' 

1864 

Xiitkii 

Vocal)ul.>  .V 

186& 

Maka 

VoPiiliu'.iry 

ten 

Miikii 

Vocal. ularv 

1W8 

Alit.etP. 

Various 

1868 

KliKikwat 

Phrases 

18G8 

Maka 

Vocabulary,  etc. 

IBCh 

VariuiiM 

Various 

18fW-'01 

WakHHlmii 

Uibliosrapliy 

1809 

Klaokwat 

IMirasfis 

1869 

Maka 

Vocaliularv,  etc. 

1M9 

Nutka 

Words 

1870 

Nutka 

\\'or(l» 

1870 

Nutka 

Words 

1870 

Ntitka 

Words 

1871 

IClaokwat 

I'lirascs 

1871 

KlatiUwal 

Tropcr  names 

1873 

Wakiisliau 

nililiiifiiapl'.y 

i87;t .' 

WaUaslinii 

Words 

1H7^-';:) 

Nutka 

Graiiuiiar,  etc. 

18"-1-'7C 

VariiMi.H 

Various 

1874-7(i 

Various 

Various 

1H75 

Nutka 

Words 

1875 

Nutka 

"Words 

1876 

Wakaslian 

Hildiograiiliy 

1896 

L'kwulla 

Vocabulary 

189t 

Ilailtsuk 

Vocaluilary 

1877 

Ilailtsuk 

Vocabulary 

1877 

Kwakiull 

Vocabulary 

1877 

Nutka 

General  discussion 

1877 

Nutka 

General  discu.ssion 

1877 

Nutka 

General  discusHion 

1877-  •)() 

Ilailtsuk 

Vocabulary 

1878 

W'akashaii 

Classilication 

1878 

Wakaslian 

Classilication 

WM 

Nutka 

Tribal  naiiie» 

1881-'8t5 

Nutka 

Words 

1882 

Kwakiutl 

Gosin  1  of  il.-'fthow 

188a 

Nutka 

Words 

1882 

Nutka,  Ifftiltsuk 

Vocabulary 

m 

Nutka.  Ilailtsuk 

Voiabiilarv 

18tt 

\'ariou3 

Various 

188it 

Wakushau 

Cla.ssitication 

1888 

Wakasluiii 

('lassilicatiou 

1^ 

Wakaslian 

(Massilicatiou 

m 

Nutka 

Words 

1W4 

Tokoaat 

Vocabulary 

1884 

Kwakiutl 

Gospel  of  Joliii 

1881 

Ukwulta 

Words 

1884 

Wakaslian 

Classilicatioi 

1884-80 

Wakaslian 

l!ibli(i},Maiiliy 

1886 

Kwakiutl 

Uiblf  pu.s.sa)iO 

1886 

Kwakiull 

liiblo  pas.sa};e 

im 

Kwakiull 

Millie  passage 

1886 

Kwakiutl 

Bible  iiassaye 

1886 

Maka 

Graiumatic  troafine 

1886 

Wakftsliau 

l{iblio{{ra]iby 

1M6 

Wakaslian 

Classiticatiiui 

1885 

Wakaslian 

(,'lassitieation 

1885-'8U 

Nulka 

Words 

m» 

Kwakiull 

l.ord's  prayer 

l«»7 

Wakaslian 

liibliofirapliy 

IMS 

Tokoaat,  Uailtfluk 

NiinicralH 

Latham  (R.O.) 
Pott  (A.I'".) 
Anderson  (A.  C.) 
Gibbs  Hi.) 
Gibbs  ((i.) 
.Kbau  (L.F.) 
Swan  (,T.  G.) 
Swan  (J.G.) 
Sproat  (G.M.) 
Whyiuper  (F.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Knipo  (C.) 
Sabin  (J.) 
Whyinper(F.) 
Swun  (J.G.) 
Jcwitt  (J.  R.) 
Liibbnck  (J.) 
Lubbock  (.1.) 
Lubbock  (.1.) 
Wliyiuper  (V.) 
CiV  iin  (G.) 
FadU  (T.W.) 
Treasury. 
Bral.aiil  (A.,!.) 
Bancroft  (11.  II.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Ellis  (K.) 
Lubbock  (,r.)       ^ 
Field  (l'.  W.) 
Petilot(K.  F.S.J.) 
Dall  (W.  H.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Beach  (W.W.) 
Gatschet  (A.  S.) 
Giitschet  (A,S.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
BaUis  (H.  W.) 
Koaiie  (A.  II.) 
Kcaiie(A.  U.) 
Youth's. 
Hall  (A.J.) 
Lubbock  (J.) 
Gampbell  (J.) 
Cainpbell  (.1.) 
Bancroft  (U.  H.) 
Bates  (II.  W.) 
Drake  (S.  G.) 
Keaiie  (A.  II.).  notH. 
Norris  (P.  W.) 
Toliiiie  (W.  F.) 
Hall  (A.J.) 
Petitot  (K.  F.S.J.) 
SelioolcrafI  (II.  It.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Britisli. 
British. 
British. 
British. 
Kells  (M.) 
Pilliny  (J.C.) 
Bates  (II.  W.) 
Keaue  (A.  FT.),  noto. 
Feathcrinan  (A.I 
Gilbert  (  -). 
Diifosse  (K.) 
£ellH(M.) 


;  ;? 


70 


CHRONOLOGIC    INDEX. 


'ft 
:1 


ilM 


1888 

KwakintI 

Bible  paHsago 

British. 

1888 

K^'ukiiitl 

Grammar 

Hall  (A.. I.) 

1888 

Kwakiutl 

Grammar 

HalKA.J.) 

1888 

KwakintI 

SougH 

Boas  (F.) 

1888 

Kwakiutl 

Various 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

1888 

Kwakiutl 

Various 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

1888 

Kwakiutl 

Words 

Boas  (F.) 

1888 

KwakintI 

Words 

Boas  (F.) 

1888 

Kwakiutl 

Words 

Boas  (F.) 

1888 

Xutka,  HailtBuk 

Vocabulary,  numerals 

Haines  (K.  M.) 

1888 

Wakasimn 

Uibliographic 

Maclean  (J.) 

1388 

Wakafiliaii 

Songs 

Boas  (F.) 

1889 

Kwakiutl,  Toknnat 

Vocabulary 

Chamberlain  (A.F.) 

1889 

Kwakiutl 

Bible  passago 

British. 

1889 

Kwakiutl 

Vooabniavy 

Boas  (F.) 

1889 

Kwakiutl,  Hailtnuk 

Words 

Boas  (F.) 

1889 

Kwakiutl,  Unlltsuk 

Words 

Boas  (F.) 

1889 

Maka 

Numnrals 

Eells  (M.) 

1889 

Maka 

Numi'rals 

Eells  (M.) 

1889 

Maka 

Nuuitirals 

Eells  (M.),note. 

1889 

Nntka 

Lords  pra;  it 

Brabant  (A. J.) 

1889 

Nutka 

Words 

Lubbock  (J.) 

1889 

Wakasimn 

Uibliograpbic 

Maclean  (J.) 

1800 

Kwakiutl 

Bible  passage 

British,  note. 

1890 

Kwakiutl 

Various 

Boas  (F.) 

1890 

Kwakiutl 

Various 

Boas  (F.) 

1890 

Kwakiutl,  Nutka 

Words 

n.ile(n.) 

1890 

Kwakiutl,  Nutka 

Words 

Hale  (H.) 

1890 

Nutka 

Words 

Hale  (H.) 

1890-'91 

Kwakiutl 

Vocabulary 

Canadian. 

ISOl 

Kwakiutl 

Lord's  prayer 

Kost(I!.) 

1891 

Kwakiutl 

Lord's  prayer 

Kost  (K.) 

1891 

Kwakiutl 

Vocabulary 

Wilson  (E.F.) 

1891 

Kwakiutl 

Praj'er  book 

Hall  (A.J.) 

1891 

Nutka 

Vocabulary 

Eells  (M.) 

1891 

Nutka 

Words 

Bnlnier  (T.  S.) 

1891 

Nutka 

Words 

Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 

1891 

Nutka,  Klaokwat 

Words 

Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 

1891 

VarinuH 

Vocabularies 

Boas  (F.) 

1891 

Various 

Vocabularies 

Boas  (F.) 

1891 

AVakHabnii 

Classitication 

Brintcm  (I).G.) 

1891 

Waknslian 

Classitication 

Powell  (J.  W.) 

1891 

AVakaslian 

Classification 

I'owell  (.f.  AV.) 

1891 

Wakashan 

Geographic  names 

Buhner  (T.  S.) 

1891 

Wakaslian 

Words 

Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 

1891 

WakaNlian 

Words 

Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 

1891 

Wakaslwu! 

Words 

Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 

189'2 

Maka 

Words 

Eells  (M.) 

1893 

Kwakiutl 

Bible  passage 

British. 

1893 

KwakintI 

Grammar,  etc. 

Boas  (F.) 

1893 

Kwakiutl 

Vocabulary,  etc. 

Boas  (F.) 

N.d. 

Hailtsuk 

Lord's  prayer 

Tate  (CM.) 

N.d. 

Klaokwat 

Vocabulary 

Lemincns  (T.  N.) 

N.d. 

Maka 

Numerals 

Bartlett  (J.  K.) 

N.d. 

Maka 

Vocabulary 

Bartlctt  (J.  U.) 

N.d. 

Maka 

Vocabulary 

(iibbs  (G.) 

N.d. 

Maka 

Vocnbulary 

Gibbs  (G.) 

N.d. 

Maka 

Vocibnlary 

Maka. 

N.d. 

Nutka 

Prayers 

Seghers  (C.J.) 

N.d. 

Nutka 

Vocabulary 

Boaa  (F.) 

N.d. 

Nutka 

Vocabulary 

Knipe(C.) 

N.d. 

Nutka,  Muka 

Vocabularies 

Galiano  (1).  A.>,not« 

N.d. 

Various 

Bililioprapby 

Gibbs  (<;.) 

N.d. 

VarioiiH 

Vocabularies 

Knipe(C.) 

N.d. 

Various 

Vocabularies 

IMnart  (A.L.) 

N.d. 

1 

» 

Douglass  (J.) 

14! 


WriffMn 


